Classic Audiobook Collection - A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace ~ Full Audiobook [philosophy]

Starting point is 00:00:00 A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Preface This book contains the substance, and for the most part the words of a course of public lectures, delivered during the first three months of 1919. The original division into lectures has been dropped, the matter being more conveniently redivided into chapters. The audience to whom the lectures were delivered was composed of members of the general public and not only of students.

Starting point is 00:00:29 For the most part, they possessed no previous knowledge of philosophy. Hence this book, like the original lectures, assumes no previous special knowledge, though it assumes, of course, a state of general education in the reader. Technical philosophical terms are carefully explained when first introduced, and a special effort has been made to put philosophical ideas in the clearest way possible. But it must be remembered that many of the profoundest, as well as the most difficult of human conceptions, are to be found in Greek philosophy. Such ideas are difficult in themselves, however clearly expressed.

Starting point is 00:01:02 No amount of explanation can ever render them anything but difficult to the unsophisticated mind, and anything in the nature of philosophy made easy, is only to be expected from quacks and charlatans. Greek philosophy is not, even now, antiquated. It is not from the point of view of an antiquary or historian that its treasures are valuable. We are dealing here with living things, and not with mere dead things, not with the dry bones and debris of a bygone age. And I have tried to lecture and write for living people,

Starting point is 00:01:33 and not for mere fossil grubbers. If I did not believe that there is to be found here, in Greek philosophy, at least a measure of the truth, the truth that does not grow old, I would not waste five minutes of my life upon it. We do not, says a popular modern writer, H.G. Wells, in First and Last Things, bring the young mind up against the few broad elemental questions that are the questions of metaphysics.

Starting point is 00:01:59 We do not make it discuss, correct it, elucidate it. That was the way of the Greeks, and we worship that divine people far too much to adopt their way. No, we lecture to our young people about not philosophy, but philosophers. We put them through book after book, telling how other people have discussed these questions. We avoid the questions of metaphysics, but we deliver semi-digested half-views of the discussions of

Starting point is 00:02:26 and answers to these questions made by men of all sorts and qualities, in various remote languages and under conditions quite different from our own. It is as if we began teaching arithmetic by long lectures upon the origins of the Roman numerals and then went on to the lives and motives of the Arab mathematicians in Spain, or started with Roger Bacon in chemistry, or Sir Richard Owen in comparative anatomy. It is time the educational powers began to realize that the question of metaphysics, the elements of philosophy are here and now to be done afresh in each mind. What is wanted is philosophy, and not a shallow smattering of the history of philosophy. The proper way to discuss metaphysics, like the

Starting point is 00:03:09 proper way to discuss mathematics or chemistry, is to discuss the accumulated and digested product of human thought in such matters. Plausible words these, certain to seem conclusive to the mob, notwithstanding that for one element of truth, they contain nine of untruthers. truth. The elements of truth are that our educational system unwarrantably leaves unused the powerful weapon of oral discussion, so forcibly wielded by the Greeks, and develops book knowledge at the expense of original thought. Though even here it must be remembered, as regards the Greeks, one, that if they studied the history of philosophy but little, it was because there was then but little history of philosophy to study, and two, that if anyone imagines that the great Greek

Starting point is 00:03:54 thinkers did not fully master the thought of their predecessors before constructing their own systems he is grievously mistaken. And three, that in some cases the over-reliance on oral discussion, the opposite fault to ours, led to intellectual dishonesty, quibbling, ostentation, disregard of truth, shallowness, and absence of all principle. This was the case of with the sophists. As to the comparisons between arithmetic and philosophy, chemistry and philosophy, etc., they rest wholly of upon a false parallel and involve a total failure to comprehend the nature of philosophic truth and its fundamental difference from arithmetical, chemical, or physical truth. If eratosthenes thought the circumference of the earth to be so much,

Starting point is 00:04:37 whereas it has now been discovered to be so much, then the later correct view simply cancels and renders nugatory the older view. The one is correct, the other incorrect. We can ignore and forget the incorrect view altogether. But the development of philosophy proceeds on quite other principles. Philosophical truth is no sum in arithmetic to be tauted up so that the answer is thus formally and finally correct or incorrect. Rather, the philosophical truth unfolds itself factor by factor in time, in the successive systems of philosophy, and it is only in the complete series that the complete truth is to be found. The system of Aristotle does not simply cancel and refute that of Plato.

Starting point is 00:05:18 Spinoza does not simply abolish Descartes. Aristotle completes Plato, as is necessary to be that of Plato, as is necessary to cancel and refute that of Plato. Descartes. Aristotle completes Plato as his necessary complement. Spinoza does the same for Descartes, and so it is always. The calculation of Eritosthenes is simply wrong, and so we can afford to forget it. But the systems of Plato, Aristotle, Spinoza, Liebnitz, etc. are all alike factors of the truth. They are as true now as they were in their own times, though they are not, and never were, the whole truth. And therefore, it is that they are not simply wrong, done with finished, ended and that we cannot afford to forget them. Whether it is not possible to bring the many lights to a single focus, to weld the various factors of the truth into a single organic whole or system which should thus be the total result to date is another question.

Starting point is 00:06:04 Only one such attempt has ever been made, but no one will pretend that it is possible to understand it without a thorough knowledge of all previous systems, a knowledge, in fact, of the separate factors of the truth before they are thus combined into a total result. Besides, that attempt, too, is now part of the history of philosophy. Hence, any philosophical thinking which is not founded upon a thorough study of the systems of the past, will necessarily be shallow and worthless. And the notions that we can dispense with this study and do everything out of our own heads, that everyone is to be his own philosopher and is competent to construct his own system in his own way. Such ideas are utterly empty and hollow.

Starting point is 00:06:43 Of these truths, indeed, we see a notable example in what the writer just quoted styles his metaphysic. This so-called metaphysic is wholly based on the assumption that knowledge and its object exist, each on its own account, external to one another, the one here, the other there over against it, and that knowledge is an instrument in which this external manner takes hold of its object and makes it its own. The very moment the word instrument is used here, all the rest, including the invalidity of knowledge, follows as a matter of course. Such Such assumption then, that knowledge is an instrument. Our writer makes wholly uncritically and without a shadow of right.

Starting point is 00:07:23 He gives no sign that it has ever even occurred to him, that it is an assumption, that it needs an inquiry, or that it is possible for anyone to think otherwise. Yet anyone who will take the trouble not merely superficially to dip into the history of philosophy, but thoroughly to submit himself to its discipline, will at least learn that this is an assumption, a very doubtful assumption too, which no one now has the right to foist upon the public without discussion as if it were an axiomatic truth. He might even learn that it is a false assumption, and he will note as an ominous sign that the subjectivism which permeates and directs the whole course of Mr. Wells' thinking is identical in character with that subjectivism which was the essential feature of the decay and downfall of the Greek philosophic spirit and was the cause of its final ruin and dissolution.

Starting point is 00:08:11 I would counsel the young, therefore, to pay no attention to plausible and shallow words. such as those quoted, but before forming their own philosophic opinions, most thoroughly and earnestly to study and master the history of past philosophies, first the Greek, and then the modern, that this cannot be done merely by reading a modern resume of that history, but only by studying the great thinkers in their own works, is true. But philosophical education must begin, and the function of such books as this is, not to complete it, but to begin it,

Starting point is 00:08:41 and to obtain, first of all, a general view of what must afterwards be studied, in detail is no bad way of beginning. Moreover, the study of the development and historical connexions of the various philosophies which is not found in the original writings themselves will always provide a work for histories of philosophy to do. Two omissions in this book require, perhaps, a word of explanation. Firstly, in dealing with Plato's politics, I have relied on the Republic

Starting point is 00:09:09 and said nothing of the laws, which would not be permissible in a history of political theories, nor even, even in a history of philosophy which laid any special emphasis on politics. But from my point of view, politics lie on the extreme outer margin of philosophy, so that a more slender treatment of the subject is permissible. Moreover, the Republic, whether written early or late, expresses, in my opinion, the views of Plato, and not those of Socrates, and it still remains the outstanding, typical, and characteristic expression of the Platonic political ideal,

Starting point is 00:09:40 however much that ideal had afterwards to be modified by practical considerations. considerations. Secondly, I have not even mentioned the view, now held by some, that the theory of of ideas is really the work of Socrates, and not of Plato, and that Plato's own philosophy consisted in some sort of esoteric number theory, combined with theistic and other doctrines. I can only say that this theory, as expounded, for example, by Professor Burnett, does not commend itself to me that, in fact, I do not believe it, but that, it being impossible to discuss it adequately in a book of this kind, I have thought that rather than discuss it inadequately, it were better to leave it alone altogether. Moreover, it stands on a totally different footing from, say, Professor Burnett's

Starting point is 00:10:22 interpretation of Parmenides, which I have discussed. That concerned the interpretation of the true meaning of a philosophy. This merely concerns the question who was the author of a philosophy. That was a question of principle, this merely of personalities. That was of importance to the philosopher, this merely to the historian and antiquary. It is like the Bacon Shakespeare question, which no lover of drama as such need concern himself with at all. No doubt the Plato Socrates question is of interest to antiquarians, but after all, fundamentally, it does not matter who is to have the credit of the theory of ideas, the only essential thing for us being to understand that theory, and rightly to apprehend its value as a factor of the truth.

Starting point is 00:11:05 This book is primarily concerned with philosophical ideas, their truth, meaning, and significance, and not with the rights and wrongs of antiquarian disputes. It does indeed purport to be a history, as well as a discussion of philosophic conceptions. But this only means that it takes up philosophical ideas in their historical sequence and Conexians, and it does this only because the conceptions of evolution and philosophy of the onward march of thought to a determined goal, of its gradual and steady rise to the supreme heights of idealism, its subsequent decline, and ultimate collapse are not only profoundly impressive as historical phenomena, but are of vital importance to a true conception

Starting point is 00:11:44 of philosophy itself. Were it not for this, Mr. Wells would, I think, be right, and I, for one, should abandon treatment in historical order altogether. Lastly, I may remark that the description of this book as a critical history means that it is, or attempts to be critical, not of dates, texts, readings, and the like, but of philosophical conceptions. I owe a debt of thanks to Mr. F. L. Woodward, M.A., late principal of Mahinda College, Gala Ceylon, for assisting me in the compilation of the Index of Names and in Sundry Other Matters. W. T.S. January 1920. End of Preface.

Starting point is 00:12:33 Section 1 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. This is a Librevox recording. Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. Read by Thorlph van Walsam. For more information on this reader, visit ThorvW. is dot cool. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 1.

Starting point is 00:13:01 The idea of philosophy in general. It is natural that at the commencement of any study, one should be expected to say what the subject matter of that study is. Botany is the knowledge of plants, astronomy of the heavenly bodies, geology of the rocks of the earth's crust. What, then, is the special sphere of philosophy? What is philosophy about? Now, it is not as easy to give a concise definition of philosophy as it is of the other sciences. In the first place, the content of philosophy has differed considerably in periods of history. In general, the tendency has been to narrow down the scope of the subject as knowledge advanced, to exclude from philosophy what was formerly included in it.

Starting point is 00:13:45 Thus, in the time of Plato, physics and astronomy were included as parts of philosophy, whereas now they constitute separate sciences. This, however, is not an insurmountable difficulty. What chiefly militates against the effort to frame a definition is that the precise content of philosophy is differently viewed by different schools of thought. Thus, a definition of philosophy which a follower of Herbert Spencer might frame would be unacceptable to a Hegelian, and the Hegelian definition would be rejected by the Spencerian. If we were to include in our definition some such phrase as the knowledge of the absolute,

Starting point is 00:14:20 while this might suit some philosophers, other would deny that there is any absolute at all. Another school would say that there may be an absolute, but that it is unknowable, so that philosophy cannot be the knowledge of it. Yet another school would tell us that whether there is or is not an absolute, whether it is or is not knowable, the knowledge of it is in any case useless and ought not to be sought. Hence, no definition of philosophy can be appreciated without some knowledge of the special talents of the various schools. In a word, the proper place to give a definition is not at the beginning of the study of philosophy, but at the end of it. Then, with all views before us, we might be able to decide the question. I shall make no attempt, therefore, to place before you a precise definition.

Starting point is 00:15:05 But perhaps the same purpose will be served if I pick out some of the leading traits of philosophy, which serve to distinguish it from other branches of knowledge, and illustrate them by enumerating, but without any attempt at completeness, some of the chief problems which philosophers have usually attempted to solve. And firstly, philosophy is distinguished from other branches of knowledge by the fact that, Whereas these each take some particular portion of the universe for their study, philosophy does not specialize in this way, but deals with the universe as a whole. The universe is one, and ideal knowledge of it would be one. But the principles of specialization and division of labor apply here as elsewhere, and so astronomy takes for its subject that portion of the universe, which we call the heavenly bodies, botany specializes in plant life, psychology in the facts of the mind, and so on.

Starting point is 00:15:54 But philosophy does not deal with this or that particular sphere of being, but with being as such. It seeks to see the universe as a single coordinated system of things. It might be described as the science of things in general. The world in its most universal aspects is its subject. All sciences tend to generalize to reduce multitudes of particular facts to single general laws. Philosophy carries this process to its highest limit. it generalizes to the utmost. It seeks to view the entire universe in the light of the fewest possible general principles, in the light, if possible, of a single ultimate principle. It is a consequence of this that the special sciences take their subject matter and much of their contents for granted, whereas philosophy seeks to trace everything back to its ultimate grounds.

Starting point is 00:16:45 It may be thought that this description of the sciences is incorrect. Is not the essential maxim of modern science to assume nothing, to take nothing, for granted, to assert nothing without demonstration to prove all. This is no doubt true within certain limits, but beyond those limits it does not hold good. All the sciences take quite for granted certain principles and facts which are for them ultimate. To investigate these is the portion of the philosopher, and philosophy thus takes up the thread of knowledge where the sciences drop it. It begins where they end. It investigates what they take as a matter of course. Let us consider some examples of this. The science of geometry deals with the laws of space, but it takes space just as it finds it in common experience. It takes space for granted.

Starting point is 00:17:34 No geometrician asks what space is. This, then, will be a problem for philosophy. Moreover, geometry is founded upon certain fundamental propositions, which it asserts being self-evident require no investigation. These are called axioms. That two straight lines cannot enclose. a space, and that equals being added to equals, the results are equal, are common examples. Into the ground of these axioms, the geometrician does not inquire. That is the business of philosophy. Not that philosophers affect to doubt the truth of these axioms, but surely it is a very strange thing and a fact quite worthy of study that there are some statements of which we feel that we must give the most laborious proofs, and others, in the case of which we feel no such necessity.

Starting point is 00:18:23 How is it that some propositions can be self-evident, and others must be proved? What is the ground for this distinction? And when one comes to think of it, it is a very extraordinary property of mind that it should be able to make the most universal and unconditional statements about things without a jot of evidence or proof. When we say that two straight lines cannot enclose a space, we do not mean merely that this has been found true in regard to all the particular pairs of straight lines with which we have tried the experiment. We mean that it never can be and never has been otherwise. We mean that a

Starting point is 00:18:59 million million years ago, two straight lines did not enclose a space, and that it will be the same a million million years hence, and that it is just as true on those stars, if there are any, which are invisible even to the greatest telescopes. But we have no experience of what will happen a million million years hence, or of what can take place among those remote stars. And yet, we assert with absolute confidence that our axiom is and must be equally true everywhere and at all times. Moreover, we do not found this on probabilities gathered from experience. Nobody would make experiments or use telescopes to prove such axioms. How is it that they are thus self-evident that the mind can make these definite and far-reaching assertions without any evidence at all? Geometricians do not

Starting point is 00:19:47 consider these questions. They take the facts for granted. Again, The physical sciences take the existence of matter for granted, but philosophy asks what matter is. At first sight, it might appear that this question is one for the physicist and not the philosopher. For the problem of the constitution of matter is a well-known physical problem. But a little consideration will show that this is quite a different question from the one the philosopher propounds. For even if it be shown that all matter is ether or electricity or vortex atoms or other, such, this does not help us in our special problem. For these theories, even if proved, only teach us that the different kinds of matter are forms of some one physical existence. But what we want to know is what

Starting point is 00:20:36 physical existence itself is. To prove that one kind of matter is really another kind of matter does not tell us what is the essential nature of matter. That, therefore, is a problem not of science, but of philosophy. In the same way, all the sciences take the existence of the universe for granted. But philosophy seeks to know why it is that there is a universe at all. Is it true, for example, that there is some single ultimate reality which produces all things? And if so, what sort of a reality is it? Is it matter or mind or something different from both? Is it good or evil? And if it is good, how is it that there is evil in the world? Moreover, every science, except the purely mathematical sciences, assumes the truth of the law

Starting point is 00:21:28 of causation. Every student of logic knows that this is the ultimate canon of the sciences, the foundation of them all. If we did not believe in the truth of the law of causation, namely that everything which has a beginning has a cause, and that in the same circumstances, the same things invariably happen, all the sciences would at once crumble to dust. In every scientific investigation, this truth is assumed. If we ask the zoologist how he knows that all camels are herbivorous, he will no doubt point in the first instance to experience. The habits of many thousands of camels have been observed. But this only proves that those particular camels are herbivorous. How about the millions that have never been observed at all? He can only

Starting point is 00:22:13 appeal to the law of causation. The camel's structure is such that it cannot digest meat. It is a case of cause and effect. How do we know that water always freezes at zero degrees centigrade, neglecting questions of pressure, etc? How do we know that this is true at those regions of Earth where no one has ever been to sea? Only because we believe that in the same circumstances the same thing will always happen. That like causes always produce like effects. But how do we know the truth of this law of causation itself? Science does not consider the question.

Starting point is 00:22:51 It traces its assertions back to this law, but goes no further. Its fundamental canon takes it for granted. The grounds of causation, why it is true, and how we know it is true, are therefore philosophical questions. One may be tempted to inquire whether many of the these questions, especially those connected with the ultimate reality, do not transcend human faculties altogether, and whether we had not better confine our inquiries to matters that are not too high for us. One may question whether it is possible for finite minds to comprehend the infinite.

Starting point is 00:23:24 Now, it is very right that such questions should be asked, and it is essential that a correct answer should be found, but for the present there is nothing to say about the matter, except that these questions themselves constitute one of the most important problems of philosophy. though it is one which, as a matter of fact, has scarcely been considered in full until the modern times. The Greeks did not raise this question. Footnote two. The reasoning of the skeptics and others no doubt involved this question, but they did not consider it in its peculiar modern form.

Starting point is 00:23:54 And as this is itself one of the problems of philosophy, it will be well to start with an open mind. The question cannot be decided offhand but must be thoroughly investigated, that the finite mind of man cannot. understand the infinite one of those popular dogmatic assertions, which are brooded about from mouth to mouth as if they were self-evident, and so come to tyrannize over men's minds. But for the most part, those who make this statement have never thoroughly sifted the grounds of it, but simply take it as something universally admitted, and trouble no further about it.

Starting point is 00:24:29 But at the very least, we should first know exactly what we mean by such terms as mind, finite and infinite. And we shall not find that our difficulties end even there. Philosophy, then, deals with the universe as a whole, and it seeks to take nothing for granted. A third characteristic may be noted as especially important, though here no doubt we are trenching upon matters, upon which there is no such universal agreement. Philosophy is essentially an attempt to rise from sensuous to pure, that is, nonsensuous, thought. This requires some explanation. We are conscious, so to speak, of two different worlds, the external, physical world, and the internal mental world. If we look outwards, we are aware of the

Starting point is 00:25:18 former. If we turn our gaze inwards upon our own minds, we become aware of the latter. It may appear incorrect to say that the external world is purely physical, for it includes other minds. I am aware of your mind, and this is, to me, part of the world which is external to me. But I am not now speaking of what we know by inference, but only of what we directly perceive. I cannot directly perceive your mind, but only your physical body. In the last resort, it will be found that I am aware of the existence of your mind only by inference from perceived physical facts, such as the movements of your body and the sounds that issue from your lips. The only mind which I can immediately perceive is my own. There is then,

Starting point is 00:26:04 a physical world external to us and an internal mental world. Which of these will naturally be regarded as the most real? Men will regard as the most real, that which is the most familiar, that which they come first into contact with and have most experience of. And this is unquestionably the external material world. When a child is born, it turns its eyes to the light, which is an external physical thing. Gradually it gets to know different objects in the room. It comes to know its mother, but its mother is, in the first instance, a physical object, a body. It is only long afterwards that its mother becomes, for the child, a mind, or a soul. In general, all our earliest experiences are of the material world. We come to know of the mental world only by introspection,

Starting point is 00:26:54 and the habit of introspection comes in youth or manhood only. And to many people, it hardly comes at all. In all those early impressionable years, therefore, when our most durable ideas of the universe are formed, we are concerned almost exclusively with the material world. The mental world, with which we are much less familiar, consequently tends to appear to all of us something comparatively unreal, a world of shadows. The bent of our minds becomes materialistic. What I have said of the individual is equally true of the race. Primitive man does not brew over the facts of his own mind. Necessity compels him to devote most of his life to the acquisition of food and to warding off the dangers which continually threaten him from other physical objects.

Starting point is 00:27:40 And even among ourselves, the majority of men have to spend most of their time upon considering various aspects of things external to them. By the individual training of each man and by long hereditary habit, then, it comes about that men tend to regard the physical world as more real than the mental. abundant evidences of this are to be found in the structure of human language. We seek to explain what is strange by means of what is well known. We try to express the unfamiliar in terms of the familiar. We shall find that language always seeks to express the mental by the analogy of the physical.

Starting point is 00:28:15 We speak of a man as a clear thinker. Clear is an attribute of physical objects. Water is clear if it has no extraneous matter to it. We say that a man's ideas are luminous, thus taking a metaphor from physical light. We talk of having an idea at the back of the mind. At the back of? Has the mind got a front and a back? We are thinking of it as if it were a physical thing in space.

Starting point is 00:28:41 We speak of mental habits of attention. Attention means stretching or turning the mind in a special direction. We reflect. Reflection means bending our thoughts back upon themselves. But, literally speaking, only physical objects can be stretched, turned, and bent. Whenever we wish to express something mental, we do it by a physical analogy. We talk of it in terms of physical things. This shows how deep-rooted our materialism is.

Starting point is 00:29:11 If the mental world were more familiar and real to us than the material, language would have been constructed on the opposite principle. The earliest words of language would have expressed mental facts, and should afterwards have tried to express physical things by means of mental analogies. In the East, one commonly hears Oriental Idealism contrasted with Western materialism. Such phrases may possess a certain relative truth, but if they mean that there is in the East or anywhere else in the world a race of men who are naturally idealists, they are nonsense. Materialism is ingrained in all men.

Starting point is 00:29:49 We, Easterns or Westerns, are born materialists. Hence, when we try to think of objects which are commonly regarded as non-material, such as God or the soul, it requires continual effort, a tremendous struggle, to avoid picturing them as material things. It goes utterly against the grain. Perhaps hundreds of thousands of years of hereditary materialism are against us. The popular idea of ghosts will illustrate this. Those who believe in ghosts, I suppose, regard them as some sort of disembodied souls. The pictures of ghosts and magazines show them as if composed of matter, but matter of some

Starting point is 00:30:29 thin kind, such as vapor. Certain Indian systems of thought, which are by way of regarding themselves as idealistic, nevertheless teach that thought or mind is an extremely subtle kind of matter, far subtler than any ever dealt with by the physicist and the chemist. This is very interesting because it shows that the authors of such ideas feel vaguely that it is wrong to think of thought as if it were matter, but being unable to think of it in any other way owing to a man's ingrained materialism, they seek to paliate their sin by making it thin matter. Of course, this is just as absurd as the excuse made by the mother of an illegitimate child, that it was a very small one.

Starting point is 00:31:12 This thin matter is just as material as lead or brass. and such systems are purely materialistic. But they illustrate the extraordinary difficulty that the ordinary mind experiences in attempting to rise from sensuous to non-sensuous thinking. They illustrate the ingrained materialism of man. This natural human materialism is also the cause of mysticism and symbolism. A symbolic thought necessarily contains two terms, the symbol and the reality which it symbolizes.

Starting point is 00:31:44 The symbol is always a sensual. or material object, or the mental image of such an object. And the reality is always something nonsensuous. Because the human mind finds it such an incredible struggle to think nonsensuously, it seeks to help itself by symbols. It takes a material thing and makes it stand for the non-material thing which it is too weak to grasp. Thus, we talk of God as the light of lights. No doubt this is a very natural expression of the religious consciousness,

Starting point is 00:32:14 and it has its meaning, but it is not the naked truth. Light is a physical existence, and God is no more light than he is heat or electricity. People talk of symbolism as if it were a very high and exalted thing. They say, what a wonderful piece of symbolism. But in truth, symbolism is the mark of an infirm mind. It is the measure of our weakness and not of our strength. Its root is in materialism, and it is produced and propagated by those who are unable to rise above a materialistic level. Now, philosophy is essentially the attempt to get beyond this sort of symbolic and mystical thinking,

Starting point is 00:32:57 to get at the naked truth, to grasp what lies behind the symbol as it is in itself. These inferior modes of thought are a help to those who are themselves below their level, but a hindrance to those who seek to reach the highest level of truth. It is often said that philosophy is a very difficult and abstruse subject. Its difficulty lies almost wholly in the struggle to think nonsensuously. Whenever we come to anything in philosophy that seems beyond us, we shall generally find that the root of the trouble is that we are trying to think nonsensuous objects in a sensuous way.

Starting point is 00:33:34 That is, we are trying to form mental pictures and images of them, for all mental pictures are composed of sensuous materials, and hence no such picture is adequate for a pure thought. It is impossible to exaggerate this difficulty. Even the greatest philosophers have succumbed to it. We shall constantly have to point out that when a great thinker, such as Parmenides or Plato, fails and begins to flounder in difficulties, the reason is usually that, though for a time he has attained pure thought, he has sunk back exhausted into sensuous thinking, and has attempted to form mental pictures, of what is beyond the power of any such picture to represent,

Starting point is 00:34:12 and so has fallen into contradictions. We must keep this constantly in mind in the study of philosophy. In modern times, philosophy is variously divided, as into metaphysics, which is the theory of reality, ethics, the theory of good, and aesthetics, the theory of the beautiful. Modern divisions do not, however, altogether fit in with Greek philosophy, and it is better to let the natural divisions develop themselves as we go on, than to attempt to force our material into these molds.

Starting point is 00:34:42 If now we look round the world and ask in what countries and what ages the kind of thought we have described has attained a high degree of development, we shall find such a development only in ancient Greece and in modern Europe. There were great civilizations in Egypt, China, Assyria, and so on. They produced art and religion, but no philosophy to speak of. Even ancient Rome added nothing to the world's philosophical knowledge. Its so-called philosophers, Marcus Aurelius, Seneca, Epictetus, Lucretius, produced no essentially new principle. They were merely disciples of Greek schools, whose writings may be full of interest and of

Starting point is 00:35:23 noble feeling, but whose essential thoughts contained nothing not already developed by the Greeks. The case of India is more doubtful. Opinions may differ as to whether India ever had any philosophy. The Upanishads contain religious philosophical thinking of a kind, and later we have the six so-called schools of philosophy. The reasons why this Indian thought is not usually included in the histories of philosophy are as follows. Firstly, philosophy in India has never separated itself from religious and practical needs. The ideal of knowledge for its own sake is rarely to be found. Knowledge is desired merely as a means towards salvation. Philosophy and science, said Aristotle, have their roots in wonder, the desire to know and understand for the sole sake of knowing and understanding.

Starting point is 00:36:17 But the roots of Indian thought lie in the anxiety of the individual to escape from the ills and calamities of existence. This is not the scientific, but the practical spirit. It gives birth to religions, but not to philosophies. Of course, it is a mistake to imagine that philosophy and religion are totally separate and have no community. They are, in fact, fundamentally akin, but they are also distinct. Perhaps the truest view is that they are identical in substance, but different in form. The substance of both is the absolute reality and the relation of all things, including men, to that reality. But, whereas philosophy presents this subject matter scientifically, in the form of,

Starting point is 00:37:02 pure thought, religion gives it in the form of sensuous pictures, myths, images, and symbols. And this gives us the second reason why Indian thought is more properly classed as religious than philosophical. It seldom or never rises from sensuous to pure thought. It is poetical rather than scientific. It is content with symbols and metaphors in place of rational explanations, and all this is a mark of the religious, rather than the philosophical, presentation of the truth. For example, the main thought of the Upanishads is that the entire universe is derived from a single changeless eternal infinite being, called Brahman, or Paramatman. When we come to the crucial question how the universe arises out of this being, we find

Starting point is 00:37:50 passages such as this. As the colors in the flame or the red hot iron proceed therefrom a thousandfold, so do all beings proceed from the unchangeable. and return again to it. Or again, as the web issues from the spider, as little sparks proceed from fire, so from the one soul proceed all living animals, all worlds, all the gods, and all beings. There are thousands of such passages in the Upanishads,

Starting point is 00:38:22 but obviously these neither explain nor attempt to explain anything. They are nothing but hollow metaphors. They are poetic rather than science. They may satisfy the imagination and the religious feeling, but not the rational understanding. Or when again Krishna, the Bhagavat Gita, describes himself as the moon among the lunar mansions, the sun among the stars, Maroo among the high-peaked mountains. It is clear that we are merely piling sensuous image upon sensuous image without any further understanding of what the nature of the absolute being in its own self is.

Starting point is 00:39:01 The moon, the sun, Maru are physical sense objects, and this is totally sensuous thinking, whereas the aim of philosophy is to rise to pure thought. In such passages we are still on the level of symbolism, and philosophy only begins when symbolism has been surpassed. No doubt it is possible to take the line that man's thought is not capable of grasping the infinite as it is in itself, and can only fall back upon symbols. But that is another question. And at any rate, whether it is or is not possible to rise from sensuous pure thought,

Starting point is 00:39:37 philosophy is essentially the attempt to do so. Lastly, Indian thought is usually excluded from the history of philosophy because whatever its character, it lies outside the mainstream of human development. Consequently, whatever its value in itself, it has exerted little influence upon philosophy in general. The claim is sometimes put forward by Orientals themselves, that Greek philosophy came from India, and if this were true, it would greatly affect the statement made in the last paragraph, but it is not true. It used to be believed that Greek philosophy came

Starting point is 00:40:11 from the East, but this meant Egypt, and even this theory is now abandoned. Greek culture, especially mathematics and astronomy, owed much to Egypt, but Greece did not owe its philosophy to that source. The view that it did was propagated by Alexandrian priests and others, whose sole motive was that to represent the triumphs of Greek philosophy as borrowed from Egypt flattered their national vanity. It was a great thing, wherever they found anything good, to say this must have come from us. A precisely similar motive lies behind the Oriental claim that Greek philosophy came from India. There is not a scrap of evidence for it, and rests entirely upon the supposed resemblance between the two, but this resemblance is

Starting point is 00:40:55 in fact mythical. The whole character of Greek philosophy is European, and unoriental to the backbone. The doctrine of reincarnation is usually appealed to. This characteristically Indian doctrine was held by the Pythagorians, from whom it passed to Empedocles and Plato. The Pythagorians got it from the Orphic sect, to whom quite possibly it came indirectly from India, although even this is by no means certain and is in fact highly doubtful. But even if this be true, it proves nothing. Reincarnation is of little important, in Greek philosophy. Even in Plato, who makes much of it, it is quite unessential to the fundamental ideas of his philosophy, and is only artificially connected with them. And the influence of this

Starting point is 00:41:41 doctrine upon Plato's philosophy was thoroughly bad. It was largely responsible for leading him to the main error of his philosophy, which it required an Aristotle to correct. All this will be evident when we come to consider the systems of Plato and Aristotle. The origin of Greek philosophy is not to be found in India or Egypt or in any country outside Greece. The Greeks themselves were solely responsible for it. It is not as if history traces back their thought only to a point at which it was already highly developed and cannot explain its beginnings. We know its history from the time, so to speak, when it was in the cradle. In the next two chapters, we shall see that the first Greek attempts at philosophizing were so much the beginnings of the beginner were so very crude and

Starting point is 00:42:28 unformed that it is merely perversity to suppose that they could not make these simple efforts for themselves. For those crude beginnings, we can trace the whole development in detail up to its culmination in Aristotle and beyond. So there is no need to assume foreign influence at any point. Greek philosophy begins in the 6th century before Christ. It begins when men, for the first time, attempted to give a scientific reply to the question, what is the explanation of the world? Before this era we have, of course, the mythologies, cosmogonies, and theologies of the poets, but they contain no attempt at a naturalistic explanation of things.

Starting point is 00:43:11 They belong to the spheres of poetry and religion, not to philosophy. It must not be supposed when we speak of the philosophy of Greece that we refer only to the mainland of what is now called Greece. Very early in history, Greeks of the mainland migrated to the islands of the Aegean, to Sicily, to the south of Italy, to the coast of Asia Minor, and elsewhere, and founded flourishing colonies. The Greece of philosophy includes all these places. It is to be thought of rather racially than territorially.

Starting point is 00:43:42 It is the philosophy of the men of Greek race, wherever they happen to be situated. And, in fact, the first period of Greek philosophy deals, exclusively with the thoughts of these colonial Greeks. It was not till just before the time of Socrates that philosophy was transplanted to the mainland. Greek philosophy falls naturally into three periods. The first may be roughly described as pre-Socratic philosophy, though it does not include the sophists who are both the contemporaries and predecessors of Socrates. This period is the rise of Greek philosophy. Secondly, the period from the sophists to Aristotle, which includes Socrates and Plato, is the maturity of Greek philosophy, the actual zenith and culmination of which is undoubtedly the system

Starting point is 00:44:26 of Aristotle. Lastly, the period of post-aristatalian philosophy contributes the decline and fall of the national thought. These are not merely arbitrary divisions. Each period has its own special characters which will be described in the sequel. A few words must be said of the sources of our knowledge of pre-Socratic philosophy. If we want to know what Plato and Aristotle thought about any matter. We have only to consult their works. But the works of earlier philosophers have not come down to us except in fragments, and several of them never committed their opinions to writing. Our knowledge of their doctrines is the result of laborious sifting by scholars of such materials as are available. Luckily, the material has been plentiful. It may be divided into three classes. First come the

Starting point is 00:45:13 fragments of the original writings of the philosophers themselves. These are in many cases long and important and in other cases scanty. Secondly, there are the references in Plato and Aristotle. Of these, by far the most important are to be found in the first book of Aristotle's metaphysics, which is a history of philosophy up to his own time, and is the first attempt on record to write a history of philosophy. Thirdly, there is an enormous mass of references, some valuable, some worthless, contained in the works of later but still ancient writers. End of Section 1. Read by Thorulf Van Walsam in Hardwick, Vermont.

Starting point is 00:46:02 Section 2 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. Read by Thorulf van Walsam. For more information on this reader, visit ThorvW.Is.com. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace

Starting point is 00:46:27 Chapter 2 The Ionics Part 1 Thales As the founder of the earliest school in history Thales of Miletus is generally counted the founder and father of all philosophy He was born about 624 BC and died about 550 BC

Starting point is 00:46:43 These dates are approximate and it should be understood that the same thing is true of nearly all the dates of the early philosophers Different scholars vary Sometimes as much as 10 years in the dates they give We shall not enter into these questions at all because they are of no importance, and throughout these lectures it should be understood that the dates given are approximate.

Starting point is 00:47:05 Thales, at any rate, was a contemporary of solon and croesus. He was famous in antiquity for his mathematical and astronomical learning, and also for his practical sagacity and wisdom. He is included in all the accounts of the seven sages. The story of the seven sages is unhistorical, but the fact that the lists of their names differed, considerably as given by different writers, whereas the name of Thales appears in all, shows with what veneration he was anciently regarded. An eclipse of the sun occurred in 585 BC, and Thales is alleged to have predicted it, which was a feat for the astronomy of those times.

Starting point is 00:47:44 And he must have been a great engineer, for he caused a diversion of the river Hales, when Croesus and his army were unable to cross it. Nothing else is known of his life, though there were many apocryphal stories. No writings by Thales were extant even in the time of Aristotle, and it is believed that he wrote nothing. His philosophy, if we can call it by that name, consisted so far as we know, of two propositions. Firstly, that the principle of all things is water, and that all comes from water, and to water all returns. And secondly, that the earth is a flat disk which flow upon water. The first, which is the chief proposition, means that water is the one primal kind of

Starting point is 00:48:28 existence and that everything else in the universe is merely a modification of water. Two questions will naturally occur to us. Why did Thales choose water as the first principle? And by what process does water, in his opinion, come to be changed into other things? How is the universe formed out of water? We cannot answer either of these questions with certainty. Aristotle, says that Thales, quote, probably derived his opinion from observing that the nutriment of most things is moist, and that even actual heat is generated therefrom, and that animal life is sustained by water, and from the fact that the seeds of all things possess a moist nature, and that water is a first principle of all things that are humid, end quote. This is very likely the true

Starting point is 00:49:16 explanation, but it will be noted that even Aristotle uses the word, probably, and so gives his statement merely as conjecture. How, in the opinion of Thales, the universe arose out of water, is even more uncertain. Most likely, he never asked himself the question and gave no explanation. At any rate, nothing is known on the point. This being the sum and substance of the teaching of Thales, we may naturally ask why, on account of such a crude and undeveloped idea, he should be given the title of the father of philosophy. Why should philosophy be said to begin here, in particular. Now, the significance of Thales is not that his water philosophy has any value in itself, but that this was the first recorded attempt to explain the universe on naturalistic and

Starting point is 00:50:05 scientific principles without the aid of myths and anthropomorphic gods. Moreover, Thales propounded the problem and determined the direction and character of all pre-Socratic philosophy. The fundamental thought of that period was, under the multiplicity of the world, there must be a single ultimate principle. The problem of all philosophers, from Thales to Anaxagoras, was, what is the nature of that first principle from which all things have issued? Their systems are all attempts to answer this question, and may be classified according to their different replies.

Starting point is 00:50:40 Thus, Thales asserted that the ultimate reality is water, an axiomander indefinite being, anaxemone's heir, the Pythagorean's number, the Eleatix being, Heraclitus fire, Empedocles the four elements, Democritus atoms, and so on. The first period is thus essentially cosmological in character, and it was Thelies who determined the character. His importance is that he was the first to propound the question, not that he gave any rational reply to it. We saw in the first chapter that man is naturally a materialist, and that philosophy is the movement from sensuous to non-sensuous thought. As we should expect, then, philosophy

Starting point is 00:51:26 begins in materialism. The first answer to the question, what the ultimate reality is, places the nature of that reality in a sensuous object, water. The other members of the Ionic school, Anaximander, and Anaximenes, are also materialists. And from their time onwards, we can trace the gradual rise of thought, with occasional breaks and relapses, from this sensualism of the Ionics. Through the semi-sensuous idealism of the Aaliatics to the highest point of pure nonsensuous thought, the idealism of Plato and Aristotle.

Starting point is 00:52:02 It is important to keep in mind, then, that the history of philosophy is not a mere chaotic hodgepotch of opinions and theories, succeeding each other without connection or order. It is a logical and historical evolution, each step in which is determined by the last, and advances beyond the last, towards a definite goal. The goal, of course, is visible to us, but was not visible to the early thinkers themselves. Since man begins by looking outwards upon the external world and not

Starting point is 00:52:31 inwards upon his own self, this fact too determines the character of the first period of Greek philosophy. It concerns itself solely with nature, with the external world, and only with man as a part of nature. It demands an explanation of nature. And this is the same as saying that it is cosmological. The problems of man, of life, of human destiny, of ethics, are treated by it scantily or not at all. It is not till the time of the sophists that the Greek spirit turns inward upon itself and begins to consider these problems, and with the emergence of the point of view, we have passed from the first to second period of Greek philosophy. Because the Ionic philosophers were all materialists, they are also sometimes called hyalicists, from the Greek

Starting point is 00:53:19 Hulet, which means matter. End of section 2. Read by Thorolphe Van Walsam in Hardwick, Vermont. Section 3 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. This is a Librevox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org. Read by Thorolp van Walsam.

Starting point is 00:53:54 For more information on this reader, visit Thorv-W-W-Iwis. dot cool. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 2 The Ionics Part 2 Anaximander Adaximander The next philosopher of the Ionic school is Anaximander. He was an exceedingly original and audacious thinker. He was probably born about 611 BC and died about 547.

Starting point is 00:54:24 He was an inhabitant of Miletus and his said to have been a disciple of Thales. It will be seen thus that he was a younger contemporary of Thales. He was born at the time that Thales was flourishing and was about a generation younger. He was the first Greek to write a philosophic treatise, which, however, has been unfortunately lost. He was eminent for his astronomical and geographical knowledge, and in this connection was the first to construct a map. Details of his life are not known. Now Thales had made the ultimate principle of the universe, water. Anaximander agrees with Thales that the ultimate principle of things is material, but he does not name it water, and does not, in fact, believe that

Starting point is 00:55:07 there is any particular kind of matter. It is rather a formless, indefinite, and absolutely featureless matter in general. Matter, as we know it, is always some particular kind of matter, and must be iron, brass, water, air, or other such. The difference between the different kinds of of matter is qualitative, that is to say, we know that air is air because it has the qualities of air, and differs from iron because iron has the qualities of iron, and so on. The primeval matter of Anaximander is just matter not yet sundered into the different kinds of matter. It is therefore formless and characterless, and as it is thus indeterminate in quality, so it is illimitable in quantity. Anaximander believed that this matter stretches

Starting point is 00:55:56 out to infinity through space. The reason he gave for this opinion was that if there were a limited amount of matter, it would have long ago been used up in the creation and destruction of the, quote, innumerable worlds, end quote. Hence, he called it the boundless. In regard to these innumerable worlds, the traditional opinion about Anaximander was that he believed these worlds to succeed each other in time, and that first a world was created, developed, and was destroyed.

Starting point is 00:56:26 destroyed, and another world arose, was developed, and destroyed, and that this periodic revolution of worlds went on forever. Professor Burnett, however, is of the opinion that the, quote, innumerable worlds of enaximander were not necessarily successive, but rather simultaneously existing worlds. According to this view, there may be any number of worlds existing at the same time. But, even so, it is still true that these worlds were not everlasting, but began developed and decayed, giving place in due time to other worlds. How, now, have these various worlds been formed out of the formless, indefinite, indeterminate matter of Anaximander?

Starting point is 00:57:08 On this question, anaxymander is vague and has nothing very definite to put forward. Indeterminate matter, by a vaguely conceived process, separates itself into the hot and the cold. The cold is moist or damp. This cold and moist matter becomes the earth in the center, of the universe. The hot matter collects into a sphere of sun surrounding the earth. The earth in the center was originally fluid. The heat of the surrounding sphere caused the waters of the earth progressively to evaporate, giving rise to the envelope of air which surrounds the earth. For the early Greeks regarded the air and vapor as the same thing. As this air or vapor expanded under the action

Starting point is 00:57:50 of heat it burst the outside hot sphere of fire into a series of a nor. quote, wheel-shaped husks, resembling cartwheels, which encircle the earth. You may naturally ask how it is that if these are composed of fire, we do not see them continually glowing. Anaximander's answer was that these wheel-shaped husks are encrusted with thick, opaque vapor, which conceals the inner fire from our view. But there are apertures, or pipe-like holes in the vapor crust, and through these the fire gleams, causing the appearance of the sun, stars, and moon. You will note that the moon was on this theory considered to be fiery, and not, as we now know it to be, a cold surface reflecting the sun's light.

Starting point is 00:58:37 There were three of these, quote, cartwheels. The first was that of the sun, furthest away from the earth, nearer to us was that of the moon, and closest of all was that of the fixed stars. The wheel-shaped husks containing all the heavenly bodies are revolved round the earth, by means of currents of air. The earth in the center was believed by Anaximander to be not spherical, but cylindrical. Men live on the top end of this pillar or cylinder. Anaximander also developed a striking theory about the origin and evolution of living beings. In the beginning, the earth was fluid, and in the gradual drying up by evaporation of this fluid,

Starting point is 00:59:19 living beings were produced from the heat and moisture. In the first instance, these beings were of a low, order. They gradually evolved into successively higher and higher organisms by means of adaptation to their environment. Man was, in the first instance, a fish living in the water. The gradual drying up left parts of the earth high and dry, and marine animals migrated to the land, and their fins, by adaptation, became members fitted for movement on land. The resemblance of this primitive theory to modern theories of evolution is remarkable. It is easy to exaggerate its importance, but it is at any rate clear that Anaximander had, by a happy guess, hit upon the central idea of adaptation of species

Starting point is 01:00:03 to their environment. The teaching of Anaximander exhibits a marked advance beyond the position of Thales. Thales had taught that the first principle of things is water. The formless matter of Anaximander is philosophically an advance on this, showing the operation of thought and abstract. Secondly, Anaximander had definitely attempted to apply this idea, and to derive from it the existing world. Thales had left the question how the primal water developed into a world entirely unanswered. End of Section 3. Read by Thorulf Van Walsam in Hardwick, Vermont. Section 4 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is Librevox recording. All Librevox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org.

Starting point is 01:01:04 Read by Thorulf Van Walsam. For more information on this reader, visit Thor VW. is.com. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 2, The Ionix Part 3. Anaxemones Anaxemines Like the two previous thinkers, Anaxemines was uninformed. inhabitant of Miletus. He was born about 58B.C. and died about 524. He wrote a treatise of which a small fragment still remains. He agreed with Thales and Anaximander that the first principle of the universe is material. With Thales too, he looked upon it as a particular kind of matter, not in

Starting point is 01:01:50 determinate matter as taught by Anaxymander. Thelies had declared it to be water. Anaximander named air as first principle. This air, like the matter of Anneximander, stretches illimitably through space. Air is constantly in motion and has the power of motion inherent in it, and this motion brought about the development of the universe from air. As operating process of the development, Annexemones named the two opposite processes of rarifaction and condensation. Rarifaction is the same thing as heat or growing hot, and condensation is identified with growing cold. The air, by rarifaction, becomes fire, and fire borne aloft upon the air, becomes the stars. By the opposite process of condensation, air first becomes clouds, and, by further degrees of condensation,

Starting point is 01:02:45 becomes successively water, earth, and rocks. The world resolves again in the course of time into the primal air. Anaximones, like Anaximander, held the theory of innumerable worlds, and these worlds are, according to the traditional view, successive. But here again, Professor Burnett considers that the innumerable worlds may have been coexistent as well as successive. Anaxemones considered the earth to be a flat disk, floating upon air. The origin of the air theory of Annexemones,

Starting point is 01:03:22 seems to have been suggested to him by the fact that air, in the form of breath, is the principle of life. The teaching of Anaxemones seems at first to be a falling off from the position of Anaximander, because he goes back to the position of Thales in favor of a determinate matter as first principle. But in one respect, at least, there is here an advance upon Anaximander. The latter had been vague as to how formless matter differentiates itself into the world of objects. Anaxemones names the definite processes of rarefaction and condensation. If you believe, as these early physicists did, that every different kind of matter is ultimately one kind of matter, the problem of the differentiation of the qualities of the existing elements

Starting point is 01:04:09 arises. For example, if this paper is really composed of air, how do we account for its color, its hardness, texture, etc.? Either these qualities must be originally in the primal air, or not. If the qualities existed in it, then it was not really one homogeneous matter like air, but must have been simply a mixture of different kinds of matter. If not, how do these properties arise? How can this air, which has not in it the qualities of things we see, develop them? The simplest way to get out of the difficulty is to found quality upon quantity,

Starting point is 01:04:47 and to explain the former by the amount of quantity, more or less, of matter existent in the same volume. This is precisely what is meant by rarefaction and condensation. Condensation would result in compressing more matter into the same volume. Rarifaction would give rise to the opposite process. Compression of air, a great amount of it in a small space, might account for the qualities, say, of earth and stones. For example, their heaviness, hardness, color, etc. Hence, Anaximonis was to some extent a more logical and definite thinker than Anaximander,

Starting point is 01:05:24 but cannot compare with him in audacity and originality of thought. End of Section 4, read by Thorulf Van Walsam in Hardwick, Vermont. Section 5 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 2 The Ionics Part 4, Other Ionic Thinkers

Starting point is 01:06:13 We have now considered the three chief thinkers of the Ionic School. Others there were, but they added nothing new. to the teaching of these three. They followed either Thales or Anaximinis in stating the first principle of the world, either as water or as air. Hippo, for example, followed Thelis, and for him the world is composed of water. Adias agreed with Anaximinnes, that it is derived from air. Diogenes of Apollonia is chiefly remarkable for the the fact that he lived at a very much later date. He was a contemporary of Annexagoras, and opposed to the more developed teachings of that philosopher, the crude materialism of the

Starting point is 01:07:07 Ionic School. Air was by him considered to be the ground of all things. End of Section 5. Read by Carrie Adams, your book voice, at Mesa, Arizona, on the 15th of February 2022. Section 6 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace.

Starting point is 01:07:53 Chapter 3. The Pythagorean's Not much is known of the life of Pythagoras. Three so-called biographies have come down to us from antiquity, but they were written hundreds of years after the event, and are filled with a tissue of extravagant fancies and with stories of miracles and wonders worked by Pythagoras. All sorts of fantastic legends seem to have gathered very early around his life, obscuring from us the actual historical details. A few definite facts, however, are known. He was born somewhere between 580 and 570 BC at Samos, and about middle

Starting point is 01:08:36 age he migrated to Crotona in South Italy. According to legend, before he arrived in South Italy, he had traveled extensively in Egypt and other countries of the East. There is, however, no historical evidence of this. There is nothing in itself improbable in the belief that Pythagoras made these travels, but it cannot be accepted as proved for lack of evidence. The legend is really founded simply upon the oriental flavor of his doctrines. In Middle Age, he arrived in South Italy and settled at Cretona. There he founded the Pythagorean Society and lived for many years at the head of it. His later life, the date and manner of his death, are not certainly known. Now it is important to note that the Pythagorean society was not primarily a school of philosophy at all.

Starting point is 01:09:31 It was really a religious and moral order, a society of religious reformers. The Pythagorean were closely associated with the Orphic sect, and took from it the belief in the transmigration of souls, including transmigration of human souls into animals. They also taught the doctrine of the wheel of things. things, and the necessity of obtaining release from it, by which one could escape from the weary round of reincarnate lives. Thus they shared with the Orphic religious sect the principle of reincarnation. The Orphic sect believed that release from the wheel of life was to be obtained

Starting point is 01:10:13 by religious ceremonial and ritual. The Pythagorean's had a similar ritual, but they added to this the belief that intellectual pursuits, the cultivation of science, and and philosophy, and in general the intellectual contemplation of the ultimate things of the universe, would be of great help towards the release of the soul. From this arose the tendency to develop science and philosophy. Gradually, their philosophy attained a semi-independence from their religious rights, which justifies us in regarding it definitely as philosophy. The Pythagorean ethical views were rigorous and acetic in character.

Starting point is 01:10:53 They insisted upon the utmost purity of life in the members of the order. Abstinence from flesh was insisted upon, although this was apparently a late development. We know that Pythagoras himself was not a total abstainer from flesh. They forbade the eating of beans. They wore a garb peculiar to themselves. The body they taught is a prison or tomb of the soul. They thought that one must not attempt to obtain release. by suicide, because man is the property of God, the chattel of God. They were not politicians in the modern

Starting point is 01:11:31 sense, but their procedure and practice amounted to the greatest possible interference in politics. It appears that the Pythagoreans attempted to impose their ordinances upon the ordinary citizens of Crotona. They aimed at the supersession of the state by their own order, and they did actually capture the government of Crotona for a short period. This led to attacks on the order and the persecution of its members. When the plain citizen of Crotona was told not to eat beans, and that under no circumstances could he eat his own dog, this was too much. A general persecution occurred. The meeting place of the Pythagorean's was burned to the ground, the society was scattered, and its members killed or driven away.

Starting point is 01:12:20 This occurred between the years 440 and 430 BC. Some years later, the society revived and continued its activities, but we do not hear much of it after the 4th century BC. It was largely a mystical society. The Pythagorean's developed their own rituals, ceremonial, and mysteries. This love of mystery and their general character as miracle-mongers largely account for the legends which grew up around the life of Pythagorean. Pythagoras himself. Their scientific activities were also considerable. They enforced moral self-control.

Starting point is 01:13:00 They cultivated the arts and crafts, gymnastics, music, medicine, and mathematics. The development of mathematics in early Greece was largely the work of the Pythagorean's. Pythagoras is said to have discovered the 47th proposition of Euclid and to have sacrificed an ox in honor there is good reason to believe that practically the whole of the substance of the first book of Euclid is the work of Pythagoras. Turning now to their philosophical teaching, the first thing that we have to understand is that we cannot speak of the philosophy of Pythagoras, but only of the Pythagorean's, for it is not known what share Pythagoras had in this philosophy, or what share was contributed by his successors.

Starting point is 01:13:49 Now we recognize objects in the universe by means of their qualities, but the majority of these qualities are not universal in their scope. Some things possess some qualities. Others possess others. A leaf, for example, is green, but not all things are green. Some things have no color at all. The same is true of tastes and smells. Some things are sweet, some bitter.

Starting point is 01:14:16 But there is one quality in things, which is absolutely universal in its scope, which applies to everything in the universe, corporeal or incorporeal. All things are numerable and can be counted. Moreover, it is impossible to conceive a universe in which number is not to be found. You could easily imagine a universe in which there is no color or no sweet taste, or a universe in which nothing possesses weight, but you cannot imagine a universe in which there is no number. This is an inconceivable thought.

Starting point is 01:14:55 Upon these grounds we should be justified in concluding that number is an extremely important aspect of things and forms a fundamental pad of the framework of the world. And it is upon this aspect of things that the Pythagorean's laid emphasis. They drew attention to proportion, order, and harmony as the dominant notes of the universe. Now, when we examine the ideas of proportion, order, and harmony, we shall see that they are closely connected with number. Proportion, for example, must necessarily be expressable by the relation of one number to another. Similarly, order is measurable by numbers. When we say that the ranks of a regiment exhibit order, we mean that they are arranged in such a way that the soldiers

Starting point is 01:15:45 stand at certain regular distances from each other, and these distances are measurable by numbers of feet or inches. Lastly, consider the idea of harmony. If in modern times we were to say that the universe is a harmonious whole, we should understand that we are merely using a metaphor for music. But the Pythagorean's lived in an age when men were not practicable. in thought, and they confused cosmical harmony with musical harmony. They thought that the two things were the same. Now, musical harmony is founded upon numbers, and the Pythagoreans were the first to discover this. The difference of notes is due to the different numbers of vibrations of the sounding instrument. The musical intervals are likewise based upon numerical proportions,

Starting point is 01:16:34 So that since for the Pythagoreans the universe is a musical harmony, it follows that the essential character of the universe is number. The study of mathematics confirmed the Pythagoreans in this idea. Arithmetic is the science of numbers, and all other mathematical sciences are ultimately reducible to numbers. For instance, in geometry, angles are measured by the number of degrees. Now, as already pointed out, consider, Considering all these facts, we might well be justified in concluding that number is a very

Starting point is 01:17:11 important aspect of the universe and is fundamental in it. But the Pythagorean's went much further than this. They drew what seems to us the extraordinary conclusion that the world is made of numbers. At this point then, we reached the heart of the Pythagorean philosophy. Just as Thalys had said that the ultimate reality, the first principle of the world of the which things are composed is water. So now the Pythagoreans teach that the first principle of things is number. Number is the world ground, the stuff out of which the universe is made. In the detailed application of this principle to the world of things, we have a conglomeration of extraordinary fancies

Starting point is 01:17:58 and extravagances. In the first place, all numbers arise out of the unit. This is the prime number, every other number being simply so many units. The unit, then, is the first in the order of things in the universe. Again, numbers are divided into odd and even. The universe, said the Pythagorean's, is composed of pairs of opposites and contradictories, and the fundamental character of these opposites is that they are composed of the odd and even. The odd and even, moreover, they identified with the limited and unlimited and

Starting point is 01:18:35 unlimited, respectively. How this identification was made seems somewhat doubtful, but it is clearly connected with the theory of bipartition. An even number can be divided by two, and therefore it does not set a limit to by partition, hence it is unlimited. An odd number cannot be divided by two, and therefore it sets a limit to bipartition. The limited and the unlimited become, therefore, the ultimate principles of the universe. The limit is identified with the unit, and this again with the central fire of the universe. The limit is first formed and proceeds to draw more and more of the unlimited towards itself, and to limit it. Becoming limited, it becomes a definite something, a thing. So the formation of the world of things proceeds. The Pythagorean's drew up a list of

Starting point is 01:19:35 ten opposites of which the universe is composed. They are, one, limited and unlimited, two, odd and even, three, one and many, four, right and left, five, masculine and feminine, six, rest and motion, seven, straight and crooked, eight, light and darkness, nine, nine, Good and evil. 10. Square and oblong. With the further development of the number theory, Pythagoreanism becomes entirely arbitrary and without principle.

Starting point is 01:20:19 We hear, for example, that one is the point, two is the line, three is the plain, four is the solid, five physical qualities, six animation, seven, intelligence, health, love, wisdom. There is no principle in all this. Identification of the different numbers with different things can only be left to the whim and fancy of the individual. The Pythagoreans disagreed among themselves as to what numbers to be assigned to what thing. For example, justice, they said, is that which returns equal for equal. If I do a man in injury, justice ordains that injury should be done

Starting point is 01:21:03 to me, thus giving equal for equal. Justice must, therefore, be a number which returns equal for equal. Now, the only numbers which do this are square numbers. Four equals two into two, and so returns equal for equal. Four then must be justice. But nine is equally the square of three, hence other Pythagorean identified justice with nine. According to Philolaus, one of the most prominent Pythagoreans, the quality of matter depends upon the number of sides of its smallest particles. Of the five regular solids, three were known to the Pythagoreans. That matter whose smallest particles are regular tetrahedra, said Philalouse, is fire. Similarly, Earth is composed of cubes, and the universe is identified with the dodecahedron.

Starting point is 01:21:58 This idea was developed further by Plato and the Temaeus, where we find, all the five regular solids brought into the theory. The central fire, already mentioned as identified with the unit, is a characteristic doctrine of the Pythagorean's. Up to this time, it had been believed that the Earth is the center of the universe and that everything revolves round it. But with the Pythagorean, the Earth revolves round the central fire. One feels inclined at once to identify this with the Sun,

Starting point is 01:22:30 but this is not correct. The sun, like the Earth, revolves round the central fire. We do not see the central fire, because that side of the Earth on which we live is perpetually turned away from it. This involves the theory that the Earth revolves round the central fire in the same period that it takes to rotate upon its axis. The Pythagoreans were the first to see that the Earth is itself one of the planets, and to shake themselves free from the geocentric hypothesis. Round the central fire, sometimes mystically called the hearth of the universe, revolve ten bodies. First is the counter-earth, a non-existent body invented by the Pythagorean's.

Starting point is 01:23:15 Next comes the earth, then the sun, the moon, the five planets, and lastly the heaven of the fixed stars. This curious system might have borne fruit in astronomy. That it did not do so was largely due to the influence of Aristotle, who discontinenced the theory, and insisted that the earth is the center of the universe. But in the end, the Pythagorean view won the day. We know that Copernicus derived the suggestion of his heliocentric hypothesis from the Pythagorean's. The Pythagorean also taught the Great Year, probably a period of 10,000 years, in which the world comes into being and passes away, going in each such period through the same evolution down to the smallest details.

Starting point is 01:24:06 There is little to be said by way of criticism of the Pythagorean system. It is entirely crude philosophy. The application of the number theory issues in a barren and futile earth-medical mysticism. Hegel's words in this connection are instructive. We may certainly, he says, feel ourselves prompted to associate the most general characteristics of thought with the first numbers, saying one is the simple and immediate, two is difference in mediation, and three, the unity of both these. Such associations, however, are purely external. There is nothing in the mere numbers to make them express these definite thoughts. With every step in this method, the more arbitrary grows the association of definite numbers with definite thoughts. To attach, as do some secret societies of modern times, importance to all sorts of numbers and figures,

Starting point is 01:25:06 is, to some extent, an innocent amusement. But it is also a sign of deficiency of intellectual resource. These numbers, it is said, conceal a profound meaning, and suggest a deal. to think about. But the point in philosophy is not what you may think, but what you do think, and the genuine air of thought is to be sought in thought itself, and not in arbitrarily selected symbols. End of Section 6. Section 7 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information, or to volunteer, Please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace.

Starting point is 01:26:04 Chapter 4 The Iliatics Part 1, Xenophonies The Eliotics are so called because the seat of their school was at Elia, a town in South Italy, and Parmenides and Zeno, the two chief representatives of the school, were both citizens of Elia. So far, we have been dealing with crude systems of thought, in which only the germs of philosophic thinking can be dimly discerned.

Starting point is 01:26:34 Now, however, with the Iliatics we step out definitely for the first time upon the platform of philosophy. Iliaticism is the first true philosophy. In it there emerges the first factor of the truth, however, poor, meager, and inadequate. Philosophy is not, as many persons suppose, simply a collection of freak speculations, which we may study in historical order, but at the end of which God alone knows which we ought to believe. On the contrary, the history of philosophy presents a definite line of evolution. The truth unfolds itself gradually in time. Xenophonies The reputed founder of the Iliatic school was Xenophonies. It is, however, doubtful whether Xenophonies ever went to Elia. Moreover, he belongs more properly to the history of religion

Starting point is 01:27:32 than to the history of philosophy. The real creator of the Iliatic school was Parmenides. But Permanides seized upon certain germs of thought latent in Xenophonies and transmuted them into philosophic principles. We have, therefore, in the first instance, to say something of Xenophonies. He was born about the year 576 BC at Colophon in Ionia. His long life was spent in wandering up and down the cities of Hellas as a poet and minstrel, singing songs at banquets and festivals. Whether, as sometimes stated, he finally settled at Aaliyah is a matter of doubt, but we know definitely that at the advanced age of 92 he was still wandering about Greece.

Starting point is 01:28:20 His philosophy, such as it is, is expressed in poems. He did not, however, write philosophical poems, but rather elegies and satires upon various subjects, only incidentally expressing his religious views therein. Fragments of these poems have come down to us. Xenophonies is the originator of the quarrel between philosophy and religion. He attacked the popular religious notions of the Greeks, the view to founding a pure and nobler conception of deity. Popular Greek religion consisted of a belief in a number of gods who were conceived very much as in the form of human beings. Zinophonies

Starting point is 01:29:04 attacks this conception of God as possessing human form. It is absurd, he says, to suppose that the gods wander about from place to place as represented in the Greek legends. It is absurd to suppose that the gods had a beginning. It is disgraceful to impute to them stories of fraud, adultery, theft, and deceit. And Xenophonies invades against Homer and Hesiod for disseminating these degrading conceptions of the deity. He argues, too, against the polytheistic notion of a plurality of gods. That which is divine can only be one. There can only be one best. Therefore, God is to be conceived as one. And this god is comparable to mortals neither in bodily form nor understanding. He is, all eye, all ear, all thought. It is he who, without trouble, by his thought,

Starting point is 01:30:04 governs all things. But it would be a mistake to suppose that Xenophonies thought of this God as a being external to the world, governing it from the outside as a general governs his soldiers. On the contrary, Xenophonies identified God with the world. The world is God, a sentient being, though without organs of sense. Looking out into the wide heavens, he said, The one is God. The thought of Xenophonies is therefore more properly described as pantheism than as monotheism. God is unchangeable, immutable, undivided, undivided, undivided, unmoved, passionless, undisturbed. Zinophonies appears thus rather as a religious reformer than as a philosopher. Nevertheless, inasmuch as he was the first to enunciate the proposition, all is one, he takes his place in philosophy.

Starting point is 01:31:05 It was upon this thought that Permanides built the foundations of the Iliatic philosophy. Certain other opinions of Xenophonies have been preserved. He observed fossils and found shells inland, and the forms of fish and seaweed embedded in the rocks in the quarries of Syracuse and elsewhere. From these, he concluded that the earth had risen out of the sea and would again partially sink into it. Then the human race would be destroyed. But the earth would again rise from the sea, and the human race would again be renewed. He believed that the sun and stars were burning masses of vapor. The sun, he thought, does not revolve around the earth.

Starting point is 01:31:50 It goes on in a straight line and disappears in the remote distance in the evening. It is not the same sun which rises the next morning. Every day a new sun is formed out of the vapors of the sea. This idea is connected with his general attitude towards the popular religion. His motive was to show that the sun and stars are not divine beings, but like other beings, ephemeral. Xenophonies also ridiculed the Pythagorean's, especially their doctrine of reincarnation.

Starting point is 01:32:27 End of Section 7. Section 8 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information, or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy. by Walter Terrence Stace Chapter 4, the Iliatics

Starting point is 01:32:57 Part 2, Parmenides Parmenides was born about 514 BC at Elya. Not much as known about his life. He was in his early youth of Pythagorean, but recanted that philosophy and formulated a philosophy of his own. He was greatly revered in antiquity, both for the depth of his intellect, and the sublimity and nobility of his character.

Starting point is 01:33:25 Plato refers to him always with reverence. His philosophy is comprised in a philosophic, didactic poem, which is divided into two parts. The first part expounds his own philosophy and is called the way of truth. The second part describes the false opinions current in his day, and is called the way of opinion. The reflection of Permanides takes its rise from observation of the transitoryness and changeableness of things. The world as we know it is a world of change and mutation.

Starting point is 01:34:02 All things arise and pass away. Nothing is permanent. Nothing stands. One moment it is, another moment it is not. It is as true to say of anything that it is not as that it is. The truths of things cannot lie here, for no knowledge of that which is constantly changing is possible. Hence the thought of Permanides becomes the effort to find the eternal amid the shifting, the abiding and everlasting amid the change and mutation of things.

Starting point is 01:34:34 And there arises in this way the antithesis between being and not being. The absolutely real is being, non-being is the unreal. Not being is not at all. And this not being he identifies with becoming, with the world of shifting and changing things, the world which is known to us by the senses. The world of sense is unreal, illusory, a mere appearance. It is not being.

Starting point is 01:35:06 Only being truly is. As Thalus designated water the one reality as the Pythagorean's named number, so now for Parmenides, the sole reality, the first principle of things, is being, wholly unmixed with not being, wholly excludant of all becoming. The character of being, he describes, for the most part, in a series of negatives. There is in it no change. It is absolutely unbecome and imperishable. It has neither beginning nor end, neither arising nor passing away. If being,

Starting point is 01:35:46 began, it must have arisen either from being or from not being. But for being to arise out of being, that is not a beginning. And for being to arise out of not being is impossible, since there is then no reason why it should arise later rather than sooner. Being cannot come out of not being, nor something out of nothing. X. Nilo Nile fit. This is the fundamental thought of Permanel. This is the Moreover, we cannot say of being that it was, that it is, that it will be. There is for it no past, no present, and no future. It is rather eternally and timelessly present. It is undivided and indivisible.

Starting point is 01:36:37 For anything to be divided, it must be divided by something other than itself. But there is nothing other than being. There is no not being. Therefore, there is nothing by which being can be divided, hence it is indivisible. It is unmoved and undisturbed, for motion and disturbance are forms of becoming, and all becoming is excluded from being. It is absolutely self-identical. It does not arise from anything other than itself. It does not pass into anything other than itself. It has its whole being in itself. It does not depend upon anything else for its being and reality.

Starting point is 01:37:19 It does not pass over into otherness. It remains steadfast and abiding in itself. Of positive character, being has nothing. Its sole character is simply its being. It cannot be said that it is this or that. It cannot be said that it has this or that quality, that it is here or there, then or now. It simply is. Its only quality is, so to speak, isness.

Starting point is 01:37:51 But in Permanides, there emerges for the first time a distinction of fundamental importance in philosophy, the distinction between sense and reason. The world of falsity, an appearance, of becoming, of not becoming, this is, says Permanides, the world which is presented to us by the senses. True and veritable being is known to us only by reason, by thought. The senses, therefore, are for Permanides, the sources of all illusion and error. Truth lies only in reason. This is exceedingly important because this, that truth lies in reason and not in the world of sense,

Starting point is 01:38:35 is the fundamental position of idealism. The doctrine of being just described occupies the first part of the poem of Parmenides. The second part is the way of false opinion. But whether Parmenides is here simply giving an account of the false philosophies of his day, and in doing this there does not seem much point, or whether he was with total inconsistency attempting in a cosmological theory of his own to explain the origin of that world of appearance and illusion, whose very being he has in the first part of the poem, denied.

Starting point is 01:39:14 This does not seem to be clear. The theory here propounded, at any rate, is that the sense world is composed of the two opposites, the hot and the cold, or light and darkness. The more hot there is, the more life, the more reality. The more cold, the more unreality and death. What position now are we to assign to Parmenides in philosophy? How are we to characterize his system?

Starting point is 01:39:44 Such writers as Hegel, Erdemand, and Schweigler have always interpreted his philosophy in an idealistic sense. Professor Burnett, however, takes the opposite view. To quote his own words, Parmenides is not, as some have said, the father of idealism. On the contrary, all materialism depends upon his view. Now, if we cannot say whether Parmenides was a materialist or an idealist, we cannot be said to understand much about his philosophy. The question is, therefore, of cardinal importance. Let us see, in the first place, upon what grounds the materialistic interpretation of Parmenides is based. It is based upon

Starting point is 01:40:28 a fact which I have so far not mentioned, leaving it for explanation at this moment. Permanides said that being, which is for him the ultimate reality, occupies space, is finite, and is spherical or globe-shaped. Now that which occupies space and has shape is matter. The ultimate reality of things, therefore, is conceived by Permanides as material, and this, of course, is the cardinal thesis of materialism. This interpretation of Permanities is further emphasized in the disagreement between himself and Melissus, as to whether being is finite or infinite.

Starting point is 01:41:10 Melissus was a younger adherent of the Aliatic school, whose chief interest lies in his views on this question. His philosophical position in general is the same as that of Parmenides, but on this point they differed. Parmenides asserted that being is globe-shaped and therefore finite. Now it was an essential part of the doctrine of Parmenides, empty space is non-existent. Empty space is an existent non-existence. This is self-contradictory, and for Permanides, therefore, empty space is simply not being. There are, for example, no interstices or empty spaces between the particles of matter. Being is the full, that is, full space with no mixture of empty space in it. Now, Melissais agreed with Parmenities that there is no

Starting point is 01:42:03 such thing is empty space. And he pointed out that if being is globe-shaped, it must be bounded on the outside by empty space. And as this is impossible, it cannot be true that being is globe-shaped, or finite, but must, on the contrary, extend illimitably through space. This makes it quite clear that Parmenides, Melissus, and the Iliatics generally did regard being as, in some sense, material. Now, however, let us turn to the other side of the picture. What ground is there for regarding Parmenides as an idealist? In the first place, we may say that his ultimate principle, being, whatever he may have thought of it, is not in fact material, but is essentially an abstract thought, a concept.

Starting point is 01:42:55 Being is not here, it is not there. It is not in any place or time. It is not to be found by the senses. It is to be found only in reason. We form the idea of being by the process of abstraction. For example, we see this desk. Our entire knowledge of the desk consists in our knowledge of its qualities. It is square, brown, hard, odorless, etc. Now suppose we successively strip off these qualities in thought, its color, its size, its shape. We shall ultimately be left with nothing at all except its mere being. We can no longer say of it that it is hard, square, etc. We can only say it is. As Parmenides said, being is not divisible, movable. It is not here nor there, then, nor now.

Starting point is 01:43:52 It simply is. This is the iliatic notion of being, and it is a pure concept. It may be compared to such an idea as whiteness. We cannot see whiteness. We see white things, but not whiteness itself. What then is whiteness? It is a concept, that is to say, not a particular thing, but a general idea, which we form by abstraction, by considering the quality which all white things have in common, and neglecting the qualities

Starting point is 01:44:23 in which they differ. Just so, if we consider the common character of all of all, we consider the quality of all of the white things, all objects in the universe and neglect their differences, we shall find that what they all have in common is simply being. Being, then, is a general idea or concept. It is a thought and not a thing. Parmenides, therefore, actually placed the absolute reality of things in an idea, in a thought, though he may have conceived it in a material and sensuous way. Now the cardinal thesis of idealism is precisely this, that the absolute reality of which the world is a manifestation consists in thought, in concepts. Parmenides, on this view, was an idealist.

Starting point is 01:45:11 Moreover, Parmenides has clearly made the distinction between sense and reason. True being is not known to the senses, but only to reason, and this distinction is an essential feature of all idealism. Materialism is precisely the view that reality is to be found in the world of sense. But the proposition of Parmenides is the exact opposite of this, namely that reality is to be found only in reason. Again, there begins to appear for the first time in Parmenides, the distinction between reality and appearance. Parmenides, of course, would not have used these terms, which have been adopted in modern times, but the thought which they express is unmistakably there. This outward world, the world of sense, he proclaims to be illusion and

Starting point is 01:46:00 appearance. Reality is something which lies behind and is invisible to the senses. Now the very essence of materialism is that this material world, this world of sense, is the real world. Idealism is the doctrine that the sense world is an appearance. How then can Permanides be called a materialist? How are we to reconcile these two conflicting views of Parmenides? I think the truth is that these two contradictories lie side by side in Parmenides unreconciled, and still mutually contradicting each other. Parmenides himself did not see the contradiction. If we emphasized the one side, then Parmenides was a materialist.

Starting point is 01:46:43 If we emphasize the other side, then he is to be interpreted as an idealist. In point of fact, in the history of Greek philosophy, Both these sides of Permanides were successively emphasized. He became the father both of materialism and of idealism. His immediate successors, Empedocles and Democritus, seized upon the materialistic aspects of his thought and developed it. The essential thought of Permanides was that being cannot arise from not being, and that being neither arises nor passes away.

Starting point is 01:47:17 If we apply this idea to matter, we get what in modern times is called the doctrine of the indestructibility of matter. Matter has no beginning and no end. The apparent arising and passing away of things is simply the aggregation and separation of particles of matter, which in themselves are indestructible. This is precisely the position of Democritus, and his doctrine, therefore, is a materialistic rendering of the main thought of permanities that being cannot arise from not being or pass into,

Starting point is 01:47:49 not being. It was not till the time of Plato that the idealistic aspect of the Parmenidean doctrine was developed. It was the genius of Plato which seized upon the germs of idealism in Parmenides and developed them. Plato was deeply influenced by Parmenides. His main doctrine was that the reality of the world is to be found in thought, in concepts, in what is called the idea. And he identified the idea with the being of Parmenides. But still, it may be asked, which is the true view of Parmenides? Which is the historical Parmenides? Was not Plato in interpreting him idealistically, reading his own thought into Parmenides? Are we not, if we interpret him as an idealist, reading into him later ideas? In one sense this is perfectly true. It is clear from what Parmenides

Starting point is 01:48:42 himself said that he regarded the ultimate reality of things as material. It would be a complete mistake to attribute to him a fully developed and consistent system of idealism. If you had told Parmenides that he was an idealist, he would not have understood you. The distinction between materialism and idealism was not then developed. If you had told him, moreover, that being is a concept, he would not have understood you because the theory of concepts was not developed until the time of Socrates and Plato. Now it is the function of historical criticism to insist upon this, to see that later thought is not attributed to Permanides. But if this is the function of historical scholarship, it is equally the function of philosophic insight, to seize upon

Starting point is 01:49:31 the germs of a higher thought amid the confused thinking of Permanides, to see what he was groping for, to see clearly what he saw only vaguely and dimly. to make explicit what in him was merely implicit, to exhibit the true inwardness of his teaching, to separate what is valuable and essential in it from what is worthless and accidental. And I say that in this sense the true and essential meaning of Permanides is his idealism. I said in the first chapter that philosophy is the movement from sensuous to non-sensuous thought. I said that it is only with the utmost difficulty, that this movement occurs.

Starting point is 01:50:14 And I said that even the greatest philosophers have sometimes failed herein. In Permanides, we have the first example of this. He began by propounding the truth that being is the essential reality, and being, as we saw, is a concept. But Permanides was a pioneer. He trod upon unbroken ground.

Starting point is 01:50:37 He had not behind him, as we have, a long line of idealistic thinkers. to guide him, so he could not maintain this first nonsensuous thought. He could not resist the temptation to frame for himself a mental image, a picture of being. Now all mental images and pictures are framed out of materials supplied to us by the senses. Hence, it comes about that Permanides pictured being as a globe-shaped something occupying space. But this is not the truth of Permanities. This is simply his failure to realize and understand his own principle, and to think his own thought. It is true that his immediate successors, Empedocles and Democritus, seized upon this and built their philosophies upon it.

Starting point is 01:51:25 But in doing so, they were building upon the darkness of Permanides, upon his dimness of vision, upon his inability to grapple with his own idea. It was Plato who built upon the light of Permanides. End of Section 8. Section 9 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace.

Starting point is 01:52:08 Chapter 4. The Iliatics. Part 3. Zeno. The third and last important thinker of the Iliatic school is Zeno, who, like Parmenides, was a man of Elia. His birth is placed about 489 BC. He composed a prose treatise in which he developed his philosophy. Zeno's contribution to Iliaticism is, in a sense, entirely negative. He did not add anything positive to the teachings of Parmenides. He supports Parmenides in the doctrine of being, but it is not the conclusions of Zeno that are novel. It is rather the reasons

Starting point is 01:52:49 which he gave for them. In attempting to support the Parmenidean doctrine from a new point of view, he developed certain ideas about the ultimate character of space and time which have since been of the utmost importance in philosophy. Parmenides had taught that the world of sense is illusory and false. The essentials of that world are two, multiplicity and change. True being is absolutely one. There is in it no plurality or multiplicity. Being, moreover, is absolutely static and unchangeable. There is in it no motion. Multiplicity and motion are the two characteristics of the false world of sense. Against multiplicity and motion, therefore, Zeno directed his arguments and attempted indirectly to support the conclusions

Starting point is 01:53:43 of Permanides by showing that multiplicity and motion are impossible. He attempted to force multiplicity and motion to refute themselves by showing that, if we assume them as real, contradictory propositions follow from that assumption. Two propositions which contradict each other cannot both be true. Therefore, the assumptions from which both follow, namely multiplicity and motion, cannot be real things. Xeno's arguments against multiplicity. 1. If the many is, it must be both infinitely small and infinitely large.

Starting point is 01:54:25 The many must be infinitely small, for it is composed of units. This is what we mean by saying that it is many. It is many parts or units. These units must be indivisible, for if they are further divisible, then they are not units. Since they are indivisible, they can have no magnitude, for that which has magnitude is divisible. The many, therefore, is composed of units which have no magnitude. But if none of the parts of the many have magnitude,

Starting point is 01:54:56 the many as a whole has none. Therefore, the many is infinitely small. But the many must also be infinitely large, for the many has magnitude and, as such, is divisible into parts. These parts still have magnitude, and are therefore further divisible. However far we proceed with the division, the parts still have magnitude and are still divisible.

Starting point is 01:55:22 Hence the many is divisible ad infinitum. It must therefore be composed of an infinite number of parts, each having magnitude. But the smallest magnitude, multiplied by infinity, becomes an infinite magnitude. Therefore, the many is infinitely large. 2. The many must be in number, both limited and unlimited.

Starting point is 01:55:49 It must be limited because it is just as many as it is, no more, no less. It is, therefore, a definite number. But a definite number is a finite or limited number. But the many must be also unlimited in number, for it is infinitely divisible or composed of an infinite number of parts. Xeno's arguments against motion. 1. In order to travel a distance, a body must first travel half the distance.

Starting point is 01:56:23 There remains half left for it still to travel. It must then travel half the remaining distance. There is still a remainder. This progress proceeds infinitely, but there is always a remainder untravelled. Therefore, it is impossible for a body to travel from one point. to another. It can never arrive. 2. Achilles and the tortoise run a race. If the tortoise is given a start, Achilles can never catch it up. For in the first place, he must run to the point from which the tortoise started. When he gets there, the tortoise will have gone to a point further on.

Starting point is 01:57:03 Achilles must then run to that point, and finds then that the tortoise has reached a third point. This will go on forever, the distance between them continually diminishing, but never being wholly wiped out. Achilles will never catch up to the tortoise. 3. This is the story of the flying arrow. An object cannot be in two places at the same time. Therefore, at any particular moment in its flight, the arrow is in one place and not in two. But to be in one place is to be at a rest. Therefore, in each and every moment of its flight, it is at rest. It is thus at rest throughout. Motion is impossible. This type of argument is, in modern times, called antinamy. An antinamy is a proof

Starting point is 01:57:57 that, since two contradictory propositions equally follow from a given assumption, that assumption must be false. Zeno is called by Aristotle the inventor of dialectic. Dialectic, dialectic originally meant simply discussion, but it has come to be a technical term in philosophy, and is used for that type of reasoning which seeks to develop the truth by making the false refute and contradict itself. The conception of dialectic is especially important in Zeno, Plato, Kant, and Hegel. All the arguments which Zeno uses against multiplicity and motion are, in reality, merely variations of one argument. That argument, is as follows. It applies equally to space, to time, or to anything which can be quantitatively

Starting point is 01:58:49 measured. For simplicity, we will consider it only in its spatial significance. Any quantity of space, say the space enclosed within a circle, must either be composed of ultimate indivisible units, or it must be divisible at infinitum. If it is composed of indivisible units, these must have magnitude, and we are faced with the contradiction of a magnitude which cannot be divided. If it is divisible at infinitum, we are faced with the contradiction of supposing that an infinite number of parts can be added up and make a finite sum total. It is thus a great mistake to suppose that Zeno's stories of Achilles and the tortoise and of the flying arrow are merely childish puzzles. On the contrary, Zeno was the first, by means of these stories, and the story of

Starting point is 01:59:41 to bring to light the essential contradictions which lie in our ideas of space and time, and thus to set an important problem for all subsequent philosophy. All Zeno's arguments are based upon the one argument described above, which may be called the Antenemy of Infinite Divisibility. For example, the story of the Flying Arrow. At any moment of its flight, says Zeno, it must be in one place because it cannot be in two places at the same moment. This depends upon the view of time as being infinitely divisible. It is only in an infinitesimal moment, an absolute moment having no duration that the arrow is at rest.

Starting point is 02:00:26 This, however, is not the only anteimmy which we find in our conceptions of space and time. Every mathematician is acquainted with the contradictions imminent in our ideas of infinity. For example, the familiar proposition that parallel straight lines meet at infinity is a contradiction. Again, a decreasing geometrical progression can be added up to infinity, the infinite number of its terms adding up in the sum total to a finite number. The idea of infinite space itself is a contradiction. You can say of it exactly what Zeno said of the many. There must be in existence as much space as there is.

Starting point is 02:01:07 no more. But this means that there must be a definite and limited amount of space. Therefore, space is finite. On the other hand, it is impossible to conceive a limit to space. Beyond the limit, there must be more space. Therefore, space is infinite. Zeno himself gave expression to this antinemone in the form of an argument which I have not so far mentioned. He said that everything which exists is in space. Space itself exists. therefore space must be in space. That space must be in another space, and so at infinitum. This, of course, is merely a quaint way of saying that to conceive a limit to space is impossible. But to return to the antony of infinite divisibility on which most of Zeno's arguments rest,

Starting point is 02:01:59 you will perhaps expect me to say something of the different solutions which have been offered. In the first place, we must not forget that. Zeno's own solution. He did not propound this contradiction for its own sake, but to support the thesis of Permanides. His solution is that, as multiplicity and motion contain these contradictions, therefore multiplicity and motion cannot be real. Therefore, there is, as Permanides said, only one being, with no multiplicity in it, and excluded of all motion and becoming. The solution given by Kant in modern times is essentially similar. According to Kant, these contradictions are imminent in our conceptions of space and time,

Starting point is 02:02:45 and since space and time involve these contradictions, it follows that they are not real beings, but appearances, mere phenomena. Space and time do not belong to things as they are in themselves, but rather to our way of looking at things. They are forms of our perception. It is our minds which impose space and time upon objects, and not objects which impose space and time upon our minds. Further, Kant drew from these contradictions the conclusion that to comprehend the infinite is beyond the capacity of human reason. He attempted to show that wherever we try to think the infinite, whether the infinitely large or the infinitely small, we fall into irreconcilable contradictions.

Starting point is 02:03:33 Therefore, he concluded that human faculties are incapable of apprehending infinity. As might be expected, many thinkers have attempted to solve the problem by denying one or other side of the contradiction, by saying that one or other side does not follow from the premises, that one is true and the other is false. David Hume, for example, denied the infinite divisibility of space and time, and declared that they are composed of indivisible units having magnitude. But the difficulty that it is impossible to conceive of units having magnitude which are yet indivisible is not satisfactorily explained by Hume, and in general it seems that any solution which is to be

Starting point is 02:04:18 satisfactory must somehow make room for both sides of the contradiction. It will not do to deny one side or the other, to say that one is false and the other true, A true solution is only possible by rising above the level of the two antagonistic principles, and taking them both up to the level of a higher conception, in which both opposites are reconciled. This was the procedure followed by Hegel in his solution of the problem. Unfortunately, his solution cannot be fully understood without some knowledge of his general philosophical principles, on which it wholly depends. I will, however, try to make it as plain as possible. In the first place, Hegel did not go out of his way to solve these antinemies. They appear as mere incidents in the development of his thought. He did not regard them as isolated cases of contradiction which occur in thought, as exceptions to a general rule which therefore need special explanation.

Starting point is 02:05:22 On the contrary, he regarded them not as exceptions to, but as examples of the essential character of reason. All thought, all reason for Hegel, contains imminent contradictions, which at first posits and then reconciles in a higher unity. And this particular contradiction of infinite divisibility is reconciled in the higher notion of quantity. The notion of quantity contains two factors, namely the one and the many. Quantity means precisely a many in one, or a one in many. If, for example, we consider a quantity of anything, say a heap of wheat, this is in the first place one. It is one whole. Secondly, it is many, for it is composed of many parts. As one, continuous, as many, it is discreet. Now the true notion of quantity is not one apart from many,

Starting point is 02:06:25 nor many apart from one. It is the synthesis of both. It is a many in one. The antinemone we are considering arises from considering one side of the truth in a false abstraction from the other. To conceive unity as not being in itself multiplicity, or multiplicity as not being unity, is a false abstraction. The thought of the one involves the thought of the many, and the thought of the many involves the thought of the one. You cannot have a many without a one, any more than you can have a one end of a stick without the other. Now, if we consider anything which is quantitatively measured, such as a straight line, we may consider it in the first place as one. In that case, it is a continuous indivisible unit.

Starting point is 02:07:18 Next, we may regard it as many, in which case it falls into parts. Now each of these parts may again be regarded as one, and as such is an indivisible unit. And again, each part may be regarded as many, in which case it falls into further parts. And this alternating process may go on forever. This is the view of the matter which gave rise to the contradictions we have been considering, but it is a false view. It involves the false abstraction of first regarding the many as something that has reality apart from the one, and then regarding the one as something that has reality apart from

Starting point is 02:07:57 the many. If you persist in saying that the lion is simply one and not many, then there arises the theory of indivisible units. If you persist in saying it is simply many and not one, then it is divisible at infinitum. But the truth is that it is neither simply many nor simply. simply one. It is a many in one, that is, it is a quantity. Both sides of the contradiction are, therefore, in one sense, true, for each is a factor of the truth. But both sides are also false, if and insofar as each sets itself up as the whole truth. End of Section 9.

Starting point is 02:08:47 Section 10 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libra VALBORVox recordings are in the public domain. For more information, or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 4 The Iliatics Part 4. Critical Remarks on Iliaticism The Consideration of the Meaning of Zeno's doctrine will give us an insight into the essentials of the position of the Iliatics.

Starting point is 02:09:25 Zeno said that motion and motion and and multiplicity are not real. Now, what does this mean? Did Zeno mean to say that when he walked about the streets of Aaliyah, it was not true that he walked about? Did he mean that it was not a fact that he moved from place to place? When I move my arms, did he mean that I am not moving my arms, but that they really remain at rest all the time? If so, we might justly conclude that this philosophy is a mere craze of speculation run mad, or else a joke. But this is not what is meant. The eliotic position is that, though the world of sense of which multiplicity and motion are essential features may exist, yet that outward world is not the true being. They do not deny that

Starting point is 02:10:14 the world exists, they do not deny that motion exists, or that multiplicity exists. These things no sane man can deny. The existence of motion and multiplicity is, as Hegel says, as sensuously certain as the existence of elephants. Zeno then does not deny the existence of the world. What he denies is the truth of existence. What he means is, certainly there is motion and multiplicity. Certainly the world is here, is present to our senses, but it is not the true world. It is not reality. It is mere appearance, illusion, an outward show and sham, a hollow mask which hides the real being of things. You may ask, what is meant by this distinction between appearance and reality? Is not even an appearance real? It appears. It exists.

Starting point is 02:11:11 Even a delusion exists, and is therefore a real thing. So is not the distinction between appearance and reality itself meaningless? Now, all this is perfectly true, but it does not comprehend quite what is meant by the distinction. What is meant is that the objects around us have existence, but not self-existence, not self-substantiality. That is to say, their being is not in themselves, their existence is not grounded in themselves, but it is grounded in another, and flows from that other. They exist, but they are not independent exist. They are rather beings whose being flows into them from another, which itself is self-existent and self-substant.

Starting point is 02:12:01 They are, therefore, mere appearances of that other, which is the reality. Of course, the Iliatics did not speak of appearance and reality in these terms, but this is what they were groping for, and dimly saw. If we now look back upon the road on which we have traveled from the beginning of Greek philosophy, we shall be able to characterize the direction in which we have been moving. The earliest Greek philosophers, the Ionics, propounded the question, what is the ultimate principle of things, and answered it by declaring that the first principle of things is matter. The second Greek school, the Pythagorean's, answered the same question by declaring

Starting point is 02:12:44 numbers to be the first principle. The third school, the Iliatics, answered the question by asserting that the first principle of things is being. Now the universe, as we know it, is both quantitative and qualitative. Quantity and quality are characteristics of every sense object. These are not indeed the only characteristics of the world, but they are the only characteristics which have so far come to light. Now, the position of the ionics was that the ultimate reality is both quantitative and qualitative, that is to say, it is matter, for matter is just what has both quantity and quality. The Pythagorean's abstracted from the quality of things. They stripped off the qualitative aspect from things, and were accordingly left with only quantity as

Starting point is 02:13:39 ultimate reality. Quantity is the same as number, hence the Pythagorean position that the world is made of numbers. The Iliatic philosophy, proceeding one step further in the same direction, abstracted from quantity as well as quality. Whereas the Pythagorean's had denied the qualitative aspect of things, leaving themselves only with the quantitative, the eliotic's denied both quantity and quality, for in denying multiplicity, they denied quantity. Therefore, they are left with the total abstraction of mere being, which has in it neither dividedness, quantity, nor positive character, quality. The rise from the ionic to the eliotic philosophy is therefore essentially a rise from sensuous to pure thinking. The eliotic being is a pure abstract thought. The position

Starting point is 02:14:35 of the Pythagoreans, on the other hand, is that of semi-sensuous thought. They form the stepping stone from the ionics to the eliotics. Now let us consider what of worth there is in this eliotic principle and what its defects are. In the first place, it is necessary for us to understand that the eliotic philosophy is the first monism. A monistic philosophy is a philosophy which attempts to explain the entire universe from one single principle. The opposite of monism is therefore pluralism, which is that kind of philosophy which seeks to explain the universe from many ultimate and equally undelived principles. But more particularly and more frequently, we speak of the opposite of monism as being dualism, that is to say, the position that there

Starting point is 02:15:28 are two ultimate principles of explanation. If, for example, we say that all the good in the universe arises from one source, which is good, and that all the evil arises from another source, which is evil, and that these sources of good and evil cannot be subordinated one to the other, and that one does not arise out of the other, but both are coordinate and equally primeval and independent. That position would be a dualism. All philosophy, which is worthy of the name, seeks, in some sense, a monistic explanation of the universe. And when we find that a system of

Starting point is 02:16:06 philosophy breaks down and fails, then we may nearly always be sure its defect will reveal itself as an unreconciled dualism. Such a philosophy will begin with a monistic principle, and will attempt to derive or deduce the entire universe from it. But somewhere or other it comes across something in the world which it cannot bring under that principle. Then it is left with two equally ultimate existences, neither of which can be derived from the other. Thus it breaks out into dualism. Now the search for a monistic explanation of things is a universal tendency of human thought. Wherever we look in the world of thought, we find that this monistic tendency appears. I have already said that it appears throughout the history of philosophy.

Starting point is 02:16:57 It reveals itself too very clearly in the history of religion. Religion begins in polytheism, the belief in many gods. From that, it passes on to monotheism, the belief in one god, who is the sole author and creator of the universe. In Hindu thought we find the same thing. Hindu thought is based upon the principle that all is one. Everything in the world is derived from one ultimate being, Brahman. But not only is this monistic tendency traceable in religion and philosophy, it is also traceable in science. The progress of scientific explanation is essentially a progress towards monism.

Starting point is 02:17:39 In the first place, the explanation of isolated facts consists always in assigning causes for them. Suppose there is a strange noise in your room at night. You say it is explained when you find that it is due to the falling of a book or the scuttling of a rat across the floor. The noise is thus explained by assigning a cause for it. But this simply means that you have robbed it of its isolated and exceptional position and reduced it to the position of an example of a general law. When the water freezes in your jug, you say that the cause of this is the cold.

Starting point is 02:18:17 It is an example of the law that whenever the cold reaches a certain degree then, other things being equal, water solidifies. But to assign causes in this way is not really to explain anything. It does not give any reason for an event happening. You cannot see any reason why water should solidify in the cold. It merely tells us that the event is not exceptional, but is an example of what always happens. It reduces the isolated event to a case of a general law,

Starting point is 02:18:49 which explains not merely this one event, but possibly millions of events. It is not merely that cold solidifies the water in your jug. It equally solidifies the water in everybody's jug. The same law explains all these, and likewise explains icebergs and polar caps on the Earth and the planet Mars. In fact, scientific explanation means the reduction of millions of facts to one principle. But science does not stop here. It seeks further to explain the laws the laws. themselves, and its method is to reduce the many laws to one higher and more general law.

Starting point is 02:19:31 A familiar example of this is the explanation of Kepler's laws of the planetary motions. Kepler laid down three such laws. The first was that planets move in elliptical orbits with the sun in one focus. The second was that planets describe equal areas and equal times. The third was a rather more complicated law. Kepler knew these laws from observation, but he could not explain them. They were explained by Newton's discovery of the law of gravitation. Newton proved that Kepler's three laws could be mathematically deduced from the law of gravitation. In that way, Kepler's laws were explained, and not only Kepler's laws, but many other astronomical laws and facts.

Starting point is 02:20:19 Thus, the explanation of the many isolated facts consists in their reduction to the law. one law, and the explanation of the many laws consists in their reduction to the one more general law. As knowledge advances, the phenomena of the universe come to be explained by fewer and fewer and wider and wider general principles. Obviously, the ultimate goal would be the explanation of all things by one principle. I do not mean to say that scientific men have this end consciously in view, but the point is that the monistic tendency is there. What is meant by the explanation is the reduction of all things to one principle. In philosophy, in religion, and in science, then, we find this monistic tendency of thought.

Starting point is 02:21:13 But it might be asked how we know that this universal tendency is right. How do we know that it is not merely a universal error? Is there no logical or philosophical basis for the belief that the ultimate explanation of things must be one? Now this is a subject which takes us far afield from Greek philosophy. The philosophical basis of monism was never thought out till the time of Spinoza, so we cannot go into it at length here. But quite shortly, the question is, is there any reason for believing that the ultimate explanation of things must be one? Now, if we are to explain the universe, two conditions must be fulfilled.

Starting point is 02:22:01 In the first place, the ultimate reality by which we attempt to explain everything must explain all the other things in the world. It must be possible to deduce the whole world from it. Secondly, the first principle must explain itself. It cannot be a principle which itself still requires explanation by something else. If it is itself not self-explanatory, but is an ultimate mystery, then even if we succeed in deducing the universe from it, nothing is thereby explained. This, for example, is precisely the defect of materialism. Even if we suppose it proved that all things, including mind, arise from matter, yet the objection remains that this explains

Starting point is 02:22:48 nothing at all, for matter is not a self-explanatory existence. It is an unintelligible mystery. And to reduce the universe to an ultimate mystery is not to explain it. Again, some people think that the world is to be explained by what they call a first cause. But why should any cause be the First, why should we stop anywhere in the chain of causes? Every cause is necessarily the effect of a prior cause. The child who is told that God made the world, and who inquires who in that case may God, is asking a highly sensible question. Or suppose, in tracing back the chain of causes, we come upon one which we have reason to say is really the first. Is anything explained thereby? Still, we are left with an ultimate mystery.

Starting point is 02:23:40 Whatever the principle of explanation is, it cannot be a principle of this kind. It must be a principle which explains itself and does not lead to something further, such as another cause. In other words, it must be a principle which has its whole being in itself, which does not, for its completeness, refer us to anything beyond itself. It must be something fully comprehended in itself without reference to anything outside it. That is to say, it must be what we call self-determined or absolute. Now, any absolute principle must necessarily be one.

Starting point is 02:24:22 Suppose that it were two. Suppose you attempt to explain the world by two principles, X and Y, each of which is ultimate, neither being derived from the other. then what relation does X bear to Y? We cannot fully comprehend X without knowing its relation to Y. Part of the character and being of X is constituted by its relation to Y. Part of X's character has to be explained by Y. But that is not to be self-explained. It is to be explained by something not itself. Therefore, the ultimate explanation of things must be one. The Eliotics, then, perfectly correct in saying that all is one and that the ultimate principle of the universe,

Starting point is 02:25:09 being, is one. But if we examine the way in which they carried out their monism, we shall see that it broke down in a hopeless dualism. How did they explain the existence of the world? They propounded the principle of being as the ultimate reality. How then did they derive the actual world from that principle? The answer is that they neither derived it, nor made any attempt to derive it. Instead of deducing the world from their first principle, they simply denied the reality of the world altogether. They attempted to solve the problem by denying the existence of the problem. The world, they said, is simply not being. It is an illusion. Now, certainly it is a great thing to know which is the true world and which the false.

Starting point is 02:26:00 But after all, this is not an explanation. To call the world, world an illusion is not to explain it. If the world is reality, then the problem of philosophy is, how does that reality arise? If the world is illusion, then the problem is, how does that illusion arise? Call it illusion, if you like, but this is not explaining it. It is simply calling it names. This is the defect, too, of Indian philosophy in which the world is said to be Maya, delusion. Hence, in the Eliotic philosophy, there are two worlds brought face to face, lying side by side of each other, unreconciled. The world of being, which is the true world, and the world of facts, which is illusion. Although the Eliotics deny the sense world and call it illusion, yet of this illusion they cannot rid themselves.

Starting point is 02:26:57 In some sense or other, the world is here, is present. It comes back upon our senses and demands explanation. Call it illusion, but it still stands beside the true world, and demands that it be deduced from that. So that the eliotics have two principles, the false world and the true world, simply lying side by side without any connecting links between them, without anything to show how the one arises from the other.

Starting point is 02:27:28 It is an utterly irreconcilable dualism. It is easy to see why the Eliotic philosophy broke down in this dualism. It is due to the barrenness of their first principle itself. Being, they say, has in it no becoming. All principle of motion is expressly excluded from it. Likewise, they deny to it any multiplicity. It is simply one without any many in it. If you expressly exclude multiplicity and become,

Starting point is 02:28:01 from your first principle, then you can never get multiplicity and becoming out of it. You cannot get out of it anything that is not in it. If you say absolutely there is no multiplicity in the absolute, then it is impossible to explain how multiplicity comes into this world. It is exactly the same in regard to the question of quality. Pure being is without quality. It is mere isness. It is an utterly feature-like, characterless being, perfectly empty and abstract. How then can the quality of things issue from it? How can all the riches and variety of the world come out of this emptiness? The elyatics are like jugglers, who try to make you believe that they get rabbits, guinea pigs,

Starting point is 02:28:51 pieces of string, paper, and ribbon out of an entirely empty top hat. One can see how utterly barren and empty this principle is, if one tries to try to be. translates it into figurative language, that is to say, into the language of religion. The Eliotic principle would correspond to a religion, in which we said that God is, but beyond the fact that he is, he has absolutely no character. But surely this is a holy, barren and meager conception of the deity. In the Christian religion, we are accustomed to hear such expressions as, not only that God is, but that God is love, God is power,

Starting point is 02:29:31 God is goodness, God is wisdom. Now, objection may certainly be taken to these predicates and epithets on the ground that they are merely figurative and anthropomorphic. In fact, they exhibit the tendency to think non-sensuous objects sensuously. These predicates are merely picked up from the finite world and applied haphazard to God, for whom they are entirely inadequate. But at least these expressions teach us, that out of mere emptiness nothing can come, that the world cannot arise out of something

Starting point is 02:30:07 which is lower and poorer than itself. Here in the world we find in a certain measure, love, wisdom, excellence, power. These things cannot spring from a source which is so poor that it contains nothing but isness. The less can arise out of the greater, but not the greater out of the less. We may contrast elioticism not only with Christianity, but even with popular modern agnosticism. According to this, the absolute is unknowable. But what the agnostic means is that human reason is inadequate to grasp the greatness of the ultimate being. But the Iliatic principle is not that in saying God is love, power, wisdom, we are saying too little about God, and that our ideas are inadequate to express the fullness of his being, but on the contrary that they express

Starting point is 02:31:02 too high an idea for God, of whom nothing can be said except he is, because there is absolutely nothing more to say. This conception of God is the conception of an absolutely empty being. Monism, I said, is a necessary idea in philosophy. The absolute must be one. But an utterly abstract monism is impossible. If the absolute is simply one, wholly excludeant of all process and multiplicity, out of such an abstraction, the process and multiplicity of the world cannot issue. The absolute is not simply one or simply many. It must be a many in one, as correctly set forth in the Christian doctrine of the Trinity. Religion moves from an abstract polytheism, God as many, to an abstract monotheism, God is one, Judaism, Hinduism, and Islam.

Starting point is 02:32:02 But it does not stop there. It rightly passes on to a concrete monotheism. God is many in one, Christianity. There are two popular misconceptions regarding the doctrine of the Trinity. The first mistake is that of popular rationalism. The second is that of popular theology. Popular rationalism asserts that. the doctrine of the Trinity is contrary to reason. Popular theology asserts that it is a mystery

Starting point is 02:32:32 which transcends reason. But the truth is that it neither contradicts nor transcends reason. On the contrary, it is in itself the highest manifestation of reason. What is really a mystery, what really contradicts reason, is to suppose that God, the absolute, is simply one without any multiplicity. This contradiction results in the fatal dualism, which broke out in Iliadicism, and has broken out in every other system of thought, such as that of the Hindus or that of Spinoza, which begins with the conceptions of the absolute as a pure one, totally exclusive of the many. End of Section 10. Section 11 of a critical history of Greek philosophy.

Starting point is 02:33:29 This is a Librevox recording. Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 5. Heraclitus Heraclitus was born about 535 BC and is believed to have lived the age of 60. This places his death at 475 BC. He was thus subsequent to Xenophonies, contemporary with Parmenides, and older than Zeno. In historical order of time, therefore, he runs parallel to the Iliatics. Heraclitus was a man of Ephesus in Asia Minor. He was an aristocrat, descendant of a noble Ephesian family, and occupied in Ephesus the nominal position of Basilius, or king.

Starting point is 02:34:29 This, however, merely meant that he was the chief priest of the local branch of the Eleocinian Mysteries, and this position he resigned in favor of his brother. He appears to have been a man of a somewhat aloof, solitary, and scornful nature. He looked down not only upon the common herd, but even upon the great men of his own race. He mentions xenophonies and Pythagoras in terms of obloquy. Homer, he thinks, should be taken. out and whipped. Heesiod he considers to be the teacher of the common herd, one with them, a man, he says, who does not even know day and night. Upon the common herd of mortals,

Starting point is 02:35:12 he looks down with infinite scorn. Some of his sayings remind us not a little of Schopenhauer in their pungency and sharpness. Ases prefer straw to gold. Dogs bark at everyone they do not know. Many of his sayings, however, are memorable and trenchant epitomies of practical wisdom. Man's character is his fate. Physicians who cut, burn, stab, and rack the sick, demand a fee for doing it, which they do not deserve to get. From his aloof and aristocratic standpoint, he launched forth denunciations against the democracy of Ephesus. Heraclitus embodied his philosophical thoughts in a prose treatise, which was well-eastern, known at the time of Socrates, but of which only fragments have come down to us. His style soon became

Starting point is 02:36:05 proverbial for its difficulty and obscurity, and he gained the nickname of Heraclytus the dark, or the obscure. Socrates said of his work that what he understood of it was excellent, what not, he believed, was equally so, but that the book required a tough swimmer. He has even been accused of intentional obscurity. But there does not seem to be any foundation for this charge. The fact is that if he takes no great trouble to explain his thoughts, neither does he take any trouble to conceal them. He does not write for fools. His attitude appears to be that if his readers understand him, well, if not, so much the worse for his readers. He wastes no time in elaborating and explaining his thought, but embodies it in short, terse, pithy, and pregnant sayings.

Starting point is 02:36:58 His philosophical principle is the direct antithesis of Iliaticism. The Iliatics had thought that only being is and becoming is not at all. All change, all becoming is mere illusion. For Heraclitus, on the contrary, only becoming is, and being, permanence, identity, these are nothing but illusion. All things sublunary are perpetually changing, passing over into new forms and new shapes. Nothing stands, nothing holds fast,

Starting point is 02:37:35 nothing remains what it is. Into the same river, he says, we go down, and we do not go down, for into the same river no man can enter twice, ever it flows in and flows out. Not only does he deny all absolute permanence, but even a relative permanence of things is declared to be illusory. We all know that everything has its term, that all things arise and pass away from the insects who live an hour to the eternal hills. Yet we commonly attribute to these things, at least a relative permanence, a shorter or longer continuance in the same state.

Starting point is 02:38:17 But even this Heraclitus will not allow. Nothing is ever the same. Nothing remains identical from one consecutive moment to another. The appearance of relative permanence is an illusion, like that which makes us think that a wave passing over the surface of the water remains all the time the same identical wave. Here, as we know, the water of which the wave is composed changes from moment to moment, only the form remaining the same. Precisely so, for Heraclitus, the permanent appearance of things results from the inflow and outflow in them of equivalent quantities of substance. All is flux. It is not, for example, the same sun which sets today and rises tomorrow.

Starting point is 02:39:08 It is a new sun. For the fire of the sun burns itself out and is replenished from the vapors of the sea. Not only do things change from moment to moment, even in one and the same moment they are and are not the same. It is not merely that a thing first is and then a moment afterwards is not, it both is and is not at once-ness of is and is not is the meaning of becoming. We shall understand this better if we contrast it with the Iliatic principle. The Iliatics described all things under two concepts, being and non-being. Being has for them all truth, all reality. Not being is wholly false and illusory. For Heraclitus, both being and not being are equally real.

Starting point is 02:40:05 The one is as true as the other. Both are true, for both are identical. Becoming is the identity of being and not being. For because, because, Coming has only two forms, namely, the arising of things and their passing away, their beginning and their end, their origination and their decease. Perhaps you may think that this is not correct, that there are other forms of change besides origination and decease. A man is born, that is his origination. He dies. That is his decease. Between his birth and his death, there are indeterminate changes. He grows larger, grows older, grows wiser or more foolish, his hair turns gray.

Starting point is 02:40:53 So also the leaf of a tree does not merely come into being and pass out of being. It changes in shape, form, color. From light green it becomes dark green, and from dark green yellow. But there is, after all, nothing in all this except origination and decease. Not of the thing itself, but of its qualities. The change from green to yellow is the decease of green color, the origination of yellow color. Origination is the passage of not being into being. Decease is the passage of being into not being. Becoming, then, has in it only the two factors of being and not being, and it means the passing of one

Starting point is 02:41:39 into the other. But this passage does not mean for Heraclitus that at one moment there is being and at the next, moment, not being, it means that being and not being are in everything at one and the same time. Being is not being. Being has not being in it. Take as an example the problem of life and death. Ordinarily, we think that death is due to external causes, such as accident or disease. We consider that while life lasts, it is what it is, and remains what it is, namely, life. life, unmixed with death, and that it goes on being life until something comes from outside, as it were, in the shape of external causes, and puts an end to it. You may have read Mechnikov's book, The Nature of Man.

Starting point is 02:42:33 In the course of that book, he develops this idea. Death, he says, is always due to external causes. Therefore, if we could remove the causes, we could conquer death. The causes of death are mostly disease and accidents, for even old age as disease. There is no reason why science should not advance so far as to eliminate disease and accident from life. In that case, life might be made immortal, or at any rate indefinitely prolonged. Now this is founded upon a confusion of ideas. No doubt death is always due to external causes. Every event in the world is determined and wholly determined by causes.

Starting point is 02:43:18 The law of causation admits of no exception whatever. Therefore, it is perfectly true that in every case of death, causes preceded. But as I explained in the last chapter, to give the cause is not to give any reason for an event. Causation is never a principle of explanation of anything. It tells us that the phenomenon A is invariably and, unconditionally followed by the phenomenon B, and we call A, the cause of B. But this only means that whenever B happens, it happens in a certain regular order and succession

Starting point is 02:43:55 of events. But it does not tell us why B happens at all. The reason of a thing is to be distinguished from its cause. The reason why a man dies is not to be found in the causes which bring about his death. The reason, rather, is that life has the germ of death already in it, that life is already death potentially, that being has not being in it. The causation of death is merely the mechanism by the instrumentality of which, through one set of causes or another, the inevitable end is brought about. Not only is being, for Heraclitus, identical with not being, but everything in the universe has in it its own opposite. Every existent thing is a harmony of opposite tensions.

Starting point is 02:44:47 A harmony contains necessarily two opposite principles, which, in spite of their opposition, reveal an underlying unity. That it is by virtue of this principle that everything in the universe exists is the teaching of Heraclitus. All things contain their own opposites within them. them. In the struggle and antagonism between hostile principles consist their life, their being, their very existence. At the heart of things is conflict. If there were no conflict in a thing, it would cease to exist. This idea is expressed by Heraclitus in a variety of ways.

Starting point is 02:45:29 Strife, he says, is the father of all things. The one, sundering from itself, coalesces with itself like the harmony of the bow and the liar. God is day and night, summer and winter, war and peace, satiety and hunger. Join together whole and unhole, congruous and incongruous, accordant, then comes from one all and from all one. In this sense, too, he censures Homer for having prayed that strife might cease from among gods and men. If such a prayer were granted, the universe itself would pass away. Side by side with this metaphysic, Heraclitus lays down a theory of physics. All things are

Starting point is 02:46:21 composed of fire. This world, he says, neither one of the gods nor of the human race has made. But it is, it was, and ever shall be, an eternally living fire. All comes from fire, and to fire all returns. All things are exchanged for fire and fire for all, as wares for gold and gold for wares. Thus there is only one ultimate kind of matter, fire, and all other forms of matter are merely modifications and variations of fire. It is clear for what reason Heraclitus enunciated this principle. It is an exact physical parallel to the metaphysical principle of becoming. Fire is the most mutable of the elements.

Starting point is 02:47:12 It does not remain the same from one moment to another. It is continually taking up matter in the form of fuel and giving off equivalent matter in the form of smoke and vapor. The primal fire, according to Heraclytus, transmutes itself into air, air into water and water into earth. This he calls the downward path. To it corresponds the upward path, the transmutation of earth into water,

Starting point is 02:47:42 water into air, and air into fire. All transformation takes place in this regular order, and therefore, says Heraclytus, the upward and the downward path are one. Fire is further specially identified with life and reason. It is the rational element in things. The more fire there is, the more life, the more movement. The more dark and heavy materials there are, the more death, cold, and not being.

Starting point is 02:48:15 The soul, accordingly, is fire, and like all other fires, it continually burns itself out and needs replenishment. Thus it obtains, through the senses and the breath, from the common life and reason of the world. That is, from the surrounding and all-pervading fire. In this we live and move and have our being. No man has a separate soul of his own. It is merely part of the one universal soul fire. Hence, if communication with this is cut off, man becomes irrational and finally dies.

Starting point is 02:48:54 Sleep is the halfway house to death. In sleep, the passages of the senses are stopped up, and the outer fire reaches us only through breath. Hence, in sleep, we become irrational and senseless, turning aside from the common life of the world, each to a private world of his own. Heraclitus taught also the doctrine of periodic world cycles. The world forms itself out of fire,

Starting point is 02:49:21 and by conflagration passes back to the primitive fire. In his religious opinions, Heraclitus was skeptical. But he does not, like Xenophonies, direct his attacks against the central ideas of religion and the doctrine of the gods. He attacks mostly the outward observances and forms in which the religious spirit manifests itself. He invays against the worship of images and urges the uselessness of blood sacrifice. With the Iliatics, he distinguishes between sense and reason and places truth in rational cognition. The illusion of permanence he ascribes to the senses. It is by reason that we rise to the knowledge of the law of becoming.

Starting point is 02:50:10 In the comprehension of this law lies the duty of man and the only road to happiness. Understanding this, man becomes resigned and contented. He sees that evil is the necessary counterpart of good and pain the necessary counterpart of pleasure, and that both together are necessary to form the harmony of the world. Good and evil are principles on the struggle between which the very existence of things depends. Evil, too, is necessary and has its place in the world. To see this is to put oneself above pitiful and futile struggles against the supreme law of the universe. End of Section 11.

Starting point is 02:51:03 12 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information, or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 6. Empedocles Empedicles was a man of Agrigentum in Sicily. The dates of his birth and death are placed. about 495 and 435 BC, respectively. Like Pythagoras, he possessed a powerful and magnetic personality, hence all kinds of legends quickly grew up and wove themselves round his life and death. He was credited with the performance of miracles and romantic stories were circulated about his death. A man of much persuasive eloquence, he raised himself to the leadership of the Agrigantine Democracy,

Starting point is 02:52:04 until he was driven out into exile. The philosophy of Empedocles is eclectic in character. Greek philosophy had now developed a variety of conflicting principles, and the task of Empedicles is to reconcile these, and to weld them together in a new system, containing, however, no new thought of its own. In speaking of Permanides, I pointed out that his teaching may be interpreted

Starting point is 02:52:33 either in an idealistic or a materialistic sense, and that these two aspects of thought lie side by side in Permanides, and that it is possible to emphasize either the one or the other. Empedocles seizes upon the materialistic side. The essential thought of Permanides was that being cannot pass into not being, nor not being into being. Whatever is remains forever what it is.

Starting point is 02:53:01 If we take that in a purely material context, what it means is that matter has neither beginning nor end, is uncreated and indestructible. And this is the first basic principle of Empedocles. On the other hand, Heraclitus has shown that becoming and change cannot be denied. This is the second basic principle of Empedocles, that there is no absolute becoming, no creation, and utter destruction of things. and yet that things do somehow arise and pass away, this must be explained, these contradictory ideas must be reconciled. Now if we assert that matter is uncreated and indestructible, and yet that things arise and pass away, there is only one way of explaining this. We must suppose

Starting point is 02:53:53 that objects, as holes, begin and cease to be, but that the material particles of which they are composed, are uncreated and indestructible. This thought now forms the first principle of Empedocles, and of his successors, Anaxagoras, and the atomists. Now the ionic philosophers had taught that all things are composed of some one ultimate matter. Thalys believed it to be water, an aximines, air. This necessarily involved that the ultimate kind of matter must be capable of transformation into other kinds of matter. If it is water, then water must be capable of turning into brass, wood, iron, air, or whatever other kind of matter exists. And the same thing applies to the air of Anaximonies. Parmenides, however, had taught that whatever is remains always the same,

Starting point is 02:54:52 no change or transformation being possible. Empedocles here too follows Parmenides, and interprets his doctrine in his own way. One kind of matter, he thinks, can never change into another kind of matter. Fire never becomes water, nor does Earth ever become air. This leads Empedocles at once to a doctrine of elements. The word elements, indeed, is of later invention, and Empedocles speaks of the elements as the roots of all. There are four elements, earth, air, fire, and water. Empedocles was therefore the originator of the familiar classification of the four elements. All other kinds of matter are to be explained as mixtures in various proportions of these four. Thus all origination and decease, as well as the differential qualities of certain kinds of matter,

Starting point is 02:55:49 are now explained by the mixing and unmixing of the four elements. All becoming is simply composition and decomposition. But the coming together and separation of the elements involves the movement of particles, and to explain this there must exist some moving force. The ionic philosophers had assumed that matter has the power or force required for movement imminent in itself. The air of Anaximonies, of its own inherent power, transforms itself into other kinds of matter. This doctrine Empedocles rejects.

Starting point is 02:56:30 matter is for him absolutely dead and lifeless, without any principle of motion in itself. There is, therefore, only one remaining possibility. Forces acting upon matter from the outside must be assumed. And as the two essential processes of the world, mixing and unmixing, are opposite in character, so there must be two opposite forces. This he calls by the names love and hate, or harmony and discord. Though these terms may have an idealistic sound, Empedocles conceives them as entirely physical and material forces. But he identifies the attractions and repulsions of human beings,

Starting point is 02:57:17 which we call love and hate, with the universally operating forces of the material world. Human love and hate are but the manifestations in us of the mechanical forces of attraction and repulsion at work in the world at large. Empedocles taught the doctrine of periodic world cycles. The world process is therefore, properly speaking, circular, and has neither beginning nor end. But in describing this process one must begin somewhere. We will begin then with the Sphiros sphere. In the primeval sphere, the four elements are completely mixed and interpenetrate each other completely. Water is not separated off from air, nor air from earth.

Starting point is 02:58:05 All are chaotically mixed together. In any portion of the sphere there must be an equal quantity of earth, air, fire, and water. The elements are thus in union, and the sole force operative within the sphere is love or harmony. Hence, the sphere is called a blessed God. Hate, however, exists all round the outside of the sphere. Hate gradually penetrates from the circumference towards the center and introduces the process of separation and disunion of the elements. This process continues till, like coming together with like,

Starting point is 02:58:47 the elements are wholly separated. All the waters together, all the fire, together, and so on. When this process of disintegration is complete, hate is supreme, and love is entirely driven out. But love again begins to penetrate matter, to cause union and mixture of the elements, and finally brings the world back to a state of the original sphere. Then the same process begins again. At what position in this circular movement is our present world to be placed? The answer is, that it is neither in the complete union of the sphere, nor is it completely disintegrated. It is halfway between the sphere and the stage of total disintegration.

Starting point is 02:59:33 It is proceeding from the former towards the latter, and hate is gradually gaining the upper hand. In the formation of the present world from the sphere, the first element to be separated off was air, next, fire, then the earth. Water is squeezed out of the earth by the repisive, of its rotation. The sky is composed of two halves. One is of fire, and this is the day. The other is dark matter with masses of fire scattered about in it, and this is the night. Empedocles believed in the transmigration of souls. He also put forward a theory of sense perception, the essential of which is that like perceives like. The fire in us perceives external fire, and so, with the other elements.

Starting point is 03:00:24 Sight is caused by the effluences of the fire and water of the eyes, meeting similar effluences from external objects. End of Section 12. Section 13 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace.

Starting point is 03:01:02 Chapter 7. The Adamists The founder of the atomist philosophy was Leuquippus. Practically nothing is known of his life. The date of his birth, the date of his death, and his place of residence are alike unknown, but it is believed that he was a contemporary of Empedocles and Annexagoras. Democritus was a citizen of Abdera in Thrace. He was a man of the widest learning, as learning was understood in his day. A passion for knowledge and the possession of adequate means for the purpose determined him to undertake extensive travels in order to acquire the wisdom and knowledge of other

Starting point is 03:01:45 nations. He traveled largely in Egypt, also probably in Babylonia. The date of his death is unknown, but he certainly lived to a great age, estimated at from 90 to 100 years. Exactly what were the respective contributions of Leu Kippus and Democritus to the Adamist philosophy is also a matter of doubt. But it is believed that all the essentials of this philosophy were the work of Leu Kippus, and that Democritus applied and extended them, worked out details, and made the theory famous. Now we saw that the philosophy of Empedocles was based upon an attempt to reconcile the doctrine of Parmenides with the doctrine of Heraclytus. The fundamental thought of Empedocles was that there is

Starting point is 03:02:36 no absolute becoming in the strict sense, no passage of being into not being or not being into being. Yet the objects of the senses do in some way arise and pass away, and the only method by which this is capable of explanation is to suppose that objects, as whole objects, come to be and cease to be, but that the material particles of which they are composed are eternally existent. But the detailed development, which Empedocles gave to this principle, was by no means satisfactory. In the first place, if we hold that all objects are composed of parts, and that all becoming is due to the mixing and unmixing of pre-existent matter, we must have a theory of particles. And we do hear vaguely of physical particles in the doctrine of Empedocles, but no definition

Starting point is 03:03:33 is given of their nature, and no clear conception is formed of their character. Secondly, the moving forces of Empedocles, love and hate, are fanciful and mythological. Lastly, though there are in Empedocles, traces of of the doctrine that the qualities of things depend on the position and arrangement of their particles, this idea is not consistently developed. For Empedocles, there are only four ultimate kinds of matter, qualitatively distinguished. The differential qualities of all other kinds of matter must, therefore, be due to the mixing of these four elements.

Starting point is 03:04:15 Thus, the qualities of the four elements are ultimate and underived, but all other qualities, must be founded upon the position and arrangement of particles of the four elements. This is the beginning of the mechanical explanation of quality. But to develop this theory fully and consistently, it should be shown not merely that some qualities are ultimate and some derived from position and arrangement of particles, but that all quality, whatever, is founded upon position and arrangement. All becoming is explained by Empedocles as the result of motion of material particles.

Starting point is 03:04:56 To bring this mechanical philosophy to its logical conclusion, all qualitativeness of things must be explained in the same way. Hence, it was impossible that the philosophy of mechanism and materialism should stand still in the position in which Empedocles left it. It had to advance to the position of atomism. The atomists, therefore, maintain the essential position of Empedocles after eliminating the inconsistencies which we have just noted. The philosophy of Empedocles is therefore to be considered as merely transitional in character. First, the atomists develop the theory of particles.

Starting point is 03:05:39 According to Leu Kippus and Democritus, if matter were divided far enough, we should ultimately come to indivisible units. These indivisible units are called atoms, and atoms are therefore the ultimate constituents of matter. They are infinite in number, and are too small to be perceptible to the senses. Empedocles had assumed four different kinds of matter, but for the atomists, there is only one kind. All the atoms are composed of exactly the same kind of matter. With certain exceptions, which I will mention in a moment, they possess no quality. They are entirely non-qualitative, the only differences between them being differences

Starting point is 03:06:24 of quantity. They differ in size, some being larger, some smaller, and they likewise differ in shape. Since the ultimate particles of things thus possess no quality, all the actual qualities of objects must be to the arrangement and position of the atoms. This is the logical development of the tentative mechanism of Empedocles. I said that the atoms possess no qualities. They must, however, be admitted to possess the quality of solidity, or impenetrability, since they are defined as being indivisible. Moreover, it is a question whether the atoms of Democritus and Leuquippus were thought to possess weight, or whether the weight of objects is to be explained, like other qualities, by the position and movement of the atoms. There is no doubt that,

Starting point is 03:07:16 that the Epicureans of a later date considered the atoms to have weight. The Epicureans took over the atomism of Democritus and Leuquippus with few modifications and made it the basis of their own teaching. They ascribed weight to the atoms, and the only question is whether this was a modification introduced by them or whether it was part of the original doctrine of Democritus and Leuquippus. The atoms are bounded and separated off from each other. Therefore, they must be separated by something, and this something can only be empty space. Moreover, since all becoming and all qualitativeness of things are to be explained by the mixing and unmixing of atoms, and since this involves movement of the atoms, for this reason also, empty space must be assumed to exist,

Starting point is 03:08:09 for nothing can move unless it has empty space to move in. Hence, there are two ultimate realities, atoms and empty space. These correspond respectively to the being and not being of the Iliatics. But whereas the latter denied any reality to not being, the atomists affirm that not being, that is, empty space, is just as real as being. Not being also exists. Being, said Democritus, is by nothing more real. than nothing. The atoms being non-qualitative, they differ in no respect from empty space,

Starting point is 03:08:50 except that they are full. Hence, atoms and the void are also called the plenum and the vacuum. How now is the movement of the atoms brought about? Since all becoming is due to the separation and aggregation of atoms, a moving force is required. What is this moving force? This depends upon the question of whether atoms have weight. If we assume that they have weight, then the origin of the world and the motion of the atoms becomes clear. In the system of the Epicureans, the original movement of the atoms is due to their weight, which causes them to fall perpetually downwards through infinite space. Of course, the atomists had no true ideas of gravitation,

Starting point is 03:09:38 nor did they understand that there is no absolute up-and-demean. down. The large atoms are heavier than the smaller. The matter of which they are composed is always the same. Therefore, volume for volume, they weigh the same. Their weight is thus proportional to their size, and if one atom is twice as large as another, it will also be twice as heavy. Here the anatomists made another mistake, in supposing that heavier things fall in a vacuum more quickly than light things. They fall, as a matter of fact, with the same speed. But according to the atomists, the heavier atoms falling faster, strike against the lighter, and push them to one side and upwards. Through this general concussion of atoms, a vortex is formed, in which like atoms

Starting point is 03:10:30 come together with like. From the aggregation of atoms, worlds are created. As space is infinite and the atoms go on falling eternally, there must have been innumerable worlds of which our world is only one. When the aggregated atoms fall apart again, this particular world will cease to exist. But all this depends upon the theory that the atoms have weight. According to Professor Burnett, however, the weight of atoms is a later edition of the Epicureans. If that is so, it is very difficult to say how the early atomists Lucepice and Democritus explained the original motion. What was their moving force, if not the weight?

Starting point is 03:11:16 If the atoms have no weight, their original movement cannot have been a fall. It is safest to say, says Professor Burnett, that it is simply a confused motion this way and that. Probably this is a very safe thing to say, because it means nothing in particular. Motion itself cannot be concerned. It is only our ideas of motion which can be confused. If this theory is correct, then, we can only say that the atomists had no definite solution

Starting point is 03:11:48 of the problem of the origin of motion and the character of the moving force. They apparently saw no necessity for explanation, which seems unlikely in view of the fact that Empedocles had already seen the necessity of solving the problem, and given a definite, if unsatisfactory solution in his theory of love and hate. This remark would apply to Democritus, if not to Lucipus. The atomists also spoke of all movement being under the force of necessity. Anaxagoras was at this time teaching that all motion of things is produced by a world intelligence or reason.

Starting point is 03:12:29 Democritus expressly opposes to this the doctrine of necessity. There is no reason or intelligence in the world. On the contrary, all phenomena and all becoming are completely determined by blind mechanical causes. In this connection, there arises among the atomists a polemic against the popular gods and the popular religion. Belief in gods, Democritus explains, as being due to fear of great terrestrial and astronomical phenomena, such as volcanoes, earthquakes, comets, and meteors. But somewhat inconsistently with this, Democritus believed that the air is inhabited by beings resembling men,

Starting point is 03:13:14 but larger and of longer life, and explained belief in the gods as being due to projection from these of images of themselves composed of atoms which impinge upon human senses and produce the ideas of gods. Different kinds of matter must be explained in any atomic theory by the shape, size, and position of the atoms of which they are composed. Thus, the atomists taught that fire is composed of smooth round atoms. The soul is also composed of smooth round atoms,

Starting point is 03:13:50 and is an exceptionally pure and refined fire. At death, the soul atoms are scattered, and hence there is, of course, no question of a future life. Democritus also put forward a theory of power. perception, according to which objects project into space, images of themselves composed of atoms. These images strike against the senses. Like atoms are perceived by like. Thought is true when the soul is equable in temperature. The sensible qualities of things, such as smell, taste, color, do not exist in the things themselves, but merely express the manner in which they affect our

Starting point is 03:14:35 senses, and are therefore relative to us. A number of ethical maxims of Democritus have come down to us, but they are not based in any way upon the atomic theory and cannot be deduced from it. Hence they have no scientific foundation, but are merely detached sayings epitomizing the experience and worldly wisdom of Democritus. That one should enjoy oneself as much, and vex oneself as little as possible, seem to have been his principal idea. This, however, is not to be interpreted in any low, degraded, or sensual way. On the contrary, Democritus says that the happiness of man does not depend on material possessions, but upon the state of the soul. He praises equanimity and cheerfulness,

Starting point is 03:15:25 and these are best attained, he thinks, by moderation and simplicity. End of Section 13 Section 14 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 8, Annexagoras

Starting point is 03:16:02 Anoxagoras in Asia Minor about 500 BC. He was a man of noble family and possessed considerable property. He neglected his property in the search for knowledge and in the pursuit of science and philosophy. Leaving his home at Clizominy, he settled down in Athens. We have not heard so far anything of Athens in the history of Greek philosophy. It was Anaxagoras who transplanted philosophy to Athens, which from his time forward became the chief center of Greek thought. At Athens, Anaxagoras came into contact with all the famous men of the time. He was an intimate friend of Pericles, the statesman, and of Euripides, the poet.

Starting point is 03:16:52 But his friendship with Pericles cost him dear. There was a strong political faction opposed to Pericles. So far as we know, Annexagoras never meddled in politics, but he was a friend of the statesman Pericles, and that was quite enough. The enemies of Pericles determined to teach Anaxagoras a lesson, and a charge of atheism and blasphemy was accordingly brought against him. The particulars of the charge were that Anaxagoras said that the sun was a red-hot stone, and that the moon was made of Earth.

Starting point is 03:17:28 This was quite true, as that is exactly what Annexagoras did say of the sun and the moon. But the Greeks regarded the heavenly bodies as gods. Even Plato and Aristotle thought that the stars were divine beings. To call the sun a red-hot stone, and to say that the moon was made of Earth, was therefore blasphemy according to Greek ideas. Anaxagoras was charged, tried, and condemned. The details of the trial, and of what followed, are not known with accuracy. But it appears that Anaxagoras is essentially.

Starting point is 03:18:03 escaped, probably with the help of Pericles, and from Athens went back to his native country in Asia Minor. He settled at Lumpsakus, and died there at the age of 72. He was the author of a treatise in which he wrote down his philosophical ideas. This treatise was well known at the time of Socrates, but only fragments now remain. The foundation of the philosophy of Anaxagoras is the same as that of Empedocles and the Adamists. He denied any absolute becoming in the strict sense of the passing of being into not being and not being into being. Matter is uncreated and indestructible, and all becoming must be accounted for by the mixing and unmixing of its component parts. This principle Anaxagoras himself expressed with great clearness in a fragment of his treatise which has come down to us.

Starting point is 03:19:01 The Greeks, he says, erroneously assume origination and destruction, for nothing originates and nothing is destroyed. All is only mixed and unmixed out of pre-existent things, and it were more correct to call the one process composition and the other process decomposition. The atomists had assumed the ultimate constituents of things to be atoms composed of the same kind of matter. Empedocles had believed in four ultimate and underived kinds of matter. With neither of these does Anaxagoras agree. For him, all the different kinds of matter are equally ultimate and undelived, that is to say, such things as gold, bone, hair, earth,

Starting point is 03:19:51 water, wood, etc., are ultimate kinds of matter, which do not arise from anything else, and do not pass over into one another. He also disagrees with the conception of the atomists that if matter is divided far enough, ultimate and indivisible particles will be reached. According to Anaxagoras, matter is infinitely divisible. In the beginning, all these kinds of matter were mixed together in a chaotic mass.

Starting point is 03:20:21 The mass stretches infinitely throughout space. The different kinds of matter wholly interminglinglinglingly, intermingle and interpenetrate each other. The process of world formation is brought about by the unmixing of the conglomeration of all kinds of matter, and the bringing together of like matter with like. Thus, the gold particles, separating out of the mass, come together and form gold. The wood particles come together and form wood, and so on. But as matter is infinitely divisible, and the original mixing of the

Starting point is 03:20:57 elements was complete. They were, so to speak, mixed to an infinite extent. Therefore, the process of unmixing would take infinite time, is now going on, and will always go on. Even in the purest element, there is still a certain admixture of particles of other kinds of matter. There is no such thing as pure gold. Gold is merely matter in which the gold particles predominate. As with Empedocles and the Atomists, a moving force is required to explain the world process of unmixing. What in the philosophy of Anaxagoras is this force? Now, up to the present point, the philosophy of Anaxagoras does not rise above the previous

Starting point is 03:21:45 philosophies of Empedocles and the atomists. On the contrary, in clearness and logical consistency, it falls considerably below the teaching of the latter. But it is just here on the question of the moving force that Anaxagoras becomes for the first time wholly original and introduces a principle peculiar to himself, a principle, moreover, which is entirely new in philosophy. And Pedocles had taken as his moving forces, love and hate, mythical and fanciful on the one hand, and yet purely physical on the other. The forces of the atomists were also completely material. But Anaxagoras conceives the moving force as wholly non-physical

Starting point is 03:22:32 and incorporeal. It is called noose, that is, mind or intelligence. It is intelligence, which produces the movement in things, which brings about the formation of the world. What was it now which led Annexagoras to the doctrine of a world-governing intelligence? It seems that he was struck with the apparent design, order, beauty, and harmony of the universe. These things, he thought, could not be accounted for by blind forces. The world is apparently a rationally governed world. It moves toward definite ends. Nature shows plentiful examples of the adaptation of means to ends.

Starting point is 03:23:16 There appears to be plan and purpose in the world. The atomists had assumed nothing but matter and physical force. How can design, order, harmony, and beauty be brought about by blind forces acting upon chaotic matter? Blind forces acting upon a chaos would produce motion and change, but the change would be meaningless and purposeless. They could not produce a rationally ordered cosmos. One chaos would succeed another chaos ad infinitum. That alone which can produce law and order is intelligence. There must, therefore, be a world-controlling nose.

Starting point is 03:23:59 What is the character of the nose, according to Annexagoras? Is it in the first place really conceived as purely non-material and incorporeal? Aristotle, who was in a position to know more of the matter than any modern scholar, clearly implies in his criticism that the nose of Annexagoras is an incorporeal principle, and he has been followed in this by the majority of the best modern writers, such as Zeller and Erdmann. But the opposite view has been maintained by Grote, for example, and more recently by Professor Burnett, who thinks that Annex Zagoras conceived the nose as a material and physical force. As the matter is of fundamental importance, I will mention the chief arguments upon which Professor

Starting point is 03:24:48 Burnett rests his case. In the first place, Annexagoras described the nose as the thinnest and purest of all things. He also said that it was unmixed, that it had in it no mixture of anything besides itself. Professor Burnett argues that such words as thin and unmixed would be meaningless in connection with an incorporeal principle. Only material things can properly be described as thin, pure, and unmixtable. unmixed. Secondly, Professor Burnett thinks that it is quite certain that the nose occupies space, for Anaxagoras speaks of greater and smaller portions of it. Greater and smaller are spatial relations,

Starting point is 03:25:34 hence the nose occupies space, and that which occupies space is material. But surely these are very inconclusive arguments. In the first place, as regards the use of the words thin and unmixed, It is true that these terms express primarily physical qualities, but, as I pointed out in the first chapter, almost all words by which we seek to express incorporeal ideas have originally a physical signification. And if Anaxagoras is to be called a materialist because he described the nose as thin, then we must also plead guilty to materialism if we say that the thought of Plato is luminous, or that the mind of Aristotle is clear. The fact is that all philosophy labors under the difficulty of having to express non-sensuous thought

Starting point is 03:26:25 in language which has been evolved for the purpose of expressing sensuous ideas. There is no philosophy in the world, even up to the present day, in which expressions could not be found in plenty, which are based upon the use of physical analogies to express entirely non-physical ideas. Then, as regards the nose occupying space, it is not true that the greater and smaller are necessarily spatial relations. They are also qualitative relations of degree. I say that the mind of Plato is greater than the mind of Callias. Am I to be called a materialist? Am I to be supposed to mean that Plato's mind occupies more space than that of Calias? And it is certainly in this way that

Starting point is 03:27:14 Anaxagoras uses the terms. All knows, he says, is alike, both the greater and the smaller. He means thereby that the world-forming mind, the greater, is identical in character with the mind of man, the smaller. For Anaxagoras, it is the one nose which animates all living beings, men, animals, and even plants. These different orders of beings are animated by the same nose, but in different degrees, that of man being the greatest. But this does not mean that the nose in man occupies more space than the nose in a plant. But even if Annexagoras did conceive the nose as spatial, it does not follow that he regarded it as material.

Starting point is 03:28:02 The doctrine of the non-spatiality of mind is a modern doctrine, never fully developed till the time of Descartes. And to say that Annexagoras did not realize that is non-spatial, is merely to say that he lived before the time of Descartes. No doubt it would follow from this that the incorporeality of mind is vaguely and indistinctly conceived by Anaxagoras, that the antithesis between matter and mind is not so sharply drawn by him as it is by us. But still, the antithesis is conceived, and therefore it is correct to say that the nose of Anaxagoras is an incorporeal principle.

Starting point is 03:28:43 The whole point of this introduction of the nose into the philosophy of Anaxagoras is because he could not explain the design and order of the universe on a purely physical basis. The next characteristic of nose is that it is to be thought of as essentially the ground of motion. It is because he cannot in any other way explain purposive motion that Anaxagoras introduces mind into his otherwise materialistic system. mind plays the part of the moving force which explains the world process of unmixing. As the ground of motion, the nose is itself unmoved. For if there were any motion in it, we should have to seek for the ground of this motion in something else outside it. That which is the cause of all motion cannot itself be moved.

Starting point is 03:29:35 Next, the nose is absolutely pure and unmixed with anything else. It exists a part, by itself, wholly in itself, and for itself. In contrast to matter, it is uncompounded and simple. It is this which gives it omnipotence, complete power over everything, because there is no mixture of matter in it to limit it, to clog and hinder its activities. We moderns are inclined to ask the question whether the nose is personal. Is it, for example, a personal being? like the God of the Christians.

Starting point is 03:30:12 This is a question which it is almost impossible to answer. Anaxagoras certainly never considered it. According to Zeller, the Greeks had an imperfect and undeveloped conception of personality. Even in Plato we find the same difficulty. The antithesis between God as a personal and as an impersonal being is a wholly modern idea. No Greek ever discussed it. To come now to the question of the activity of the nose,

Starting point is 03:30:41 and its function in the philosophy of Annexagoras, we must note that it is essentially a world forming and not a world creating intelligence. The noose and matter exist side by side from eternity. It does not create matter, but only arranges it. All things were together, says Annexagoras, infinitely numerous, infinitely little. Then came the noose and set them in order. In this, Annexagoras showed a sound logical sense. He based his idea of the existence of Noos upon the design which exhibits itself in the world. In modern times, the existence of design in the world has been made the foundation of an argument for the existence of God, which is known as the teleological argument.

Starting point is 03:31:31 The word teleology means the view of things as adapting means toward purposive ends, To see intelligent design in the universe is to view the universe teleologically. And the teleological argument for the existence of God asserts that, as there is evidence of purpose in nature, this must be due to an intelligent cause. But as a matter of fact, taken by itself, teleology cannot possibly be made the basis of an argument for the existence of a world-creating intelligence, but only for the existence of a world-designing intelligence. If you find in the desert the ruins of ancient cities and temples, you are entitled to conclude therefrom that there existed a mind which designed these cities and buildings,

Starting point is 03:32:20 and which arranged matter in that purposive way. But you are not entitled to conclude that the mind which designed the cities also created the matter out of which they were made. Anaxagoras was, therefore, in that sense quite right. Teleology is not evidence of a world creating mind, and if we are to prove that, we must have recourse to other lines of reasoning. In the beginning, then, there was a chaotic mixture of different kinds of matter. The nose produced a vortex at one point in the middle of this mass. This vortex spread itself outwards in the mass of matter, like rings caused by the fall of a stone in water. It goes on forever and continually draws more and more matter out of the infinite mass into itself.

Starting point is 03:33:10 The movement, therefore, is never-ending. It causes like kinds of matter to come together with like, gold to gold, wood to wood, water to water, and so on. It is to be noted, therefore, that the action of the nose is apparently confined to the first movement. It acts only at the one central point, and every subsequent movement is caused by the vortex itself, which draws in more and more of the surrounding matter into itself. First are separated out the warm, dry, and light particles, and these form the ether, or upper air. Next come the cold, moist, dark, and dense particles, which form the lower air. Rotation takes the ladder towards the center, and out of this the earth is formed. The earth, as with Anaximonis, is a flat disk borne upon the air. The heavenly

Starting point is 03:34:07 bodies consist of masses of stone, which have been torn from the earth by the force of its rotation, and being projected outwards become incandescent through the rapidity of their movement. The moon is made of Earth and reflects the light of the sun. Anaxagoras was thus the first to give the true cause of the moon's light. He was also the first to discover the true theory of eclipses, since he taught that the solar eclipse is due to the intervention of the moon between the sun and the earth, and that lunar eclipses arise from the shadow of the earth falling upon the moon. He believed that there are other worlds besides our own, with their own suns and moons.

Starting point is 03:34:50 These worlds are inhabited. The sun, according to Anaxagoras, is many times as large as the Peloponnese. The origin of life upon the earth is accounted for by germs which existed in the atmosphere and which were brought down into the terrestrial slime by rainwater and therefore fructified. Anaxagoras' theory of perception is the opposite of the theories of Empedocles and the atomists. Perception takes place by unlike matter meaning unlike. Anaxagoras owes his importance in the history of philosophy to the theory of the nose. This was the first time that a definite distinction had been made between the corporeal and incorporeal.

Starting point is 03:35:33 Annexagoras is the last philosopher of the first period of Greek philosophy. In the second chapter, I observed that this first period is characterized by the fact that in it, the Greek mind looks only outward upon the external world. It attempts to explain the operations of nature. It had not yet learned to look inward upon itself. But the transition to the introspective study of mind is found in the nose of Anaxagoras. Mind is now brought to the fore as a problem for philosophy. To find reason, intelligence, mind, in all things, in the state, in the individual, in external nature,

Starting point is 03:36:14 this is the characteristic of the second period of Greek philosophy. To have formulated the antithesis between mind and matter is the most important work of Anaxagoras. Secondly, it is to the credit of Anaxagoras that he was the first to introduce the idea of teleology into philosophy. The system of the atomists formed the logical completion of the mechanical theory of the world. The theory of mechanism seeks to explain all things by causes. But as we saw, causation can explain nothing. The mechanism of the world shows us by what means events are brought about, but it does not explain why they are brought about at all.

Starting point is 03:36:56 That can only be explained by showing the reason for things, by exhibiting all process as a means towards rational ends. To look to the beginning, cause of things for their explanation, is the theory of mechanism. To look to their ends for explanation of them is teleology. Annexagoras was the first to have dimly seen this, and for this reason Aristotle praises him, and, contrasting him with the mechanism, Lugipus and Democritus, says that he appears like a sober man among vain babblers. The new principle which he thus introduced into philosophy was developed and formed the central

Starting point is 03:37:34 idea of Plato and Aristotle. To have realized the twin antitheses of matter and mind, of mechanism and teleology, is the glory of Annexagoras. But it is just here in the development of these two ideas, that the defects of his system make their appearance. Firstly, he so separated matter and mind that his philosophy ends in sheer dualism. He assumes the noose and matter as existing from the beginning, side by side, as equally ultimate and undereved principles.

Starting point is 03:38:12 A monistic materialism would have derived the noose from matter, and a monistic idealism would have derived matter from the noose. But Anaxagoras does neither. each is left in his theory an inexplicable ultimate mystery. His philosophy is therefore an irreconcilable dualism. Secondly, his teleology turns out in the end to be only a new theory of mechanism. The only reason which induces him to introduce the nose into the world is because he cannot otherwise explain the origin of movement.

Starting point is 03:38:46 It is only the first movement of things, the formation of the vortex, which he explains by mind. All subsequent process is explained by the action of the vortex itself, which draws the surrounding matter into itself. The no-us is thus nothing but another piece of mechanism to account for the first impulse to motion. He regards the no-us simply as a first cause, and thus the characteristic of all mechanism, to look back to first causes, to the beginning, rather than to the end of things, for their explanation, appears here. Aristotle, as usual, puts the matter in a nutshell. Anaxagoras, he says, uses mind as a deus ex machina to account for the formation of the world, and whenever he is at a loss to explain why anything necessarily is, he drags it in by force.

Starting point is 03:39:42 But in other cases, he assigns as a cause for things anything else in preference to mind. End of Section 14. Section 15 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 9. The Sophists The first period of Greek philosophy closes with Anaxagoras.

Starting point is 03:40:26 His doctrine of the world-forming intelligence introduced a new principle into philosophy, the principle of the antithesis between corporeal matter and incorporeal mind, and therefore, by implication, the antithesis between nature and man. And if the first period of philosophy has for its problem the origin of the world and the explanation of the being and becoming of nature, The second period of philosophy opens in the Sophists with the problem of the position of man in the universe. The teaching of the earlier philosophers was exclusively cosmological, that of the Sophists exclusively humanistic. Later in the second period, these two modes of thought come together and fructify one another.

Starting point is 03:41:16 The problem of the mind and the problem of nature are subordinated as factors of the great, universal, all embracing world systems of Plato and Aristotle. It is not possible to understand the activities and teachings of the sophists without some knowledge of the religious, political, and social conditions of the time. After long struggles between the people and the nobles, democracy had almost everywhere triumphed. But in Greece, democracy did not mean what we now mean by that word. It did not mean representative institutions, government by the people,

Starting point is 03:41:54 through their elected deputies. Ancient Greece was never a single nation under a single government. Every city, almost every Hamlet, was an independent state, governed only by its own laws. Some of these states were so small that they comprised merely a handful of citizens. All were so small that all the citizens could meet together in one place, and themselves in person enact the laws and transact public business. There was no necessity for representation. Consequently, in Greece, every citizen was himself a politician and a legislator. In these circumstances, partisan feeling ran to extravagant lengths. Men forgot the interests of the state in the interests of party, and this ended in men forgetting the interests of their party

Starting point is 03:42:43 in their own interests. Greed, ambition, grabbing, selfishness, unrestricted egotism, unbridled avarice, became the dominant notes of the political life of the time. Hand in hand with the rise of democracy went the decay of religion. Belief in the gods was almost everywhere discredited. This was partly due to the moral worthlessness of the Greek religion itself. Any action, however scandalous or disgraceful, could be justified by the examples of the gods themselves as related by the poets and mythologists of Greece.

Starting point is 03:43:21 But in greater measure, the collaboration, of religion was due to that advance of science and philosophy which we have been considering in these lectures. The universal tendency of that philosophy was to find natural causes for what had hitherto been ascribed to the action of the divine powers, and this could not but have an undermining effect upon popular belief. Nearly all the philosophers had been secretly, and many of them openly, antagonistic to the people's religion. The attack was begun by xenophony. Heraclitus carried it on, and lastly, Democritus had attempted to explain belief in the gods as being caused by fear of gigantic terrestrial and astronomical phenomena.

Starting point is 03:44:06 No educated man any longer believed in divination, auguries, and miracles. A wave of rationalism and skepticism passed over the Greek people. The age became one of negative, critical, and destructive thought. Democracy had undermined the old aristocratic institutions of the state, and science had undermined religious orthodoxy. With the downfall of these two pillars of things established, all else went too. All morality, all custom, all authority, all tradition were criticized and rejected. What was regarded with awe and pious veneration by their forefathers, the modern Greeks now looked upon as fit subjects for jest and mockery.

Starting point is 03:44:54 Every restraint of custom, law, or morality, was resented as an unwarrantable restriction upon the natural impulses of man. What alone remained when these were thrust aside were the lust, avarice, and self-will of the individual. The teaching of the sophists was merely a translation into theoretical propositions of these practical tendencies of the period. The sophists were the children of their own.

Starting point is 03:45:22 time and the interpreters of their age. Their philosophical teachings were simply the crystallization of the impulses which governed the life of the people into abstract principles and maxims. Who and what were the sophists? In the first place, they were not a school of philosophers. They are not to be compared, for example, with the Pythagoreans or Iliatics. They had not, as a school has, any system of philosophy held in common by them all. None of them constructed systems of thought. They had in common only certain loose tendencies of thought. Nor were they, as we understand the members of a school to be,

Starting point is 03:46:06 in any close personal association with one another. They were a professional class rather than a school, and as such they were scattered over Greece, and nourished among themselves the usual professional rivalries. They were professional teachers and educators. The rise of the sophists was due to the growing demand for popular education, which was partly a genuine demand for light and knowledge, but was mostly a desire for such spurious learning

Starting point is 03:46:36 as would lead to worldly and especially political success. The triumph of democracy had brought it about that political careers were now open to the masses who had hitherto been wholly shut out from them. any man could rise to the highest positions in the state if he were endowed with cleverness, ready speech, whereby to sway the passions of the mob and a sufficient equipment in the way of education. Hence the demand arose for such an education as would enable the ordinary man to carve out a political career for himself. It was this demand which the sophists undertook to satisfy. They wandered about Greece from place to place. They got to place. They gave a

Starting point is 03:47:19 They gave lectures, they took pupils, they entered into disputations. For these services, they exacted large fees. They were the first in Greece to take fees for the teaching of wisdom. There was nothing disgraceful in this in itself, but it had never been customary. The wise men of Greece had never accepted any payment for their wisdom. Socrates, who never accepted any payment, but gave his wisdom freely to all who sought it, somewhat proudly contrasted himself with the sophists in this respect. The sophists were not, technically speaking, philosophers.

Starting point is 03:47:58 They did not specialize in the problems of philosophy. Their tendencies were purely practical. They taught any subject whatsoever for the teaching of which there was a popular demand. For example, Protagoras undertook to impart to his pupils the principles of success as a politician or as a private citizen. Gorgias taught rhetoric and politics, proticus, grammar and etymology, hippius, history, mathematics, and physics. In consequence of this practical tendency of the sophists, we hear of no attempts among them to solve the problem of the origin of nature, or the character of the ultimate reality. The sophists have been described as teachers of virtue, and the description is correct,

Starting point is 03:48:43 provided that the word virtue is understood in its Greek sense, which teaches. did not restrict it to morality alone. For the Greeks, it meant the capacity of a person successfully to perform his functions in the state. Thus, the virtue of a mechanic is to understand machinery, the virtue of a physician to cure the sick, the virtue of a horse trainer, the ability to train horses. The sophists undertook to train men to virtue in this sense, to make them successful citizens and members of the state. But the most popular career for a Greek of ability at the time was the political, which offered the attraction of high positions in the state.

Starting point is 03:49:25 And for this career, what was above all necessary was eloquence, or, if that were unattainable, at least ready speech, the ability to argue to meet every point as it arose, if not with sound reasoning, than with quick repartee. Hence the sophists very largely concentrated their energies upon the teaching of rhetoric. In itself, this was good. They were the first to direct attention to the science of rhetoric, of which they may be considered the founders.

Starting point is 03:49:55 But their rhetoric also had its bad side, which indeed soon became its only side. The aims of the young politicians whom they trained were, not to seek out the truth for its own sake, but merely to persuade the multitude of whatever they wish them to believe. Consequently, the sophists, like lawyers, not caring for the truth of the matter, undertook to provide a stock of arguments on any subject or to prove any proposition. They boasted of their ability to make the worse appear the better reason, to prove that black is white. Some of them, like Gorgias, asserted that it was not necessary to have any knowledge of a subject to give satisfactory replies as regards it, and Gorgias ostentatiously undertook to answer

Starting point is 03:50:42 any question on any subject instantly and without consideration. To attain these ends, mere quibbling and the scoring of verbal points were employed. Hence our word sophistry. The sophists in this way endeavored to entangle and trap and confuse their opponents, and even, if this were not possible, down by mere violence and noise. They sought also to dazzle by means of strange or flowery metaphors, by unusual figures of speech, by epigrams and paradoxes, and in general by being clever and smart rather than earnest and truthful. When a man is young, he is often dazzled by brilliance and cleverness, by paradox and epigram, but as he grows older, he learns to discount these things, and to care chiefly for the substance and truth of what is said.

Starting point is 03:51:37 And the Greeks were a young people. They loved clever sayings. And this it is, which accounts for the toleration which they extended even to the most patent absurdities of the sophists. The modern question whether a man has ceased beating his wife is not more childish than many of the rhetorical devices of the sophists, and is indeed characteristic of the methods of the more extravagant among them. The earliest known sophist is Protagoras. He was born at Uppera, about 480 BC. He wandered up and down Greece and settled for some time at Athens. At Athens, however, he was charged with impiety and atheism. This was on account of a book written by him on the subject of the gods, which began with the words, as for the gods, I am unable to say whether they exist or whether they do

Starting point is 03:52:33 not exist. The book was publicly burnt, and Protagoras had to fly from Athens. He fled to Sicily, but was drowned on the way about the year 410 BC. Protagoras was the author of the famous saying, Man is the measure of all things, of what is, that is not, of what is not, that it is not. Now, this saying puts in a nutshell, so to speak, the whole teaching of Protagoras. And indeed, it contains in germ the entire thought of the sophists. It is well, therefore, that we should fully understand exactly what it means. The earlier Greek philosophers had made a clear distinction between sense and thought, between perception and reason, and had believed that the truth is to be found not by the senses,

Starting point is 03:53:24 but by reason. The Iliatics had been the first to emphasize this distinction. The ultimate reality of things, they said, is pure being. which is known only through reason. It is the senses which delude us with a show of becoming. Heraclitus had likewise affirmed that the truth, which was for him the law of becoming, is known by thought, and that it is the senses which delude us with a show of permanence. Even to Mocrates believed that true being, that is, material atoms, are so small that the senses cannot perceive them and only reason is aware of their existence.

Starting point is 03:54:03 Now, the teaching of Protagoras really rests fundamentally upon the denying and confusing of this distinction. If we are to see this, we must first of all understand that reason is the universal, sensation, the particular element in man. In the first place, reason is communicable, sensation, incommunicable. My sensations and feelings are personal to myself and cannot be imparted to other people. For example, no one can communicate the sensation of redness to a colorblind man who has not already experienced it. But a thought, or rational idea, can be communicated to any rational being.

Starting point is 03:54:48 Now suppose the question is whether the angles at the base of an Isosceles triangle are equal. We may approach the problem in two ways. We may appeal either to the senses or to reason. If we appeal to the senses, one man will come forward and say that to him the angles look equal. Another man will say that one angle looks bigger than the other, and so on. But if, like Euclid, we appeal to reason, then it can be proved that the two angles are equal, and there is no room left for mere personal impressions, because reason is a law universally valid and binding upon all men.

Starting point is 03:55:27 My sensations are private and peculiar to myself. They bind no one but myself. My impressions about the triangle are not a law to anyone except myself. But my reason, I share with all other rational beings. It is not a law for me merely, but for all. It is one and the same reason in me and in other men. Reason, therefore, is the universal, sensation, the person. particular element in man. Now it is practically this distinction that Protagoras denied. Man, he said, is the measure of all things. By man, he did not mean mankind at large. He meant the individual man. And by measure of all things, he meant the standard of the truth of all things. Each individual man is the standard of what is true to himself. There is no truth except the

Starting point is 03:56:23 sensations and impressions of each man. What seems true to me is true for me. What seems true to you is true for you. We commonly distinguish between subjective impressions and objective truth. The words subjective and objective are constantly recurring throughout the history of philosophy, and as this is the first time I use them, I will explain them here. In every act of thought, there must necessarily be two terms. I am now looking at this desk and thinking of this desk. There is the I which thinks, and there is the desk which is thought. I am the subject of the thought. The desk is the object of the thought. In general, the subject is that which thinks, and the object is that which is thought. Subjective is that which appertains to the subject,

Starting point is 03:57:17 and objective is that which appertains to the object. So the meaning of the distinction between subjective impressions and the objective truth is clear. My personal impression may be that the earth is flat, but the objective truth is that the earth is round. Travelling through a desert, I may be subject to a mirage and think that there is water in front of me. That is my subjective impression. The objective truth is that there is nothing but. its sand. The objective truth is something which has an existence of its own, independent of me.

Starting point is 03:57:54 It does not matter what I think, or what you think, what I want, or what you want. The truth is what it is. We must conform ourselves to the truth. Truth will not conform itself to our personal inclinations, wishes, or impressions. The teaching of Protagoras practically amounted to a denial of this. What it meant was that there is no objective truth, no truth independent of the individual subject. Whatever seems to the individual true is true for that individual. Thus, truth is identified with subjective sensations and impressions. To deny the distinction between objective truth and subjective impression is the same as to deny the distinction between reason and sense. To my senses, the earth seems flat.

Starting point is 03:58:48 It looks flat to the eye. It is only through reason that I know the objective truth that the world is round. Reason, therefore, is the only possible standard of objective truth. If you deny the rational element its proper part, it follows that you will be left a helpless prey to diverse personal impressions. The impressions yielded by the senses differ in different people. One man sees a thing in one way, another sees a thing. it in another. If, therefore, what seems to me true is true for me, and what seems to you true

Starting point is 03:59:22 is true for you, and if our impressions differ, it will follow that two contradictory propositions must both be true. Protagoras clearly understood this, and did not flinch from the conclusion. He taught that all opinions are true, that error is impossible, and that whatever proposition is put forward, it is always possible to oppose to it a contradictory proposition with equally good arguments and with equal truth. In reality, the result of this procedure is to rob the distinction between truth and falsehood of all meaning. It makes no difference whether we say that all opinions are true or whether we say that all are false. The words truth and falsehood in such context have no meaning. To say that whatever I feel is the truth for me means only that what I

Starting point is 04:00:16 feel I feel. To call this truth for me adds nothing to the meaning. Protagoras seems to have been led to these doctrines partly by observing the different accounts of the same object which the sense organs yield to different people, and even to the same person at different times. If knowledge depends upon these impressions, the truth about the object cannot be ascertained. He was also influenced by the teaching of Heraclitus. Heraclitus had taught that all permanence is illusion. Everything is a perpetual becoming. All things flow. What is at this moment, at the next moment, is not. Even at one in the same moment, Heraclytus believed, a thing is and is not. If it is true to say that it is, it is equally true that it is not. And this is, in effect, the teaching of Protagoras.

Starting point is 04:01:13 The Protagorean philosophy thus amounts to a declaration that knowledge is impossible. If there is no objective truth, there cannot be any knowledge of it. The impossibility of knowledge is also the standpoint of Gorgias. The title of his book is characteristic of the sophisticated love of paradox. It was called On Nature, or the non-existent. In this book, he attempted to prove three propositions. One, that nothing exists. Two, that if anything exists, it cannot be known. Three, that if it can be known, the knowledge of it cannot be communicated. For proof of the first proposition, nothing exists, Gorgias attached himself to the school of the Iliatics, especially to Zeno. Zeno had taught that in all multiplicity in motion, that is to say, in all existence,

Starting point is 04:02:07 there are irreconcilable contradictions. Zeno was in no sense a skeptic. He did not seek for contradictions and things for the sake of the contradictions, but in order to support the positive thesis of Permanides that only being is, and that becoming is not at all. Zeno, therefore, is to be regarded as a constructive and not merely as a destructive thinker. But it is obvious that by emphasizing only the negative element in his philosophy, it is possible to use his antonemies as powerful weapons in the cause of skepticism and nihilism.

Starting point is 04:02:45 And it was in this way that Gorgias made use of the dialectic of Zeno. Since all existence is self-contradictory, it follows that nothing exists. He also made use of the famous argument of Parmenides regarding the origin of being. If anything is, said Gorgias, it must have had a beginning. Its being must have arisen either from being or from not being. If it arose from being, there is no beginning. If it arose from not being, this is impossible, since something cannot arise out of nothing. Therefore, nothing exists.

Starting point is 04:03:23 The second proposition of Gorgias, that if anything exists, it cannot be known, is part and parcel of the whole sophistic tendency of thought, which identifies knowledge with sense perception and ignores the rational element. Since sense impressions differ in different people, and even in the same person, the object as it is in itself cannot be known. The third proposition follows from the same identification of knowledge with sensation, since sensation is what cannot be communicated. The later sophists went much further than Protagoras and Gorgias.

Starting point is 04:04:01 It was their work to apply the teaching of Protagoras to the spheres of politics and morals. If there is no objective truth, and if what seems true to each individual is for him the truth, so also there can be no objective moral code, and what seems right to each man is right for him. If we are to have anything worth calling morality, it is clear that it must be a law for all, and not merely a law for some. It must be valid for and binding upon all men. It must, therefore, be founded upon that which is universal in man, that is to say, his reason. To found it upon sense impressions and feelings is to found it upon shifting quicksands. My feelings and sensations are binding upon no man but myself, and therefore a universally valid law cannot be founded upon them.

Starting point is 04:04:57 Yet the sophists identified morality with the feelings of the individual. Whatever I think right is right for me. Whatever you think right is right for you. Whatever each man in his irrational self-will chooses to do, that is for him legitimate. These conclusions were drawn by Polis, Thrasimachus, and Critias. us. Now, if there is in this way no such thing as objective right, it follows that the laws of the state can be founded upon nothing except force, custom, and convention. We often speak of just laws and good laws, but to speak in that way involves the existence of an objective standard of goodness and justice, with which we can compare the law and see whether it agrees with that

Starting point is 04:05:46 standard or not. To the sophists, who denied any such standard, it was mere nonsense to speak of just and good laws. No law is in itself good or just, because there is no such thing as goodness or justice. Or if they used such a word as justice, they defined it as meaning the right of the stronger, or the right of the majority. Polis and Thrasimachus, consequently, drew the conclusion that the laws of the state were inventions of the weak, who were cunning enough by means of this stratagem to control the strong, and rob them of the natural fruits of their strength. The law of force is the only law which nature recognizes. If a man, therefore, is powerful enough to defy the law with impunity, he has a perfect right to do so. The sophists were thus

Starting point is 04:06:38 the first, but not the last, to preach the doctrine that might is right. And in a similar vein, Critias explained popular belief in the gods as the invention of some crafty statesmen for controlling the mob through fear. Now, it is obvious that the whole tendency of this sophistical teaching is destructive and antisocial. It is destructive of religion, of morality, of the foundations of the state, and of all established institutions. and we can now see that the doctrines of the sophists were, in fact, simply the crystallization into abstract thought of the practical tendencies of the age. The people in practice, the sophists in theory, decried and trod underfoot the restrictions of law, authority, and custom,

Starting point is 04:07:30 leaving nothing but the deification of the individual in his crude self-will and egotism. It was, in fact, an age of Alphclérung, which means enlightenment or illumination. Such periods of illumination, it seems, recur periodically in the history of thought and in the history of civilization. This is the first, but not the last, such period with which the history of philosophy deals. This is the Greek illumination. Such periods present certain characteristic features. They follow as a rule.

Starting point is 04:08:06 upon an era of constructive thought. In the present instance, the Greek illumination followed closely upon the heels of the great development of science and philosophy from Thalus to Anaxagoras. In such a constructive period, the great thinkers bring to birth new principles, which, in the course of time, filter down to the masses of the people and cause popular, if shallow, science, and a widespread culture. Popular education becomes a feature, of the time. The new ideas, fermenting among the people, break up old prejudices and established ideas, and thus thought, at first constructive, becomes, among the masses, destructive in character. Hence the popular thought, in a period of enlightenment, issues in denial, skepticism, and disbelief.

Starting point is 04:08:59 It is merely negative in its activities and results. authority, tradition, and custom are wholly or partially destroyed, and since authority, tradition, and custom are the cement of the social structure, there results a general dissolution of that structure into its component individuals. All emphasis is now laid on the individual. Thought becomes egocentric. Individualism is the dominant note. Extreme subjectivity is the principle of the age. All these features make their appearance in the Greek Alphcléon. The sophisticated doctrine that the truth is what I think, the good what I choose to do, is the extreme application of the subjective and egocentric principles. The early 18th century in England and

Starting point is 04:09:50 France was likewise a period of enlightenment, and the era from which we are now, perhaps just emerging, bears many of the characteristics of Alphleon. It is skeptical and distrategic. It is skeptical and destructive. All established institutions, marriage, the family, the state, the law, come in for much destructive criticism. It followed immediately upon the close of a great period of constructive thought, the scientific development of the 19th century. And lastly, the age has produced its own protagonistian philosophy, which it calls pragmatism. If pragmatism is not egocentric, it is at least anthropocentric. Truth is no longer thought of as an objective reality,

Starting point is 04:10:35 to which mankind must conform. On the contrary, the truth must conform itself to mankind. Whatever it is useful to believe, whatever belief works in practice, is declared to be true. But since what works in one age in country does not work in another, since what is useful to believe today

Starting point is 04:10:56 will be useless tomorrow, it follows that there is no objective truth independent of mankind at all. Truth is not now defined as dependent on the sensations of man as it was with Protagoras, but as dependent on the volition of man. In either case, it is not the universal in man, his reason, which has made the basis of truth and morals, but the subjective, individual, particular element in him. We must not forget the many men,

Starting point is 04:11:28 merits of the sophists. Individually, they were often estimable men. Nothing is known against the character of Protagoras, and Proticus was proverbial for his wisdom, and the genuine probity and uprightness of his principles.

Starting point is 04:11:43 Moreover, the sophists contributed much to the advance of learning. They were the first to direct attention to the study of words, sentences, style, prosody, and rhythm. They were the founders of the science of rhetoric. They spread education and culture far and wide in Greece. They gave a great impulse to the study of ethical

Starting point is 04:12:04 ideas, which made possible the teaching of Socrates. And they stirred up a ferment of ideas without which the great period of Plato and Aristotle could never have seen the light. But from the philosophical point of view, their merit is for the first time to have brought into general recognition the right of the subject. For there is, after all, much reason in these attacks made by the sophists upon authority, upon established things, upon tradition, custom, and dogma. Man as a rational being ought not to be tyrannized over by authority, dogma, and tradition. He cannot be subjected, thus violently, to the imposition of beliefs from an external source. No man has the right to say to me, you shall think this, or you shall think that.

Starting point is 04:12:55 I, as a rational being, have the right to use my reason and judge for myself. If a man would convince me, he must not appeal to force but to reason. In doing so, he is not imposing his opinions externally upon me. He is educating his opinions from the internal sources of my own thought. He is showing me that his opinions are in reality my own opinions, if I only knew it. But the mistake of the sophists was that in thus recognizing the right of the subject, they wholly ignored and forgot the right of the object. For the truth has objective existence, and is what it is, whether I think it or not.

Starting point is 04:13:40 Their mistake was that, though they rightly saw that for truth and morality to be valid for me, they must be assented to by, and developed out of me myself, not imposed from the outside, Yet they laid the emphasis on my merely accidental and particular characteristics, my impulses, feelings, and sensations, and made these the source of truth and morality. Instead of emphasizing as the source of truth and right, the universal part of me, my reason, man is the measure of all things. Certainly. But man as a rational being.

Starting point is 04:14:19 Not man as a bundle of particular sensations, subjective impressions, impulses, irrational prejudices, self-will, mere eccentricities, oddities, foibles, and fancies. Good examples of the right and wrong principles of the sophists are to be found in modern Protestantism and modern democracy. Protestantism, it is often said, is founded upon the right of private judgment, and this is simply the right of the subject, the right of the individual to exercise his own reason. But if this is interpreted to mean that each individual is entitled to set up his mere whims and fancies as the law in religious matters, then we have the bad sort of Protestantism. Again, democracy is simply political Protestantism, and democratic ideas are the

Starting point is 04:15:11 direct offspring of the Protestant Reformation. The democratic principle is that no rational being can be ask to obey a law to which his own reason has not assented. But the law must be founded upon reason, upon the universal in man. I, as an individual, as a mere ego, have no rights whatever. It is only as a rational being, as a potentially universal being, as a member of the Commonwealth of Reason that I have any rights, that I can claim to legislate for myself and others. But if each individual's capricious self-will, his mere whims and fancies, are erected into a law, then democracy turns into anarchism and Bolshevism. It is a great mistake to suppose that the doctrines of the sophists are merely antiquated ideas,

Starting point is 04:16:03 dead and fossilized thoughts, of interest only to historians, but of no importance to us. On the contrary, modern popular thought positively reeks with the ideas, and tendencies of the sophists. It is often said that a man ought to have strong convictions, and some people even go so far as to say that it does not much matter what a man believes, so long as what he believes, he believes strongly and firmly. Now certainly it is quite true that a man with strong convictions is more interesting than a man without any opinions. The former is at least a force in the world, while the latter is colorless and ineffectual. But to put exclusive emphasis on the mere fact of having convictions is wrong.

Starting point is 04:16:52 After all, the final test of worth must be whether the man's convictions are true or false. There must be an objective standard of truth, and to forget this, to talk of the mere fact of having strong opinions as in itself a merit, is to fall into the error of the sophists. Another common saying is that everyone has a right to his own opinions. This is quite true, and it merely expresses the right of the subject to use his own reason. But it is sometimes interpreted in a different way. If a man holds a totally irrational opinion, and if every weapon is beaten out of his hands,

Starting point is 04:17:30 if he is driven from every position he takes up, so that there is nothing left for him to do except to admit that he is wrong. Such a man will sometimes take refuge in the saying that, after all, argue as you may, he has a right to his own opinion. But we cannot allow the claim. No man has a right to wrong opinions. There cannot be any right in wrong opinions. You have no right to an opinion unless it is founded upon that which is universal in man, his reason. You cannot claim this right on behalf of your subjective impressions and irrational whims. To do so is to make the mistake of the sophists. The tendency of the more shallow type of modern rationalism exhibit a similar, sophisticated thought.

Starting point is 04:18:19 It is pointed out that moral ideas vary, very much in different countries and ages, that in Japan, for example, prostitution is condoned, and that in ancient Egypt, incest was not condemned. Now, it is important to know these facts. They should serve as a warning to us against dogmatic narrow-mindedness in moral matters. But some people draw from these facts that conclusion that there is no universally valid and objectively real moral law. The conclusion does not follow from the premises, and the conclusion is false. People's opinions differ, not only on moral questions, but upon every subject under the sun. Because men a few hundred years ago believed that the earth was flat, whereas now we believe it is round, it does not follow

Starting point is 04:19:07 that it has in reality no shape at all, that there is no objective truth in the matter. And because men's opinions differ in different ages and countries as to what the true moral law is, it does not follow that there is no objective moral law. We will take as our last example the current talk about the importance of developing one's personality. A man, it is said, should be himself, and the expression of his own individuality must be his leading idea. Now, certainly, it is good to be oneself in the sense that it is hypocritical. to pretend to be what one is not. Moreover, it is no doubt true that each man has certain special gifts which he ought to develop, so that all in their diverse ways may contribute as much as possible to the spiritual and material wealth of the world. But this ideal of individuality

Starting point is 04:20:02 often leads to false developments, as we see in the spheres of art and of education. Such a man as Oscar Wilde, whose personality is essentially evil, defends his artistic principles on the ground that he must needs express his personality, that art is nothing but such personal expression, and that it is subject to no standard save the individuality of the artist. Some writers on education, among them Mr. Bernard Shaw, who has many points in common with the sophists, tell us that to attempt to mold the character of a child by discipline is to sin against its personality, and that the child should be allowed to develop its individuality unchecked in its own way. But against this, we have to protest that to make the cultivation of

Starting point is 04:20:52 individuality an end in itself, and to put exclusive emphasis on this, is wrong. The cultivation of an individuality is not in itself a good thing. It is not a good thing if the individuality be a worthless one. If a child exhibits savage or selfish tendencies, it must be subjected to discipline, and it is ridiculous to make a fetish of its personality to such an extent as to allow it to develop as it likes. In a similar way, the ideal of individuality is often interpreted to mean that the cultivation of the mere eccentricities and oddities of the individual is something good. but the personal particularities of a man are just what is worthless about him. That alone, which entitles him to the sacred rights of a person,

Starting point is 04:21:42 is his rational and universal nature. End of Section 15. Section 16 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 10, Socrates Part 1

Starting point is 04:22:16 Amid the destruction of all ideals of truth and morality, which was brought about by the sophists, there appeared in Athens the figure of Socrates, who was destined to restore order out of chaos, and to introduce sanity into the disordered intellectual life of the time. Socrates was born about 470 BC in Athens. His father was a sculptor, his mother and midwife. Very little is known of his early years in education, except that he took up his father's occupation as a sculptor. In later years, some statues used to be shown at the Acropolis in Athens, which were said to be the work of Socrates. But comparatively early in life,

Starting point is 04:22:50 he deserted his profession in order to devote himself to what he considered his mission in life, philosophy. He spent his entire life in Athens, never departing from it, save for short periods on three occasions, when he served in military expeditions in the Athenian army. For from 20 to 30 years, he labored at his philosophical mission in Athens, until, in his 70th year, he was charged with denying the national gods, introducing new gods of his own, and corrupting the Athenian youth. On these charges, he was condemned to death and executed. The personal appearance of Socrates was grotesque. He was short, thick-set, and ugly. As he grew older, he became bald. His nose was broad, flat, and turned up. He walked with a peculiar gait and had a trick of rolling his eyes.

Starting point is 04:23:31 His clothes were old and poor. He cared little or nothing for external appearances. Socrates believed that he was guided in all his actions by a supernatural voice, which he called his Damon. This voice, he thought, gave him premonitions of the good or evil consequences of his proposed actions, and nothing would induce him to disobey its injunctions. Socrates constructed no philosophy, that is to say, no system of philosophy. He was the author of philosophical tendencies and of a philosophic method. He never committed his opinions to writing. His method of philosophizing was purely conversational. It was his habit to go to down every day to the marketplace in Athens or to any other spot where people gathered,

Starting point is 04:24:09 and there to engage in conversation with anyone who was ready to talk to him about the deep problems of life and death. Rich or poor, young or old, friend or stranger, whoever came and would attend, could listen freely to the talk of Socrates. He took no fees, as the sophists did, and remained always a poor man. He did not, like the sophists, deliver long speeches, tirades and monologues. He never monopolized the conversation, and frequently it was the other party who did most of the talking. Socrates only interposing questions and comments, and yet remaining always master of the conversation and directing it into fruitful channels. The conversation proceeded chiefly by the method of question and answer, Socrates by acute questions, inducing, bringing to birth the thoughts of his partner, correcting, refuting, or developing them.

Starting point is 04:24:51 In carrying on this daily work, Socrates undoubtedly regarded himself as engaged upon a mission in some ways supernaturally imposed upon him by God. Of the origin of this mission, we have an account in the Apology of Plato, who puts into the mouth of Socrates the following. words. Caraphan made a pilgrimage to Delphi and had the audacity to ask this question from the oracle. He actually asked if there was any man wiser than I, and the priestess answered, no. When I heard the answer, I asked myself, what can the God mean? What can he be hinting? For certainly I have never thought myself wise in anything great or small. What can he mean then when he asserts that I am the wisest of men? He cannot lie, of course, that would be impossible for him. And for a long while I was at a lost to think what he could mean. At last, after much thought, I started on some such course as this.

Starting point is 04:25:37 I betook myself to one of the men who seemed wise, thinking that there, if anywhere, I should refute the utterance, and can say to the oracle, this man is wiser than I, and you said I was the wisest. Now, when I looked into the man, there is no need to give his name. It was one of our citizens, men of Athens, with whom I had an experience of this kind. When we talked together, I thought, this man seems wise to many men and above all to himself, but he is not so. And then I tried to showed that he thought he was wise, but he was not. Then he got angry with me, and so did many who hurt us, but I went away and thought to myself, well, at any rate, I am wiser than this man. Probably neither of us knows anything of beauty or of good, but he thinks he knows something

Starting point is 04:26:14 when he knows nothing, and I, if I know nothing, at least never suppose that I do. So it looks as though I really were a little wiser than he, just insofar as that I do not imagine myself to know things about which I know nothing at all. After that, I went to another man who seemed to be wiser still, and I had exactly the same experience, and then he got angry with me too, and so did many more. Thus I went round them all, one after the other, aware of what was happening and sorry for it, and afraid that they were getting to hate me. In this passage we can see too the supposed origin of another peculiar Socratic feature, the Socratic irony. In any discussion, Socrates would, as a rule, professed himself to be totally ignorant of the matter in hand,

Starting point is 04:26:52 and only anxious to learn the wisdom possessed by his interlocutor. This professed ignorance was not affectation. He was genuinely impressed with the notion that not only he but all other men live for the most part in ignorance of the things that are most important to be known, the nature of goodness, beauty, and truth. He believed that the self-styled knowledge of the wise was for the most part nothing but pretentious ignorance. Nevertheless, he used this profession of ignorance as a weapon of offense, and it became in his hands a powerful rhetorical instrument which he used with specially telling effect against those who, puffed up with their own importance and wisdom, pretended to knowledge which they did not possess.

Starting point is 04:27:29 Such hollow pretense of knowledge met with uncompromising exposure at the hands of Socrates. With such persons, he would open the conversation with a confession of his own ignorance and an expression of his desire to learn the wisdom which he knew they possessed. In their eagerness to show off their knowledge, they would perhaps rush into the breach with some very positive assertion. Socrates would express himself as delighted with this, but would add that there were one or two things about it which he did not fully understand, and he would proceed with a few dexterous questions,

Starting point is 04:27:57 to expose the hollowness, the shallowness, or the ignorance of the answers. It was chiefly the young man of Athens who gathered round Socrates, who was for them a center of intellectual activity and a fountain of inspiration. It was this fact which afterwards formed the basis of the charge that he corrupted the youth. He was a man of the noblest character and of the simplest life, accepting no fees he acquired no wealth. Poor, caring for nothing of worldly goods, wholly independent of the ordinary needs and desires of men. he devoted himself exclusively to the acquisition of that which in his eyes alone had value,

Starting point is 04:28:30 wisdom and virtue. He was endowed with the utmost powers of physical endurance and moral strength. When he served with the army and the Peloponnesian War, he astonished his fellow soldiers by his bravery and his cheerful endurance of every hardship. On two occasions, at considerable risk to himself, he saved the lives of his companions. At the Battle of Deolium, it is said that Socrates was the only man who kept his head in the route of the Athenians. He was an excellent companion, and though simple in his habits and independent of all material pleasures, never made a fetish of this independence, nor allowed it to degenerate into a harsh asceticism.

Starting point is 04:29:03 Thus, he needed no wine, but yet, if occasion called for it, he not only drank but could drink more than any other man without turning a hair. In the banquet of Plato, Socrates is depicted sitting all night long, drinking and talking philosophy with his friends. One by one, the guests succumbed, leaving only Socrates and two others, and at last, as the dawn broke, these two also. fell asleep, but Socrates got up, washed himself, and went down to the marketplace to begin his daily work. In his 70th year, he was tried on three charges, for denying the national gods, for setting up new gods of his own, and for corrupting the youth. All these charges were entirely baseless. The first might well have been brought against almost any of the earlier Greek thinkers

Starting point is 04:29:42 with some justice. Most of them disbelieved in the national religion. Many of them openly denied the existence of the gods. Socrates, almost alone, had refrained from any such attitude. On the In the contrary, he always enjoyed veneration towards the gods and urged his hearers in whatever city they might be to honor the gods according to the custom of that city. According to Xenophon, however, he distinguished between the many gods and the one creator of the universe, who controls, guides, and guards over the lives of men. The second charge appears to have been based on the claim of Socrates to be guided by a supernatural inner voice.

Starting point is 04:30:15 But whatever we may think of this claim, it can hardly constitute good ground for a charge of introducing new gods. The third charge, that of corrupting the youth, was equally baseless. Though the fact that Alcibiades, who had been a favorite pupil of Socrates afterwards turned traitor to Athens and led, moreover, a dissolute and unprincipled life, no doubt prejudiced the philosopher in the eyes of the Athenians. But Socrates was not responsible for the misdeeds of Alcibiades, and his general influence upon the Athenian youth was the very opposite of corrupting.

Starting point is 04:30:43 So what were the real reasons for these accusations? In the first place, there's no doubt that Socrates had made many personal enemies. In his daily disputations, he had not spared even the most powerful men in Athens, but had ruthlessly laid bare the ignorance of those who pretended to be wise. There is, however, no reason to believe that the three men who actually laid the charges, Miletus, Lycon, and Anidas, did so out of any personal animosity. But they were men of straw, put forward by more powerful persons who remained behind the scenes. In the second place, Socrates had rendered himself obnoxious to the Athenian democracy.

Starting point is 04:31:17 He was no aristocrat in feeling, nor was he a supporter of the vested interest. and privileges of the few, but he could not accommodate himself to the mob rule which then went by the name of democracy. The government of the state, he believed, should be in the hands of the wise, the just, and the good, those competent and trained to govern, and these are necessarily the few. He himself had taken no part in the political life of the time, preferring to guide by his influence and advice the young men on whom someday the duties of the state would devolve. On two occasions only did he take an active part in politics, and on both occasions his conduct gave great offense. Both of these incidents are recounted in a passage in Plato's apology, which I will quote.

Starting point is 04:31:55 The first incident refers to the aftermath of the Battle of Arjunucii. The Athenian fleet had gained a victory here, but last 25 ships of war, and the whole of the crews of these ships were drowned. This was attributed to the carelessness of the generals, and there was great indignation in Athens upon the return whether the generals were put upon their trial. According to the law of Athens, each accused had to be given a separate trial, but in their eagerness to have the generals condemned, the judges in this instance decided to try them all in a body. You know men of Athens, says Socrates in the apology, that I have never held any other office in the state, but I did serve on the council.

Starting point is 04:32:29 And it happened that my tribe, Antiochese, had the presidency at the time you decided to try the ten generals who had not taken up the dead after the fight at sea. You decided to try them in one body, contrary to the law, as you all felt afterwards. On that occasion, I was the only one of the presidents who opposed you and told you not to break the law. and I gave my vote against you. And when the orators were ready to impeach and arrest me, and you encouraged them and hooted me, I thought then that I ought to take all the risks on the side of the law and justice rather than side with you,

Starting point is 04:32:58 when your decisions were unjust through fear of imprisonment or death. That was while the city was still under the democracy. When the oligarchy came into power, the 30, in their turn, summoned me with four others to the rotunda, and commanded us to fetch Leon of Solomonus from that island, in order to put him to death. The sort of commands they often gave to many others, anxious as they were to incriminate all they could. And on that occasion, I showed not by words only

Starting point is 04:33:21 that for death, to put it bluntly, I did not care one straw, but I did care and to the full about doing what was wicked and unjust. It was not terrified then into doing wrong by that government in all its power. When we left the rotunda, the other four went off to Solomon and brought Leon back, but I went home. And probably I should have been put to death for it if the government had not been overthrown soon afterwards. But there was a third and greater reason for the condemnation of Socrates. These charges were brought against him because the popular mind confused him with the sophists. This was entirely absurd because Socrates in no respect resembled the sophists, either in the manner of his life or in the tendency of his thought, which was wholly anti-sophistical.

Starting point is 04:33:59 But that such a confusion did exist in the popular mind is clearly proved by the clouds of Aristophanes. Aristophanes was a reactionary in thought and politics, and hating the sophists says the representatives of He lampooned them in his comedy, The Clouds. Socrates appears in the play as the central character and the chief of the sophists. This was entirely unjust, but it affords evidence of the fact that Socrates was commonly mistaken for a sophist by the Athenians. Aristophanes would not have ventured to introduce such a delusion into his play had his audience not shared in it. Now at this time, a wave of reaction was passing over Athens, and there was a great indignation against the sophists, who were rightly supposed to be overturning all ideals of truth and goodness.

Starting point is 04:34:40 Socrates fell a victim to the anger of the populist against the sophists. At the trial, Socrates conducted himself with dignity and confidence. It was usual in those days for an accused person to weep and lament, to flatter the judges, to seek indulgence by groveling and fawning, to appeal for pity by parading his wife and children in the court. Socrates refused to do any of these things, considering them unmanly. His defense was indeed not so much a defense of himself as an arraignment of his judges, the people of Athens, for their corruption and vice.

Starting point is 04:35:10 This attitude of Socrates certainly brought about his condemnation. There's every reason to believe that if he had adopted a groveling, even a conciliatory tone, he would have been acquitted. As it was, he was found guilty by a bare majority. The law enacted that when the charge was proved, those who had brought the accusation should first propose the penalty which they thought fitting. Then the accused himself should propose an alternative penalty. It was for the judges to decide which of the two should be inflicted.

Starting point is 04:35:36 The accusers of Socrates proposed the death penalty. Here again, Socrates might have escaped. by proposing at once some petty punishment. This would have satisfied the people who were only anxious to score off the troublesome philosopher and pedant. But Socrates proudly affirmed that as he was guilty of no crime, he deserved no punishment. To propose a penalty would be to admit his guilt. Far from being a guilty person, he considered himself in the light of a public benefactor, and as such, if he were to get his desserts,

Starting point is 04:36:02 he proposed that he should be publicly honored by being given a seat at the president's table. Nevertheless, as the law forced him to propose a penalty, he would, without prejudice to his plea of innocence, suggest a fine of 30 minutes. This conduct so exasperated the judges that he was now condemned to death by a large majority, about 80 of those who had previously voted for his acquittal, now voting for his execution. Thirty days elapsed before he was executed, and these days were spent in prison. His friends, who had free access to him, urged him to escape. These things were possible in Athens.

Starting point is 04:36:33 Anne Xagoras had apparently escaped with the help of Pericles. A little silver in the hands of the jail guards would probably have seen. settled the matter. Socrates could fly to Thessaly where the law could not reach him, as Annexagoras had fled to Ionia. But Socrates steadily refused, saying that to flee from death was cowardly and that one ought to obey the laws. The law had decreed his death, and he must obey. After 30 days, therefore, the poison cup was brought to him, and he drank it without flinching. Here is Plato's account of the death of Socrates, which I quote from the Phaedo. In detail, it cannot be considered historical, but we may well believe that the main incidents as well as

Starting point is 04:37:07 the picture it gives us of the bearing and demeanor of the philosopher in his last moments are accurate representations of the facts. He rose and went into a chamber to bathe and Cretto followed him, but he directed us to wait for him. We waited, therefore, conversing among ourselves about what had been said and considering it again, and sometimes speaking about our calamity, how severe it would be to us, sincerely thinking that, like those who are deprived of a father, we should pass the rest of our lives as orphans. When he had bathed and his children were brought to him, for he had two little sons and one grown up, and the women belonging to his family were come, having conversed with them in the presence of Cretto, and given them such injunctions as he wished,

Starting point is 04:37:44 he directed the women and children to go away and then return to us. And it was now near sunset, for he spent a considerable time within. But when he came from bathing, he sat down and did not speak much afterwards. Then the officer of the eleven came in, and standing near him said, Socrates, I shall not have to find that fault with you that I do with the others, that they are angry with me and curse me when by order of the archons I bid them drink the poison. But you, on all other occasions, during the time you have been here, I have found to be the most noble, meek, and excellent man of all that ever came into this place. And therefore, I am now well convinced that you will not be angry with me. Now then, for you know what I came to announce to you,

Starting point is 04:38:22 farewell, and endeavor to bear what is inevitable as easily as possible. And at the same time, bursting into tears, he turned away and withdrew. And Socrates, looking after him, said, and now to farewell, we will do as you direct. At the same time, turning to us, he said, how crudius the man is, during the whole time I have been here, he has visited me, and conversed with me sometimes, and proved the worthiest of men, and how generously he weeps for me. But come, Cretto, let us obey him, and let someone bring the poison

Starting point is 04:38:50 if it is ready pounded. But if not, let the man pound it. Then Cretto said, but I think, Socrates, that the sun is still on the mountains and has not yet set. Besides, I know that others have drunk the poison very late after it had been announced to them, and have supped and drank freely, and some even have enjoyed the objects of their love. Do not hasten them, for there is yet time. Upon this, Socrates replied, These men whom you mention, Cretto, do these things with good reason, for they think they shall

Starting point is 04:39:16 gain by doing so. And I, too, with good reason, shall not do so, for I think I shall gain nothing by drinking a little later, except to become ridiculous to myself in being so fond of life and sparing of it when none any longer remains. Go then, he said, obey and do not resist. Cretto, having heard this, nodded to the boy that stood near. And the boy, having gone out and stayed for some time, came, bringing with him the man that was to administer the poison, who brought it ready, pounded in a cup. And Socrates, on seeing the man, said, well, my good friend, as you are skilled in these matters, what must I do? Nothing else, he replied that when you have drunk it, walk about until there is a heaviness in your legs, then lie down. Thus it will do its purpose. And at the same time, he held out the cup to Socrates. And he, having received it very cheerfully, at could create a great, neither trembling nor changing at all in color or countenance, but as he was wont, looking steadfastly at the man, said, what say you of this potion with respect to making a libation to anyone? Is it lawful or not? We only pound so much, Socrates, he said, as we think sufficient to drink. I understand you, he said. But it is certainly both lawful and right to pray to the gods that my departure hence thither may be

Starting point is 04:40:25 happy, which therefore I pray, and so may it be. And as he said this, he drank it off readily and calmly. Thus far, most of us were with difficulty able to restrain ourselves from weeping, but when we saw him drinking and having finished the drought, we could do so no longer. But in spite of myself, the tears came in full torrent, so that, covering my face, I wept for myself, for I did not weep for him, but for my own fortune in being deprived of such a friend. But Cretto, even before me, when he could not restrain his tears, had risen up. But Apollodorus, even before this, had not ceased weeping. And then, bursting into an agony of grief, weeping and lamenting, he pierced the

Starting point is 04:41:01 heart of everyone present except Socrates himself. But he said, What are you doing, my admirable friends? I indeed, for this reason chiefly sent away the women that they might not commit any folly of this kind, for I have heard that it is right to die with good omens. Be quiet, therefore, and bear up. When we heard this, we were ashamed and restrained our tears. But he, having walked about when he said that his legs were growing heavy, lay down on his back, for the man so directed him. And at the same time, he who gave him the poison, taking hold of him. After a short interval examined his feet and legs, and then having pressed his foot hard, he asked if he felt it. He said that he did not. And after this, he pressed

Starting point is 04:41:39 his thighs, and thus going higher, he showed us that he was growing cold and stiff. Then Socrates touched himself and said that when the poison reached his heart, he should then depart. But now the parts around the lower belly were almost cold. When uncovering himself, for he had been covered over, he said, and there were his last words, Cretto, we owe a cock to Asclepius. pay it therefore and do not neglect it. It shall be done, said Cretto, but consider whether you have anything else to say. To this question he gave no reply,

Starting point is 04:42:06 but shortly after he gave a convulsive movement and the man covered him and his eyes were fixed, and Cretto, perceiving hit, closed his mouth and eyes. This, eccacrates, was the end of our friend, a man, as we may say, the best of all of his time that we have known, and moreover, the most wise and just. End of Section 16. Section 17 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy.

Starting point is 04:42:30 This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 10. Socrates Part 2 Our knowledge of the teaching of Socrates is derived chiefly from two sources, Plato and Xenophon, for the peculiarities of each of whom allowances must be made. Plato in his dialogues makes Socrates the mouthpiece of his own teaching.

Starting point is 04:42:58 Consequently, the majority of the tenets to which Socrates is made to give expression are purely platonic doctrines, of which the historical Socrates could never even have dreamed. It might therefore seem at first sight that there is no possibility of ascertaining from Plato's dialogues any trustworthy account of the ideas of Socrates. But on closer inspection, this does not turn out to be correct, because the earlier dialogues of Plato were written before he had developed his own philosophy, and when he was, to all intents and purposes, simply a disciple of Socrates, bent only upon giving the best expression to the Socratic doctrine.

Starting point is 04:43:30 Even in these Socratic dialogues, however, we have what is no doubt an idealized portrait of Socrates. Plato makes no pretense of being merely a biographer or historian. The incidents in conversation, although they are no doubt frequently founded upon facts, are in the main imaginary. All we can say is that they contain the gist and substance of the philosophy of Socrates. The other source, Xenophon, also has his peculiarities. If Plato was an idealizing philosopher, Xenophon was a prosaic and matter-of-fact man of affairs.

Starting point is 04:43:58 He was a plain, honest soldier. He had no great insight into any philosophy, Socratic or otherwise. He was not attached to Socrates primarily as a philosopher, but as an admirer of his character and personality. If Plato puts the teachings of Socrates too high, Xenophon puts it too low. But in spite of this, Xenophon's memorabilia contains a mass of valuable information both about the life and the philosophical ideas of Socrates. The Socratic teaching is essentially ethical in character.

Starting point is 04:44:25 And this alone did Socrates bear any resemblance to the sophists. It was the sophists who had introduced into Greek philosophy the problem of man and of the duties of man. And to these problems, Socrates also turns his exclusive attention. He brushes aside all questions as to the origin of the world or the nature of the ultimate reality, of which we have heard so much in the philosophies of the earlier thinkers. Socrates openly deprecated such speculations and considered all knowledge comparatively worthless as against ethical knowledge, the knowledge of man. Mathematics, physics, and astronomy, he thought, were not valuable forms of knowledge.

Starting point is 04:44:59 He said that he never went for walks outside the city because there is nothing to be learned from fields and trees. Nevertheless, the ethical teaching of Socrates was founded upon a theory of knowledge, which is quite simple but extremely important. The sophists had founded knowledge upon perception, with the result that all objective of standards of truth had been destroyed. It was the work of Socrates to found knowledge upon reason, and thereby to restore to truth its objectivity. Briefly, the theory of Socrates may be summarized by saying that he taught that all knowledge is knowledge through concepts. What is a concept?

Starting point is 04:45:31 When we are directly conscious of the presence of any particular thing, a man, a tree, a house, or a star, such consciousness is called perception. When shutting our eyes, we frame a mental picture of such an object, such consciousness is called an image or representation. Such mental images are like perceptions, always ideas of particular individual objects. But besides these ideas of individual objects, whether through sense perception or imagination, we also have general ideas, that is to say, not ideas of any particular thing, but ideas of whole classes of things. If I say, Socrates is mortal, I am thinking of the individual Socrates, but if I say man is mortal, I am thinking not of any particular man, but of the class of men in general.

Starting point is 04:46:12 Such an idea is called a general idea or a concept. All class names such as man, tree, house, river, animal, horse, being, which stand not for one thing, but for a multitude of things, represent concepts. We form these general ideas by including in them all of the qualities with which the whole class of objects has in common, and excluding from them all the qualities in which they differ, that is to say, the qualities which some of the objects possess, but others do not. For example, I cannot include the quality whiteness in my general idea of horses, because though some horses are white, others are not, but I can include the quality vertebrae because

Starting point is 04:46:49 all horses agree in being vertebrae. Thus, a concept is formed by bringing together the ideas in which all the members of a class of objects agree with one another and neglecting the ideas in which they differ. Now reason is the faculty of concepts. This may not at first sight be obvious. Reason it might be objected is the faculty of arguing of drawing inclusions from premises. But a little consideration will show us that, though this is so, yet all reasoning is employed upon concepts. All reasoning is either deductive or inductive.

Starting point is 04:47:19 Induction consists of the formulation of general principles from particular cases. A general principle is always a statement made, not about a particular thing, but about a whole class of things, that is, about a concept. Concepts are formed inductively by comparing numerous examples of a class. Deductive reasoning is always the opposite process of applying general principle, to particular cases. If we argue that Socrates must be mortal because all men are so, the question is whether Socrates is man, that is to say, whether the concept, man, is properly applied to the particular object called Socrates. Thus, inductive reasoning is concerned with the formation of concepts, deductive reasoning with the application of them. Socrates, in placing all knowledge and concepts, thus was making reason the organ of knowledge.

Starting point is 04:48:03 This was in direct opposition to the principle of the sophists, who placed all knowledge in sense perception. perception. Now, since reason is the universal element in man, it follows that Socrates, in identifying knowledge with concepts, was restoring the belief in an objective truth, valid for all men and binding upon all men, and was destroying the sophisticated teaching that the truth is whatever each individual chooses to think it is. We shall see this more clearly if we reflect that a concept is the same thing as a definition. If we wish to define any word, for example the word man, we must include in our definition only the qualities of which all men have in common. We cannot, for example, define man as a white-skinned animal because all men are not white-skinned.

Starting point is 04:48:43 Similarly, we cannot include English-speaking in our definition, because though some men speak English, others do not. But we might include such a quality as two-legged, because two-legged is a quality common to all human beings, except mere aberrations and distortions of the normal type. Thus, a definition is formed in the same way as a concept, namely by including the common qualities of a class of objects, and excluding the qualities in which the members of the class differ. A definition, in fact, is merely the expression of a concept in words. Now, by the process of fixing definitions, we obtain objective standards of truth. If, for example, we fix the definition of a triangle, then we can compare any geometrical figure with it and say whether it is a triangle or not.

Starting point is 04:49:25 It is no longer open to anyone to declare that whatever he chooses to call a triangle is a triangle. Similarly, if we fix upon a definition of the word man, we can then compare any object with that definition and say whether it is a man or not. Again, if we can decide what the proper concept of virtue is, then the question whether any particular act is virtuous can only be decided by comparing that act with the concept and seeing if they agree. The sophist can no longer say, whatever seems to me right is right for me. Whatever I choose to do is virtuous for me. His act must be judged not by his subjective impressions, but by the concept or definition, which is thus an objective standard of truth independent of the individual. This then was the theory of knowledge propounded by Socrates. Knowledge, he said, is not the same thing as the sensations of the individual,

Starting point is 04:50:11 which would mean that each individual can name as the truth whatever he pleases. Knowledge means knowledge of things as they objectively are, independently of the individual, and such knowledge is knowledge of the concepts of things. Therefore, the philosophizing of Socrates consisted almost exclusively in trying to frame proper concepts. He went about inquiring, what is virtue, what is prudence, what is temperance, meaning thereby, what are the true concepts or definitions of these things? In this way, he attempted to find a basis for believing in an objectively real truth and an objectively real moral law. His method of forming concepts was by induction.

Starting point is 04:50:48 He would take common examples of actions which are universally admitted to be prudent, and would attempt to find the quality which they all have in common, and by virtue of which they are all classed together, and so form the concept of prudence. Then he would bring up fresh examples and see whether they agreed with the concept so formed. If not, the concept might have to be corrected in the light of the new examples. But the Socratic theory of knowledge was not a theory put forward for its own sake, but for practical ends. Socrates always made theory subservient to practice. He wanted to know what the concept of virtue is only in order to practice virtue in life.

Starting point is 04:51:21 And this brings us to the central point of the ethical teaching of Socrates, which was the identification of virtue with knowledge. Socrates believed that a man cannot act rightly unless he first knows what is right, unless, in fact, he knows the concept of right. Moral action is thus founded upon knowledge and must spring from it. But not only did Socrates think that if a man has not knowledge, he cannot do right. He also put forward the much more doubtful assertion that if a man possesses knowledge, he cannot do wrong. All wrongdoing arises from ignorance. If a man only knows what is right, he must and will infallibly do what is right. All men seek the good, but men differ as to what the good is.

Starting point is 04:51:59 No man, said Socrates intentionally does wrong. He does wrong because he does not know the true conscience. concept of right, and being ignorant thinks that what he is doing is good. If a man intentionally does wrong, said Socrates again, he is better than a man who does so unintentionally. For the former has in him the essential condition of goodness, knowledge of what goodness is, but the latter, lacking that knowledge, is hopeless. Aristotle, in commenting upon this whole doctrine, observed that Socrates had ignored or forgotten the irrational parts of the soul. Socrates imagined that everybody's actions are governed solely by reason, and that therefore, if only they reason

Starting point is 04:52:34 a right, they must do a right. He forgot that the majority of men's actions are governed by passions and emotions, the irrational parts of the soul. Aristotle's criticism of Socrates is unanswerable. All experience shows that men do deliberately do wrong, that knowing well what is right, they nevertheless do wrong. But it is easy to see why Socrates made this mistake. He was arguing only from his own case. Socrates really does appear to have been above human weakness. He was not guided by passions but by reason, and it followed as the night follows the death. that if Socrates knew what was right, he did it. He was unable to understand how men knowing the right could yet do the wrong. If they are vicious, he thought, it must be because they do not

Starting point is 04:53:15 know what is right. The criticism of Aristotle is thus justified. Yet for all that, the theory of Socrates is not to be too quickly brushed aside. There's more truth in it than appears at first sight. We say that a man believes one thing and does another, yet it is a matter of question what a man really believes, and what is the test of his belief. Men go to church every son, and there repeat formulas and prayers of which the main idea is that all earthly riches are worthless in comparison to spiritual treasures. Such men, if asked, might tell us that they believe this to be true. They believe that they believe it. And yet in actual life, perhaps, they seek only for earthly riches and behave as if they thought these the supreme good.

Starting point is 04:53:53 What do such men really believe? Do they believe as they speak or as they act? Is it not at least arguable that they are really pursuing what they believe to be good and that if they were genuinely convinced of the superiority of spiritual treasures, they would seek them and not material riches? This at least is what Socrates thought. All men seek the good, but the many do not know what the good is. There is certainly truth in this in many cases, though in others there can be no doubt that men do deliberately what they know to be evil. There are two other characteristic Socratic propositions which follow from the same general idea that virtue is identical with knowledge.

Starting point is 04:54:25 The first is that virtue can be taught. We do not ordinarily think that virtue can be taught like arithmetic. We think that virtue depends on a number of factors, prominent among which are the inborn disposition of a man, heredity, environment, modified to some extent by education, practice, and habit. The consequence is that a man's character does not change very much as he grows older. By constant practice, by continual self-control, a man may, to some extent, make himself better, but on the whole, what he is, he remains.

Starting point is 04:54:54 The leopard, we say, does not change his spots. But as for Socrates, the sole condition of virtue is knowledge, and as knowledge is just what can be imparted by teaching, it followed that virtue must be teachable. The only difficulty is to find the teacher, to find someone who knows the concept of virtue. What the concept of virtue is, that is, thought Socrates, the precious piece of knowledge which no philosopher has ever discovered, and which, if it were only discovered, could at once be imparted by teaching, whereupon men would at once become virtuous. The other Socraticism is that virtue is one. We talk of many virtues, temperance, prudence, foresight, benevolence, kindness, etc.

Starting point is 04:55:33 Socrates believed that all these particular virtues flowed from one source, knowledge. Therefore, knowledge itself, that is to say, wisdom, is the sole virtue, and this includes all the others. This completes the exposition of the positive teaching of Socrates. It only remains for us to consider what position Socrates holds in the history of thought. There are two sides of the Socratic teaching. In the first place, there is the doctrine of knowledge that all knowledge is through concepts. This is the scientific side of the philosophy of Socrates. Secondly, there is his ethical teaching.

Starting point is 04:56:07 Now, the essential and important side of Socrates is undoubtedly the scientific theory of concepts. It is this which gives him his position in the history of philosophy. His ethical ideas, suggestive as they were, were yet all tainted with the fallacy that men are governed only by reason. Hence they have exercised no great influence on the history of thought. But the theory of concepts worked a revolution in philosophy. Upon a development of it is founded the whole of Plato's philosophy, and through Plato the philosophy of Aristotle, and indeed all subsequent idealism. The immediate effect of this theory, however, was the destruction of the teaching of the sophists.

Starting point is 04:56:42 The sophists taught the doctrine that truth is sense perception, and as the perceptions of different individuals differ in regard to the same object, it followed that truth became a matter of taste with the individual. This undermined all belief in truth as an objective reality, and by similar reasoning, faith in the objectivity of the moral law was also destroyed. The essential position of Socrates is that of a restorer of faith. His greatness lay in the fact that he saw that the only way to combat the disastrous results of the sophistication was to refute the fundamental assumption from which all that teaching flowed,

Starting point is 04:57:13 the assumption namely that knowledge is perception. Against this, therefore, Socrates opposed the doctrine, that knowledge is through concepts. To base knowledge upon concepts is to base it upon the universality of reason, and therefore to restore it from the position of a subjective seeming to that of an objective reality. But though Socrates is thus a restorer of faith, we must not imagine that his thought is therefore a mere retrogression to the intellectual condition of pre-sophistic times. It was on the contrary in advance beyond the sophists. We have here, in fact, an example of what is the normal development of all thought, whether in the individual or the race. The move of the

Starting point is 04:57:49 Movement of thought exhibits three stages. The first stage is positive belief, not founded upon reason. It is merely conventional belief. At the second stage, thought becomes destructive and skeptical. It denies what was affirmed in the previous stage. The third stage is the restoration of positive belief now founded upon the concept, upon reason, and not merely upon custom. Before the time of the sophists, men took it for granted that truth and goodness are objective realities.

Starting point is 04:58:15 Nobody specially affirmed it because nobody denied it. It seemed obvious. It was thus not believed on rational grounds but through custom and habit. This, the first stage of thought, we may call the era of simple faith. When the sophists came upon the scene, they brought reason and thought to bear upon what had hitherto been accepted as a matter of course, namely law, custom, and authority. The first encroachment of reason upon simple faith is always destructive, and hence the sophists undermine all ideals of goodness and truth.

Starting point is 04:58:43 Socrates is the restorer of these ideals, but with him they are no longer the ideals of simple faith. They're the ideals of reason. They're based upon reason. Socrates substituted comprehending belief for unintelligent assent. We may contrast him in this respect with Aristophanes. Aristophanes, the conservative, the believer in the good old times, saw as clearly as Socrates the disastrous effects worked by the sophists upon public morals. But the remedy he proposed was a violent return to the good old times. Since it was thought which worked these ill effects, thought must be suppressed. We must go back to the simple faith. But simple faith wants destroyed by thought never returns either to the individual or to the race. This can no more happen

Starting point is 04:59:23 than a man can again become a child. There is only one remedy for the ills of thought, and that is more thought. If thought in its first inroads leads as it always does to skepticism and denial, the only course is not to suppress the thought but to found faith upon it. This was the method of Socrates, and it is the method too of all great spirits. They're not frightened of shadows. They have faith and reason. If reason leads them into the darkness, they do not scuttle back in fright. They advance till the light comes again. There are false teachers who counsel us to give no heed to the promptings of reason if reason brings doubt into our beliefs. Thought cannot be thus suppressed. Reason has rights upon us as rational beings. We cannot go back. We must go on

Starting point is 05:00:04 and make our beliefs rational. We must found them upon the concept as Socrates did. Socrates did not deny the principle of the sophists that all institutions, all ideals, all existing and established things must justify themselves before the tribunal of reason. He accepted this without question. He took up the challenge of thought and won the battle of reason in his day. The sophists brought to light the principle of subjectivity, the principle that the truth must be my truth, and the right, my right. They must be the products of my own thinking,

Starting point is 05:00:33 not standards forcibly imposed upon me from without. But the mistake of the sophists was to imagine that the truth must be mine, merely in my capacity as a precipient creature of sense, which means that I have a private truth of my own. Socrates corrected this by admitting that the truth must be my truth, but mine in my capacity as a rational being, which means, since reason is the universal, that it is not my private truth but universal truth, which is shared by and valid for all rational beings. Truth is thus established as being not mere subjective appearance, but objective reality,

Starting point is 05:01:04 independent of the sensations, whims, and self-will of the individual. The whole period of Socrates and the sophists is full of instruction. Its essential lesson is that to deny the supremacy of reason, to set up any other process of consciousness above reason must inevitably end in skepticism and the denial of the objectivity of truth and morality. Many theosophists and others at the present day teach the doctrine of what they call intuition. The supreme kind of religious knowledge they think is to be reached by intuition which is conceived as something higher than reason. But this is simply to make the mistake of Protagoras over again. It is true that this so-called intuition is not merely sense perception, as was the case with Protagoras. It is, however, a form of immediate spiritual perception.

Starting point is 05:01:48 It is immediate apprehension of the object as being present to me as having thereness. It is therefore of the nature of perception. It is spiritual and super-sensuous, as opposed to material and sensuous perception. But it makes no difference at all whether perception is sensuous or super-sensuous. To place the truth in any sort of perception is in principle to do as Protagoras did, to yield oneself up as a helpless prey to the subjective impressions of the individual. I intuit one thing, another man intuits the opposite. What I intuit must be true for me, what he intuits true for him. For we have denied reason, we have placed it below intuition,

Starting point is 05:02:25 and have thereby discarded that which alone can subject the varying impressions of each individual to the rule of a universal and objective standard. The logical conclusion is that since each man's intuition is true for him, there is no such thing as an objective truth, nor can there be such a thing in these circumstances as an objective goodness. Thus the theory must end in total skepticism and darkness. The fact that theosophists do not, as a matter of fact, draw these skeptical conclusions simply means that they are not as clear-headed and logical as Protagoras was. End of Section 17. Section 18 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information,

Starting point is 05:03:11 or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. Read by George Nissom, a critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terran Stace. Chapter 11 The Semisocratics Part 1. The Cynics The Semics Upon the death of Socrates, there ensued a phenomenon which is not infrequent in the history of thought. A great and many-sided personality combines in himself many

Starting point is 05:03:41 conflicting tendencies and ideas. Let us take an example, not however, from the sphere of intellect, but from the sphere of practical life. We often say that it is difficult to reconcile mercy and justice. Among the many small personalities, one man follows only the ideal of mercy, and as his mercy has not in it the stern stuff of justice, it degenerates into mockishness and sentimental humanitarianism. Another man follows only the ideal of justice, forgetting mercy, and he becomes harsh and unsympathetic. It takes a greater man, a larger personality, harmoniously to combine the two. And as it is in the sphere of practical life, so it is in the arena of thought and philosophy. A great thinker is not he who seizes upon a single aspect

Starting point is 05:04:38 of the truth, and pushes that to its extreme limit, but the man who combines, in one many-sided system, all the varying and conflicting sides of truth. By emphasizing one thought, by being obsessed by a single idea and pushing it to its logical conclusion, regardless of the other aspects of the truth, one may indeed achieve a considerable local and temporary reputation, because such a procedure often leads to striking paradoxes, to strange and seemingly uncommon conclusions. The reputations of men such as Nietzsche, Bernard Shaw, Oscar Wilde, are made chiefly in this way, but upon the death of a great all-embracing personality,

Starting point is 05:05:26 just because his thought is a combination of so many divergent truths, we often find that it splits up into its component parts, each of which gives rise to a one-sided school of thought. The disciples, being smaller men, are not able to grasp the great man's thought in its wholeness and many-sidedness. Each disciple seizes upon that portion of his master's teaching, which has most in common with his own temperament, and proceeds to erect this one incomplete idea into a philosophy, treating the part as if it were the whole.

Starting point is 05:06:03 This is exactly what happened after the death of Socrates. Only one man among his disciples was able to grasp the whole of his teaching and understand the whole of his personality. And that was Plato. Among the lesser men who were the followers and personal friends of Socrates, there were three who founded schools of philosophy, each partial and one-sided, but each claiming to be the exponent of the true Socraticism.

Starting point is 05:06:32 Antistthenes founded the cynic school, Aristopis the Cyrenaeic, and Euclid the Megharic. Now, of the two aspects of the Socratic philosophy, the theory of concepts and the ethical theory, it is easy for us, looking back upon history, to see which it was that influenced the history of thought most, and which, therefore, was the most important, but the men of his own time could not see this. What they fastened upon was the obvious aspect of Socrates, his ethics, and above all, the ethical teaching which was expressed, not so much in abstract ideas as in the life and personality of the master. Both this life and this teaching might be summed up in the thought that virtue is the

Starting point is 05:07:22 sole end of life, that, as against virtue, all else in the world, comfort, riches, learning. is comparatively worthless. It is this, then, that virtue is the sole end of life, which forms the point of agreement between all the three Semicocratic schools. We have now to see upon what points they diverge from one another. If virtue is the sole end of life, what precisely is virtue? Socrates had given no clear answer to this question. The only definition he had given was that virtue is knowledge. But upon examination, it turns out that this is not a definition at all. Virtue is knowledge, but knowledge of what? It is not knowledge of astronomy, of mathematics, or of physics. It is ethical knowledge, that is to say, knowledge of virtue. To define

Starting point is 05:08:20 virtue as the knowledge of virtue is to think in a circle, and gets us no further in the inquiry what virtue is. But Socrates, as a matter of fact, did not think in a circle. He did not mean that virtue is knowledge, although his doctrine is often somewhat misleadingly stated in that form. What he meant was quite a different thing, that virtue depends upon knowledge. It is the first condition of virtue. The principle, accurately stated, is, not that virtue is the knowledge of virtue, which is, is thinking in a circle, but that virtue depends upon the knowledge of virtue, which is quite straight thinking. Only if you know what virtue is, can you be virtuous. Hence, we have not here any definition of virtue or any attempt to define it. We are still left with the question,

Starting point is 05:09:18 what is virtue unanswered. No doubt this was due in part to the unmethodical and unsystematic manner in which Socrates developed his thought, and this in turn was due to his conversational style of philosophizing, for it is not possible to develop systematic thinking in the course of casual conversations. But in part, too, it was due to the very universality of the man's genius. He was broad enough to realize that it is not possible to tie down virtue in any single narrow formula, which shall serve as a practical receipt for action in all the infinitely various circumstances of life. So that, in spite of the fact that his whole principle lay in the method of definitions, Socrates, in fact, left his followers without any definition of the supreme concept of his philosophy,

Starting point is 05:10:13 virtue. It was upon this point, therefore, that the followers of Socrates disagreed. They all agreed that virtue is the sole end of life, but they developed different. ideas as to what sort of life is, in fact, virtuous. The Synics Antistthenes, the founder of the cynics school, repeated the familiar propositions that virtue is founded upon knowledge, is teachable, and is one. But what aroused the admiration of Antistinies

Starting point is 05:10:44 was not Socrates, the man of intellect, the man of science, the philosopher, but Socrates, the man of independent character, who followed his own notions of right with complete indifference to the opinions of others. This independence was in fact merely a byproduct of the Socratic life. Socrates had been independent of all earthly goods and possessions, caring neither for riches nor for applause, only because his heart was set upon a greater treasure,

Starting point is 05:11:16 the acquisition of wisdom. Mere independence and indifference to the opinions of others were not for him ends in themselves. He did not make fetishes of them. But the cynics interpreted his teaching to mean that the independence of earthly pleasures and possessions is in itself the end and object of life. This, in fact, was their definition of virtue, complete renunciation of everything that, for ordinary men, makes life worth living, absolute asceticism, and rigorous self-mortification. Socrates, again, thinking that the only knowledge of supreme value is ethical knowledge, had exhibited a tendency to disparage other kinds of knowledge. This trait the cynics

Starting point is 05:12:01 exaggerated into a contempt for all art and learning, so great as frequently to amount to ignorance and boorishness. Virtue is sufficient for happiness, said Antistinus, and for virtue, nothing is requisite but the strength of Ossarchides. It is a matter of action and does not require many words or much learning. The cynic ideal of virtue is thus purely negative. It is the absence of all desire, freedom from all wants, complete independence of all possessions. Many of them refused to own houses or any dwelling place, and wandered about as vagrants and beggars. Diogenes, for the same reason, lived in a tub. Socrates, following single-heartedly what he knew to be good, cared nothing what the vulgar said. But this indifference to the opinion of others was,

Starting point is 05:12:57 like his independence of possessions, not an end in itself. He did not interpret it to mean that he was wantonly to offend public opinion, but the cynics, to show their indifference, flouted public opinion, and gave frequent and disgusting exhibitions of indecency. Virtue for the cynics is alone good. Vice is the only evil. Nothing else in the world is either good or bad. Everything else is indifferent. Property, pleasure, wealth, freedom, comfort, even life itself are not to be regarded as goods. Poverty, misery, misery, and death itself are not to be regarded as evils. It is no better to be a free man than a slave, for if the slave have virtue, he is in himself free, and a born ruler. Suicide is not a crime, and a man may destroy his life, not, however, to escape from misery and pain, for these are not ills, but to show that for him life is indifferent. And as the line between virtue and vice is absolutely definite, so is the distinction between virtue and vice, so is the distinction between the wise man and the fool. All men are divided into these two classes. There is no middle

Starting point is 05:14:23 term between them. Virtue being one and indivisible, either a man possesses it whole or does not possess it at all. In the former case, he is a wise man, in the latter case, a fool. The wise man possesses all virtue, all knowledge, all wisdom, all happiness, all perfection. The fool possesses all evil, all misery, all imperfection. End of Section 18. Section 19 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.

Starting point is 05:15:10 For more information, or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. Read by George Nissen. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy By Walter Terrence Stace Chapter 11 The Semics Part 2 The Sirenaics

Starting point is 05:15:30 For the Sirenayex too Virtue is, at least formally, the sole object of life. It is only formally, however, because they give to virtue a definition which robbed it of all meaning. Socrates, had not infrequently recommended virtue on account of the advantages which it brings. Virtue, he said,

Starting point is 05:15:55 is the sole path to happiness, and he had not refrain from holding out happiness as a motive for virtue. This did not mean, however, that he did not recognize a man's duty to do the right for its own sake, and not for the sake of the advantage it brings. Honesty, we say, is the best policy. But we do not mean thereby to deny that it is the duty of men to be honest, even if it is not, in some particular case, the best policy. Socrates, however, had not been very clear upon these points, and had been unable to find any definite basis for morality other than that of happiness. It was this side of his teaching which Aristopis now pressed to its logical conclusions, regardless of all other claims. Doubtless, virtue is the sole end of life, but the sole end of virtue is one's own

Starting point is 05:16:52 advantage, that is to say, pleasure. One may as well say at once that the sole end of life is pleasure. The influence of Protagoras and the sophists also played its part in molding the thought of Aristopis. Protagoras had denied the objectivity of truth, and the later sophists had applied the same theory to morals. Each man is a law unto himself. There is no moral code binding upon the individual against his own wishes. Aristopis combined this with his doctrine of pleasure. Pleasure being the sole end of life, no moral law externally imposed can invalidate its absolute claims. Nothing is wicked, nothing evil. Provided only it satisfies the individual's thirst for pleasure. Whether such a philosophy will lead, in practice, to the complete degradation of its devotees,

Starting point is 05:17:51 depends chiefly upon what sort of pleasure they have in mind. If refined and intellectual pleasures are meant, there is no reason why a comparatively good life should not result. If bodily pleasures are intended, the results are not likely to be noble. The sirenneics by no means wholly ignored the pleasures of the mind, but they pointed out that the feelings of bodily pleasure are more potent and intense, and it was upon these, therefore, that they chiefly concentrated their attention. Nevertheless, they were saved from the lowest abysses of sensuality and bestiality

Starting point is 05:18:29 by their doctrine that, in the pursuit of pleasure, the wise man must exercise prudence. Completely unrestrained pursuit of pleasure leads, in fact, to pain and disaster. Pain is that which has to be avoided. Therefore, the wise man will remain always master of himself, will control his desires, and postpone a more urgent to a less urgent desire, if thereby in the end more pleasure and less pain will accrue to him. The syrenaic ideal of the wise man is the man of the world,

Starting point is 05:19:03 bent indeed solely upon pleasure, restrained by no superstitious scruples, yet pursuing his end with prudence, foresight. and intelligence. Such principles would, of course, admit of various interpretations, according to the temperament of the individual. We may notice two examples. Anasyrus the Cyreneic believed indeed that pleasure is the sole end, but set such store upon the pleasures that arise from friendship and family affection, that he admitted that the wise man should be ready to sacrifice himself for his friends or family, a gleam of light in the world. A gleam of light in the

Starting point is 05:19:40 moral darkness. Hegesaius, a pessimist, considered that positive enjoyment is impossible of attainment. In practice, the sole end of life which can be realized is the avoidance of pain. End of Section 19. Section 20. Of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librevox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 11. The Semic Part 3, the Megerix.

Starting point is 05:20:34 Euclid of Megara was the founder of this school. His principal was a combination of Socraticism with Eleaticism. Virtue is knowledge. but knowledge of what? It is here that the eleatic influence became visible. With Parmenides, the Megarix believed in the one absolute being. All multiplicity, all motion, are illusory. The world of sense has in it no true reality. Only being is. If virtue is knowledge, Therefore, it can only be the knowledge of this being. If the essential concept of Socrates was the good and the essential concept of Permanides being,

Starting point is 05:21:28 Euclid now combined the two. The good is identified with being. Being, the one, God, the good, divinity, are merely different names for one and the same thing. Becoming the many, evil, are the names of its opposite, not being. Multiplicity is thus identified with evil, and both are declared illusory. Evil has no real existence. The good alone truly is. The various virtues, as benevolence, temperance, prudence, are merely different names for the one virtue, knowledge of being. Zeno, the eliotic, had shown that multiplicity and motion are not only unreal, but even impossible,

Starting point is 05:22:27 since they are self-contradictory. The Megarix appropriated this idea, together with the dialectic of Zeno, and concluded that, since not being is impossible, being includes all possibility. Whatever is possible is also actual. There is no such thing as a possible something which yet does not exist. As the cynics found virtue in renunciation and negative independence, the Sireniacs in the hedonistic pursuit of pleasure, so the Megarix find it in the life of philosophic contemplation, the knowledge of being. End of Section 20, read by Carrie Adams, your book voice, at Mesa, Arizona on the 15th of February, 2022.

Starting point is 05:23:32 Section 21 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public dovet. domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravocs.org, read by Dove Medinitz. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 12, Plato, Part 1, Life and Writings Plato None of the predecessors of Plato had constructed a system of philosophy. What they had produced,

Starting point is 05:24:09 and in great abundance were isolated philosophical ideas, theories, hints, and suggestions. Plato was the first person in the history of the world to produce a great, all-embracing system of philosophy, which has its ramifications in all departments of thought and reality. In doing this, Plato laid all previous thought under contribution. He gathered the entire harvest of Greek philosophy, all that was best in the Pythagoreans, the Eleatics, Heraclitus, and Socrates, reappears, transfigured in this system of Plato. But it is not to be imagined on this account that Plato was a mere eclectic or a plagiarist who took the best thoughts of others and worked them into some sort of a patchwork philosophy of his own.

Starting point is 05:24:58 He was, on the contrary, in the highest degree, an original thinker. But, like all great systems of thought, that of Plato grows out of the thought of previous thinkers. He does indeed appropriate the ideas of Heraclitus, perimenides, and Socrates, but he does not leave them as he finds them. He takes them as the germs of a new development. They are the foundations below ground, upon which he builds the palace of philosophy. In his hands, all previous thought becomes transfigured under the light of a new and original principle. Part 1. Life and Writings The exact date of the birth of Plato is a matter of doubt, but the date usually given, 429 through 427 BC, cannot be far wrong.

Starting point is 05:25:47 He came of an aristocratic Athenian family and was possessed of sufficient wealth to enable him to command that leisure, which was essential for a life devoted to philosophy. His youth coincided with the most disastrous period of Athenian history. After a bitter struggle, which lasted over a quarter of a century, the Peloponnesian War ended in the complete downfall of Athens as a political power, and the internal affairs of the state were in no less confusion than the external. Here, as elsewhere, a triumphant democracy had developed into mob rule. Then, at the close of the Peloponnesian War, the aristocratic party again came into power with the 30 tyrants, among whom were some of Plato's own relatives. But the aristocratic party, so far from improving affairs, plunged at once into a reign of bloodshed, terror, and depression.

Starting point is 05:26:42 These facts have an important bearing upon the history of Plato's life. If he ever possessed any desire to adopt a political career, the actual condition of Athenian affairs must have quenched it. An aristocrat, both in thought and by birth, he could not accommodate himself to the rule of the mob. and if he ever imagined that the return of the aristocracy to power would improve matters, he must have been bitterly disillusioned by the proceedings of the 30 tyrants. Disgusted alike with the democracy and the aristocracy, he seems to have retired into seclusion. He never once, throughout his long life, appeared as a speaker in the Popular Assembly. He regarded the Athenian constitution as past help.

Starting point is 05:27:28 Not much as known of the philosopher's youth. He composed poems. He was given the best education that an Athenian citizen of those days could obtain. His teacher, Cratulus, was a follower of Heraclitus, and Plato no doubt learned from him the doctrines of that philosopher. It is improbable that he allowed himself to remain unacquainted with the disputations of the sophists, many of whom were his own contemporaries. He probably read the book of Anaxagoras, which was easily obtainable in Athens at the time. But on all these points we have no certain information. What we do know is that the decisive event in his youth and indeed in his life was his association with Socrates. For the last eight years of the life of Socrates, Plato was his friend and his faithful disciple. The teaching

Starting point is 05:28:22 and personality of the master constituted the supreme intellectual impulse of his life, and the inspiration of his entire thought. And the devotion and esteem which he felt for Socrates, so far from waning as the years went by, seem on the contrary to have grown continually stronger, for it is precisely in the latest dialogues of his long life that some of the most charming and admiring portraits of Socrates are to be found. Socrates became for him the pattern and exemplar of the true philosopher. After the death of Socrates, a second period opens in the life of Plato, the period of his travels. He migrated first to Megara, where his friend and fellow disciple Euclid was then founding the Megaric School.

Starting point is 05:29:11 The Megaric philosophy was a combination of the thought of Socrates with that of the Eliatics, and it was no doubt here, at Megara, under the influence of Euclid, that Plato formed his deeper acquaintance with the teaching of paramenities, which exercised an all-important influence upon his own philosophy. From Megara he traveled to Cyrene, Egypt, Italy, and Sicily. In Italy he came in contact with the Pythagorean's, and to the effects of this journey may be attributed the strong Pythagorean elements which permeated.

Starting point is 05:29:47 his thought. In Sicily, he attended the court of Dionysus the elder, tyrant of Syracuse. But here, his conduct seems to have given grave offense. Dionysus was so angered by his moralizing and philosophical diatribes that he put Plato up to auction in the slave market. Plato narrowly escaped the fate of slavery, but was ransomed by Anasyrrhus the Syraeic. He then returned to Athens, his travels having occupied a period of about ten years. With the return of Plato to Athens, we enter upon the third and last period of his life. With the exception of two journeys to be mentioned shortly, he never again left Athens. He now appeared for the first time as a professional teacher and philosopher.

Starting point is 05:30:33 He chose for the scene of his activities a gymnasium called the Academy. Here, he gradually collected round him a circle of pupils and disciples. For the rest of his life, a period of about 40 years, he occupied him. himself in literary activity and in the management of the school which he had founded. His manner of life was in strong contrast to that of Socrates. Only in one respect did he resemble his master. He took no fees for his teaching. Otherwise, the lives of the two great men bear no resemblance to each other.

Starting point is 05:31:08 Socrates had gone out into the highways and byways in search of wisdom. He had wrangled in the marketplace with all comers. Plato withdrew himself into the seclusion of a school protected from the hubbub of the world by a ring of faithful disciples. It was not to be expected that a man of Plato's refinement, culture, and aristocratic feelings should appreciate, as Socrates, the man of the people had done, the rough and tumble life of the Athenian marketplace. Nor was it desirable for the advancement of philosophy that it should be so. The Socratic philosophy had suffered from the Socratic manner of life, It was unmethodical and inco-hate.

Starting point is 05:31:47 Systematic thought is not born of disputes at the street corner. For the development of a great world system, such as that of Plato, laborious study and quiet seclusion were essential. This period of Plato's mastership was broken only by two journeys to Sicily, both undertaken with political objects. Plato knew, well, that the perfect state, as depicted in his republic, was not capable of realization in the Greece of his own time. Nevertheless, he took his political philosophy very seriously.

Starting point is 05:32:22 Though the perfect republic was an unattainable ideal, yet he thought, any real reform of the state, must at least proceed in the direction of that ideal. One of the essential principles of the Republic was that the rulers must also be philosophers. Not till philosopher and ruler were combined in one and the same person, could the state be governed upon true principles. Now, in the year 368 BC, Dionysus the elder died, and Dionysus the younger became tyrant of Syracuse.

Starting point is 05:32:53 Dionysus dispatched an invitation to Plato to attend his court and give him the benefit of his advice. Here was an opportunity to experiment. Plato could train and educate a philosopher king. He accepted the invitation, but the expedition ended disastrously. Dionysus received him with enthusiasm and interested himself in the philosophical discourses of his teacher, but he was young, impetuous, hot-headed, and without genuine philosophic bent. His first interest gave place to weariness and irritation. Plato left Syracuse a disappointed man and returned to Athens.

Starting point is 05:33:32 Nevertheless, after the lapse of a few years, Dionysus again invited him to Syracuse, and again he accepted the invitation. but the second journey ended in disaster like the first, and Plato was even in danger of his life, but was rescued by the intervention of the Pythagorean's. He returned to Athens in his 70th year, and lived till his death in the seclusion of his school, never again attempting to intervene in practical politics.

Starting point is 05:34:01 For more than another decade he dwelt and taught in Athens. His life was serene, quiet, and happy. He died peacefully at the age of 18. Plato's writings take the form of dialogues. In the majority of these, the chief part is taken by Socrates, into whose mouth Plato puts the exposition of his own philosophy. In a few, as, for example, the paramedities, other speakers enunciate the platonic teaching,

Starting point is 05:34:28 but even in these, Socrates always plays an important role. Plato was not only a philosopher, but a consummate literary artist. The dialogues are genuinely dramatic. enlivened by incident, humor, and lifelike characterization. Not only is the portrait of Socrates drawn with loving affection, but even the minor characters are flesh and blood. A most important element of Plato's style is his use of myths. He does not always explain his meaning in the form of direct scientific exposition.

Starting point is 05:35:02 He frequently teaches by allegories, fables, and stories, all of which may be included under one general appellation of platonic myths. These are often of great literary beauty, but in spite of this, they involve grave disadvantages. Plato slips so easily from scientific exposition into myth that it is often no easy matter to decide whether his statements are meant literally or allegorically. Moreover, the myths usually signify a defect in his thought itself. The fact is that the combination of poet and philosopher in one man is an exceedingly dangerous combination. I have explained before that the object of philosophy is, not merely to feel the truth as the poet and mystic feel it,

Starting point is 05:35:50 but intellectually to comprehend it, not merely to give us a series of pictures and metaphors, but a reasoned explanation of things upon scientific principles. When a man who is at once a poet and a philosopher cannot rationally explain a thing, it is a terrible temptation to him to substitute poetic metaphors for the explanation which is lacking. We saw, for example, that the writers of the Upanishads, who believed that the whole world issues forth from the one, absolute, imperishable being, which they call Brahman, being unable to explain why the one thus differentiates itself into many,

Starting point is 05:36:30 took refuge in metaphors. As the sparks from the substantial fire, so that, they say do all finite beings issue forth from the one. But this explains nothing, and the aim of the philosopher is not thus vaguely to feel, but rationally to understand. Now this is not merely my view of the functions of philosophy, it is emphatically Plato's own view. In fact, Plato was the originator of it. He is perpetually insisting that nothing save full, rational comprehension, deserves the name of knowledge and philosophy. No writer has ever used some of the reason. such contemptuous language as Plato used of the mere mystic and poet who say wise and beautiful

Starting point is 05:37:11 things without in the least understanding why they are wise and beautiful. No man has formed such a low estimate of the functions of the poet and the mystic. Plato is, in theory at least, the prince of rationalists and intellectualists. In practice, however, he must be convicted of the very fault he so severely censured in others. This, in fact, is the explanation of most of the Platonic myths. Wherever Plato is unable to explain anything, he covers up the gap in his system with a myth. This is particularly noticeable, for example, in the Temaeus. Plato having, in other dialogues, developed his theory of the nature of the ultimate reality, arrives in the Temeus at the problem how the actual world is to be explained from that ultimate reality.

Starting point is 05:38:00 At this point, as we shall see, Plato's system breaks down. His account of the absolute reality is defective, and in consequence it affords no principle whereby the actual universe can be explained. In the Temaeus, therefore, instead of a reasoned explanation, he gives us a series of wholly fanciful myths about the origin of the world. Wherever we find myths in Plato's dialogues, we may suspect that we have arrived at one of the weak points of the system. If we are to study Plato intelligently, it is essential that we should cease to regard the dialogues as if they were all produced and block from a single phase of their author's mind.

Starting point is 05:38:42 His literary activity extended over a period of not less than 50 years. During that time he did not stand still. his thought and his mode of expression were constantly developing. If we are to understand Plato, we must obtain some clue to enable us to trace this development, and this means that we must know something of the order in which the dialogues were written. Unfortunately, however, they have not come down to us dated and numbered. It is a matter of scholarship and criticism to deduce the period at which any dialogue was written from internal evidences. Many minor points are still undecided, as well as a few questions of importance, such as the date of the phaedrus,

Starting point is 05:39:23 which some critics place quite early and some very late in Plato's life. Neglecting these points, however, we may say in general that unanimity has been reached, and that we now know enough to be able to trace the main lines of development. The dialogues fall into three main groups, which correspond roughly to the three periods of Plato's life. Those of the earliest group were written about the time of the death of Socrates and before the author's journey to Magara. Some of them may have been written before the death of Socrates. This group includes the Hippius Minor, the Lycys, the Carmatis, the Lachy's, the Euthyphro,

Starting point is 05:40:02 the Apology, the Cretto, and the Protagoras. The Protagoras is the longest, the most complex in thought, and the most developed. It is probably the latest and form of the first. the bridge to the second group. All these early dialogues are short and simple, and are still, as regards their thought, entirely under the influence of Socrates. Plato has not yet developed any philosophy of his own. He propounds the philosophy of Socrates, almost unaltered.

Starting point is 05:40:33 Even so, however, he is no mere plagiarist. There are, throughout these dialogues, evidences of freshness and originality. But these qualities exhibit themselves. rather in the literary form than in the philosophical substance. We find here all the familiar Socratic propositions that virtuous knowledge is one is teachable, that all men seek the good, but that men differ as to what the good is, that a man who does wrong deliberately is better than a man who does it unintentionally, and so on.

Starting point is 05:41:06 Moreover, just as Socrates had occupied himself in attempting to fix the concepts of the virtues, asking, what is prudence, what is temperance, and the like, so in many of these dialogues Plato pursues similar inquiries. The lysis discusses the concept of friendship, the carmities of temperance, the lackeys of bravery. On the whole, the philosophical substance of these early writings is thin and meager. There is a preponderance of incident and much biographical detail regarding Socrates. There is more art than matter.

Starting point is 05:41:42 Consequently, from a purely literary point of view, these are among the most charming of Plato's dialogues, and many of them, such as the Apology, and the Cretto, are especially popular with those who care for Plato, rather as an artist than as a philosopher. The second group of dialogues is generally connected with the period of Plato's travels. In addition to the influence of Socrates, we now have the influence of the Eliatics, which naturally connects these dialogues with the period of the philosopher's sojourn at Magara. But it is in these dialogues, too, that Plato for the first time develops his own special philosophical thesis. This is, in fact, his greatest constructive period. The central and governing principle of his philosophy is the theory of ideas.

Starting point is 05:42:30 All else hinges on this and is dominated by this. In a sense, his whole philosophy is nothing but the theory of ideas and what depends upon it. It is in this second period, that the theory of ideas is founded and developed, and its relationship to the eleatic philosophy of being discussed. We have here the spectacle of Plato's most original thoughts in the pangs of childbirth. He is now at grips with the central problems of philosophy. He is intent upon the thought itself,

Starting point is 05:43:01 and cares little for the ornaments of style. He is struggling to find expression for ideas newly formed in his mind, of which he is not yet completely master, and which he cannot manipulate with ease. Consequently, the literary graces of the first period recede into the background. There is little incident and no humor. There is nothing but close reasoning, hard and laborious discussion. The twin dialogues, Gorgias and Theotidas, are probably the earliest of this group. They result in nothing very definite and are chiefly negative in character.

Starting point is 05:43:37 Plato is here engaged merely in preparatory clearing of the ground. The Gorgias discusses and refutes the sophistic identification of virtue and pleasure, and attempts to show, as against it, that the good must be something objectively existent, and independent of the pleasure of the individual. Theeotetus similarly shows that truth is not, as the sophist's thought, merely the subjective impression of the individual, but is something objectively true in itself. The other dialogues of the group are the sophist, the statesman, and the paramedities. The sophist discusses being and not being and their relationship to the theory of ideas.

Starting point is 05:44:19 The paramenities inquires whether the absolute reality is to be regarded in the manner of the Eleatics as an abstract one. It gives us, therefore, Plato's conception of the relationship of his own philosophy to elioticism. The dialogues of the third group are the works of Plato's maturity. He has now completely mastered his thought and turns it with ease in all directions. Hence, the style returns to the lucidity and purity of the first period. If the first period was marked chiefly by literary grace, the second by depth of thought, the third period combines both.

Starting point is 05:44:58 The perfect substance is now molded in the perfect form. But a peculiarity of all the dialogues of the, this period is that they take it for granted that the theory of ideas is already established and familiar to the reader. They proceed to apply it to all departments of thought. The second period was concerned with the formulation and proof of the theory of ideas. The third period undertakes its systematic application. Thus, the symposium, which has for its subject the metaphysics of love, attempts to connect man's feeling for beauty with the intellectual knowledge of the ideas. The philebus applies the theory of ideas to the sphere of ethics, the Temaeus to the sphere of physics,

Starting point is 05:45:43 and the Republic to the sphere of politics. The Fido founds the doctrine of the immortality of the soul upon the theory of ideas. The Fidris is probably to be grouped with the symposium, him, the beauty, grace, and lucidity of the style, and the fact that it assumes throughout that the theory of ideas is a thing established lead us to the belief that it belongs to the period of Plato's maturity. Zeller's theory that it was written at the beginning of the second period, and is then offered to the reader as a sort of sweetmeat to induce him to enter upon the laborious task of reading the sophist, the statesman, and the paramenities, seems to be far-fetched

Starting point is 05:46:23 and unnecessary. If the second is the great constructive period of Plato's life, the third may be described as his systematic and synthetic period. Every part of his philosophy is here linked up with every other part. All the details of the system are seen to flow from the one central principle of his thought, the theory of ideas. Every sphere of knowledge and being is in turn exhibited in the light of that principle, is permeated and penetrate in by. it. The plan for expounding Plato, which first suggests itself, is to go through the dialogues one by one, and extract the doctrine of each successively. But this suggestion has to be given up

Starting point is 05:47:07 as soon as it is mentioned. For although the philosophy of Plato is, in itself, a systematic and coherent body of thought, he did not express it in a systematic way. On the contrary, he scatters his ideas in all directions. He thought, throws them out at random in any order. What logically comes first often appears last. It may be found at the end of a dialogue, and the next step in reasoning may make its appearance at the beginning, or even in a totally different dialogue. If therefore we are to get any connected view of the system, we must abandon Plato's

Starting point is 05:47:45 own order of exposition, and piece the thought together for ourselves. We must begin with what logically comes first, wherever we may find. it and proceed with the exposition in the same manner. A similar difficulty attends the question of the division of Plato's philosophy. He himself has given us no single and certain principle of division, but the principle usually adopted divides his philosophy into dialectic, physics, and ethics. Dialectic, or the theory of ideas, is Plato's doctrine of the nature of the absolute reality. Physics is the theory of phenomenal existence in space and time, and includes therefore

Starting point is 05:48:27 the doctrine of the soul and its migrations, since these are happenings in time. Ethics includes politics, the theory of the duty of man as a citizen, as well as the ethics of the individual. Certain portions of the system, the doctrine of Eros, for example, did not fall very naturally into any of these divisions. But on the other hand, though some dialogues are mixed as to their subject matter, others, and those the most important, fall almost exclusively into one or the other division. For example, the Demaeus, the Phaeus, the Phaeus, and the Fiedrus are physical. The phleibis, the Gorgias, and the Republic are ethical. Theetetus, the Sothist, and the paramedes are dialectical.

Starting point is 05:49:17 Section 22 of a critical history of Greek philosophy This is a Libravox recording All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org Read by Dove Medinitz A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace

Starting point is 05:49:48 Chapter 12 Plato, Part 2 The Theory of Knowledge The theory of ideas is itself based upon the theory of knowledge. What is knowledge? What is truth? Plato opens the discussion by telling us first what knowledge and truth are not. His object here is the refutation of false theories. These must be disposed of to clear the ground preparatory to positive exposition.

Starting point is 05:50:19 The first such false theory which he attacks is that knowledge is perception. To refute this is the main object of the Thetetus. His arguments may be summarized as follows. One, that knowledge's perception is the theory of Protagoras and the sophists, and we have seen to what results it leads. What it amounts to is that what appears to each individual true is true for that individual. But this is at any rate false in its application to our judgment of future events. The frequent mistakes which men make about the future show this. It may appear to me that I shall be Chief Justice next year. But instead of that, I find myself perhaps in prison. In general, what appears to each individual to be the truth about the future

Starting point is 05:51:08 frequently does not turn out so in the event. Two, perception yields contradictory impressions. The same object appears large when near, small when removed to a distance. Compared with some things it is light, with others heavy. In one light it is white, in another green, and in the dark it has no color at all. Looked at from one angle, this piece of paper seems square. From another, it appears to be a rhombus. Which of all these impressions is true? To know which is true, we must be able to exercise a choice among these various.

Starting point is 05:51:46 impressions, to prefer one to another, to discriminate, to accept this and reject that. But if knowledge is perception, then we have no right to give one perception preference over another, for all perceptions are knowledge, all are true. Three, this doctrine renders all teaching, all discussion, proof or disproof, impossible. Since all perceptions are equally true, the child's perception, might just as match the truth as those of his teachers. His teachers, therefore, can teach him nothing. As to discussion and proof, the very fact that two people dispute about anything implies that they believe in the existence of an objective truth. Their impressions, if they

Starting point is 05:52:33 contradict each other, cannot both be true, for if so there is nothing to dispute about. Thus, all proof and refutation are rendered futile by the theory of Protagoras. 4. If perception is truth, man is the measure of all things in his character as a percipient being. But since animals are also precipient beings, the lowest brute must be, equally with man, the measure of all things. 5. The theory of Protagoras contradicts itself. For Protagoras admits that what appears to me true is true. If, therefore, it appears to me true that the doctrine of Protagoras is false, Protagoras himself must admit that it is false.

Starting point is 05:53:20 6. It destroys the objectivity of truth and renders the distinction between truth and falsehood wholly meaningless. The same thing is true and false at the same time. True for you and false for me. Hence, it makes no difference at all whether we say that a proposition is true or whether we say that it is false. Both statements mean the same thing, that is to say, neither of them means anything. To say that whatever I perceive is true for me merely gives a new name to my perception, but does not add any value to it. Seven. In all perception, there are elements which are not contributed by the senses. Suppose I say this piece of paper is white. This, we might think, is a pure judgment of perception. Nothing is stated,

Starting point is 05:54:09 except what I perceive by means of my senses. But on consideration, it turns out that this is not correct. First of all, I must think, this piece of paper. Why do I call it paper? My doing so means that I have classified it. I have mentally compared it with other pieces of paper and decided that it is of a class with them. My thought then involves comparison and classification.

Starting point is 05:54:35 The object is a compound sensation of whiteness, squareness, etc. I can only recognize it as a piece of paper by identifying these sensations which I have now with sensations received from other similar objects in the past. And not only must I recognize the sameness of the sensations, but I must recognize their difference from other sensations. I must not confound the sensations I receive from paper with those I receive from a piece of wood. Both identities and differences of sensation must be known before I can say

Starting point is 05:55:08 this piece of paper. The same is true when I go on to say that it is white. This is only possible by classifying it with other white objects and differentiating it from objects of other colors. But the senses themselves cannot perform these acts of comparison and contrast. Each sensation is, so to speak, an isolated dot. It cannot go beyond itself to compare itself with others. This operation must be performed by my mind, which acts as a coordinating central authority,

Starting point is 05:55:42 receiving the isolated sensations, combining, comparing, and contrasting them. This is particularly noticeable in cases where we compare sensations of one sense with those of another. Feeling a bowl with my fingers, I say it feels round. Looking at it with my eyes, I say that it looks round. But the feel is quite a different sensation from the look, Yet I use the same word round to describe both, and this shows that I have identified the two sensations. This cannot be done by the senses themselves, for my eyes cannot feel and my fingers cannot see.

Starting point is 05:56:18 It must be the mind itself, standing above the senses, which performs the identification. Thus, the ideas of identity and difference are not yielded to me by my senses. The intellect itself introduces them into things. Yet they are involved in all knowledge, for they are involved even in the simplest acts of knowledge, such as the proposition, this is white. Knowledge, therefore, cannot consist simply of sense impressions as Protagoras thought, for even the simplest propositions contain more than sensation. If knowledge is not the same as perception, neither is it, on the other hand, the same as opinion,

Starting point is 05:56:57 that knowledge's opinion is the second false theory that Plato seeks to. to refute. Wrong opinion is clearly not knowledge, but even right opinion cannot be called knowledge. If I say, without any grounds for the statement, that there will be a thunderstorm next Easter Sunday, it may chance that my statement turns out to be correct, but it cannot be said that in making this blind guess, I had any knowledge, although, as it turned out, I had right opinion. Right opinion may also be grounded, not on mere guesswork, but on something which, though better, is still not true understanding. We often feel intuitively, or instinctively, that something is true, though we cannot give any definite grounds for our belief. The belief may be quite correct, but it is not, according to Plato, knowledge.

Starting point is 05:57:48 It is only right opinion. To possess knowledge, one must not only know that a thing is so, but why it is so. One must know the reasons. Knowledge must be full and complete understanding, rational comprehension, and not mere instinctive belief. It must be grounded on reason and not on faith. Right opinion may be produced by persuasion and sophistry, by the arts of the orator and rhetoritician.

Starting point is 05:58:17 Knowledge can only be produced by reason. Right opinion may equally be removed by the false arts of rhetoric, and is therefore unstable and uncertain. But true knowledge cannot be thus shaken. He who truly knows and understands cannot be robbed of his knowledge by the glamour of words. Opinions, lastly, may be true or false. Knowledge can only be true. These false theories being refuted, we can now pass to the positive side of the theory of knowledge.

Starting point is 05:58:48 If knowledge is neither perception nor opinion, what is it? Plato adopts without alteration the Socratic doctrine that all knowledge is knowledge through concepts. This, as I explained in the lecture on Socrates, gets rid of the objectionable results of the sophistication of knowledge with perception. A concept being the same thing as a definition is something fixed and permanent,

Starting point is 05:59:13 not liable to mutation according to the subjective impressions of the individual. It gives us objective truth. This also agrees with Plato's view of opinion. Knowledge is not opinion founded on instinct or intuition. Knowledge is founded on reason. This is the same as saying that it is founded upon concepts, since reason is the faculty of concepts. But if Plato in answering the question what is knowledge

Starting point is 05:59:40 follows implicitly the teaching of Socrates, he yet builds upon this teaching a new and wholly unsocratic metaphysics of his own. The Socratic theory of knowledge. knowledge, he now converts into a theory of the nature of reality. This is the subject matter of dialectic. End of Section 22. Section 23 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravax.org. Read by Dove Medinitz. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace

Starting point is 06:00:28 Chapter 12 Plato Part 3 Dialectic or the Theory of Ideas Part 1 The concept had been for Socrates merely a rule of thought definitions like guide rails keep thought upon the straight path

Starting point is 06:00:44 We compare any act with the definition of virtue in order to ascertain whether it is virtuous But what was for Socrates merely regulative of thought, Plato now transforms into a metaphysical substance. His theory of ideas is the theory of the objectivity of concepts. That the concept is not merely an idea in the mind, but something which has a reality of its own, outside and independent of the mind. This is the essence of the philosophy of Plato. How did Plato arrive at this doctrine? It is founded upon the view that truth means the correspondence of one's ideas with the facts of existence. If I see a lake of water, and if there really is such a lake, then my idea is true.

Starting point is 06:01:32 But if there is no lake, then my idea is false. It is an hallucination. Truth, according to this view, means that the thought in my mind is a copy of something outside my mind. Falsehood consists in having an idea which is not a copy of anything which really exists. Knowledge, of course, means knowledge of the truth. And when I say that a thought in my mind is knowledge, I must therefore mean that this thought is a copy of something that exists. But we have already seen that knowledge is the knowledge of concepts.

Starting point is 06:02:05 And if a concept is true knowledge, it can only be true in virtue of the fact that it corresponds to an objective reality. There must therefore be general ideas or concepts outside my mind. It were a contradiction to suppose, on the one hand, that the concept is true knowledge, and on the other hand, that it corresponds to nothing external to us. This would be like saying that my idea of the lake of water is a true idea, but that no such lake really exists. The concept in my mind must be a copy of the concept outside it. Now, if knowledge by concepts is true, our experience, through sensation, must be false.

Starting point is 06:02:49 Our senses make us aware of many individual horses. Our intellect gives us the concept of the horse in general. If the latter is the sole truth, the former must be false, and this can only mean that the objects of sensation have no true reality. What has reality is the concept, what has no reality, is the individual thing which is perceived by the senses. This and that particular horse have no true being. Reality belongs only to the idea of the horse in general.

Starting point is 06:03:23 Let us approach this theory from a somewhat different direction. Suppose I ask you the question, what is beauty? You point to a rose and say, here is beauty, and you say the same of a woman's face, a piece of woodland scenery, and a clear moonlit night. But I answer that this is not what I want to know. I did not ask what things are beautiful, but what is beauty? I did not ask for many things, but for one thing, namely beauty.

Starting point is 06:03:52 If beauty is a rose, it cannot be moonlight, because a rose and moonlight are quite different things. By beauty we mean not many things, but one. This is proved by the fact that we use only one word for it. And what I want to know is what this one beauty is. which is distinct from all beautiful objects. Perhaps you will say that there is no such thing as beauty apart from beautiful objects, and that, though we use one word, yet this is only a manner of speech,

Starting point is 06:04:23 and that there are in reality many beauties each residing in a beautiful object. In that case, I observe that, though the many beauties are all different, yet, since you use the one word to describe them all, you evidently think that they are similar to each other. How do you know that they are similar? Your eyes cannot inform you of this similarity, because it involves comparison, and we have already seen the comparison as an act of the mind, and not of the senses. You must therefore have an idea of beauty in your mind, with which you compare the various beautiful objects, and so recognize them as all resembling your idea of beauty, and therefore as resembling each other, so that there is, at any rate, an idea. And so that there is, at any rate,

Starting point is 06:05:09 of one beauty in your mind. Either this idea corresponds to something outside you, or it does not. In the latter case, your idea of beauty is a mere invention, a figment of your own brain. If so, then in judging external objects by your subjective idea, and in making it the standard of whether they are beautiful or not, you are back again at the position of the sophists. You are making yourself, and the fancies of your individual brain, the standard of external truth. Therefore, the only alternative is to believe that there is not only an idea of beauty in your mind, but that there is such a thing as the one beauty itself, of which your idea is a copy. This beauty exists outside the mind, and is something distinct from all beautiful

Starting point is 06:05:58 objects. What has been said of beauty may equally be said of justice, or of goodness, or of whiteness, or of heaviness. There are many just acts, but only one, justice, since we use one word for it. This justice must be a real thing, distinct from all particular just acts. Our ideas of justice are copies of it. So also, there are many white objects, but also the one whiteness. Of the above examples, several are very exalted moral ideas, such as beauty, justice, and goodness. But the case of whiteness will serve to show that the theory attributes reality, not only to exalted ideas, but to others also. In fact, we might quite well substitute evil for goodness, and all the same arguments would apply.

Starting point is 06:06:49 Or, we might take a corporeal object such as the horse and ask what horse means. It does not mean the many individual horses, for since one word is used, it must mean one thing, which is related to individual horses, just as whiteness is related to individual horses, just as whiteness is related to individual white things. It means the universal horse, the idea of the horse in general, and this, just as much as goodness or beauty, must be something objectively real. Now beauty, justice, goodness, whiteness, the horse in general, are all concepts. The idea of beauty is formed by including what is common to all beautiful objects and excluding those points in which they differ. And this, as we have seen,

Starting point is 06:07:37 is just what is meant by a concept. Plato's theory, therefore, is that concepts are objective realities, and he gives to these objective concepts the technical name, ideas. This is his answer to the chief question of philosophy, namely, what, amid all the appearances and unrealities of things, is that absolute and ultimate reality from which all else is to be explained? It consists for Plato in ideas. Let us see next what the characteristics of the ideas are.

Starting point is 06:08:12 In the first place, there are substances. Substance is a technical term in philosophy, but its philosophical meaning is merely a more consistent development of its popular meaning. In common talk, we generally apply the word substance to material things such as iron, brass, wood, or water, and we say that these substances possess qualities. For example, hardness and shininess are qualities of the substance iron. The qualities cannot exist apart from the substances. They do not exist on their own account, but are dependent on the substance.

Starting point is 06:08:49 The shininess cannot exist by itself. There must be a shiny something. But according to popular ideas, though the qualities are not independent of the substance, the substance is independent of the qualities. The qualities derive their reality. from the substance, but the substance has reality in itself. The philosophical use of the term substance is simply a more consistent application of this idea. Substance means for the philosopher, that which has its whole being in itself,

Starting point is 06:09:21 whose reality does not flow into it from anything else, but which is the source of its own reality. It is self-caused and self-determined. It is the ground of other things, but itself has no ground except itself. For example, if we believe the popular Christian idea that God created the world, but is himself an ultimate and uncreated being, then, since the world depends for its existence upon God, but God's existence depends only upon himself, God is a substance, and the world is not. In this sense, the word is correctly used in the creed, where it speaks of God as three persons, but one substance. Again, if, with the idealists, we think that mind is a self-existent reality, and that matter owes its existence to mind, then in that case matter is not substance, but mind is.

Starting point is 06:10:19 In this technical sense, the ideas are substances. They are absolute and ultimate realities. Their whole being is in themselves. They depend on nothing, but all things depend on them. They are the first principles of the universe. Secondly, the ideas are universal. An idea is not any particular thing. The idea of the horse is not this or that horse. It is the general concept of all horses. It is the universal horse.

Starting point is 06:10:50 For this reason, the ideas are in modern times, often called universals. Thirdly, the ideas are not things but thoughts. There is no such thing as the horse in general. If there were, we should be able to find it somewhere, and it would then be a particular thing instead of a universal. But in saying that the ideas are thoughts, there are two mistakes to be carefully avoided. The first is to suppose that they are the thoughts of a person, that they are your thoughts or my thoughts.

Starting point is 06:11:24 The second is to suppose that they are thoughts in the mind of God. Both these views are wrong. It would be absurd to suppose that our thoughts can be the cause of the universe. Our concepts are indeed copies of the ideas, but to confuse them with the ideas themselves is, for Plato, as absurd as to confuse our idea of a mountain with the mountain itself. Nor are they the thoughts of God. They are indeed sometimes spoken of as the ideas in the divine mind, but this is only a figurative expression. We can, if we like, talk of the sum of all the ideas as constituting the divine mind,

Starting point is 06:12:05 but this means nothing in particular and is only a poetical phrase. Both these mistakes are due to the fact that we find it difficult to conceive of thoughts without a thinker. This, however, is just what Plato meant. They are not subjective ideas, that is, the ideas in a particular and existent mind. they are objective ideas, thoughts which have reality on their own account, independently of any mind. Fourthly, each idea is a unity. It is the one amid the many. The idea of man is one, although individual men are many. There cannot be more than one idea for each class of objects. If there were several ideas of justice, we should have to seek for the common element among them, and this common element would itself constitute the one idea of justice.

Starting point is 06:12:58 Fifthly, the ideas are immutable and imperishable. A concept is the same as a definition, and the whole point in a definition is that it should always be the same. The object of a definition is to compare individual things with it, and to see whether they agree with it or not. But if the definition of a triangle differed from day to day, it would be useless, since we could never say, whether any particular figure were a triangle or not,

Starting point is 06:13:26 just as the standard yard in the Tower of London would be useless if it changed in length and were twice as long today as it was yesterday. A definition is thus something absolutely permanent, and a definition is only the expression in words of the nature of an idea. Consequently, the ideas cannot change. The many beautiful objects arise and pass away, But the one beauty neither begins nor ends.

Starting point is 06:13:55 It is eternal, unchangeable, and imperishable. The many beautiful things are but the fleeting expressions of the one eternal beauty. The definition of man would remain the same, even if all men were destroyed. The idea of man is eternal and remains untouched by the birth, old age, decay, and death of individual men. Sixthly, the ideas are the essence of all things. The definition gives us what is essential to a thing. If we define man as a rational animal, this means that reason is of the essence of man. The fact that this man has a turned-up nose and that man, red hair, are accidental facts not essential to their humanity. We do not include them in the definition of man.

Starting point is 06:14:46 Seventhly, each idea is, in its own kind, an absolute perfection, and its perfection is the same as its reality. The perfect man is the one universal type man, that is, the idea of man and all individual men deviate more or less from this perfect type, insofar as they fall short of it, they are imperfect and unreal. Eightly, the ideas are outside space and time. that they are outside space is obvious. If they were in space, they would have to be in some particular place. We ought to be able to find them somewhere. A telescope or microscope might reveal them,

Starting point is 06:15:29 and this would mean that they are individual and particular things, and not universals at all. They are also outside time, for they are unchangeable and eternal. And this does not mean that they are the same at all times. If that were so, their immutability would be a matter of experience. and not of reason. We should, so to speak, have to look at them from time to time to see that they had not really changed. But their immutability is not a matter of experience, but is known to thought. It is not merely that they are always the same in time, but that time is irrelevant to them.

Starting point is 06:16:04 They are timeless. In the Temeus, eternity is distinguished from infinite time. The latter is described as a mere copy of eternity. Ninthly, the ideas are rational, that is to say, they are apprehended through reason. The finding of the common element and the manifold is the work of inductive reason, and through this alone is knowledge of the ideas possible. This should be noted by those persons who imagine that Plato was some sort of benevolent mystic. The imperishable one, the absolute reality, is apprehended not by intuition. or in any kind of mystic ecstasy, but only by rational cognition and laborious thought. Lastly, toward the end of his life, Plato identified the ideas with the Pythagorean numbers.

Starting point is 06:16:56 We know this from Aristotle, but it is not mentioned in the dialogues of Plato himself. It appears to have been a theory adopted in old age and set forth in the lectures which Aristotle attended. It is a retrograde step and tends to do. degrade the great and lucid idealism of Plato into a mathematical mysticism. In this, as in other respects, the influence of the Pythagoreans upon Plato was harmful. It results from this whole theory of ideas that there are two sources of human experience, sense perception and reason. Sense perception has for its object the world of sense. Reason has for its object the ideas. The world of sense has all the opposite characteristics to the ideas.

Starting point is 06:17:44 The ideas are absolute reality, absolute being. Objects of sense are absolute unreality, not being, except in so far as the ideas are in them. Whatever reality they have, they owe to the ideas. There is, in Plato's system, a principle of absolute not being, which we shall consider when we come to deal with his physics. Objects of sense participate both in the ideas and in this not being. They are, therefore, halfway between being and not being.

Starting point is 06:18:19 They are half real. Ideas, again, are universal. Things of sense are always particular and individual. The idea is one. The sense object is always a multiplicity. Ideas are outside space and time. things of sense are both temporal and spatial. The idea is eternal and immutable.

Starting point is 06:18:42 Sense objects are changeable and in perpetual flux. As regards the last point, Plato adopts the view of Heraclitus that there is an absolute becoming, and he identifies it with the world of sense, which contains nothing stable and permanent, but is a constant flow. The idea always is and never becomes. The thing of sense always becomes and never is.

Starting point is 06:19:09 It is for this reason that, in the opinion of Plato, no knowledge of the world of sense is possible, for one can have no knowledge of that which changes from moment to moment. Knowledge is only possible if its subject stands fixed before the mind, is permanent and changeless. The only knowledge, then, is knowledge of the ideas. This may seem at first sight a very singular doctrine, that there can be no knowledge of sense objects would,

Starting point is 06:19:38 it might seem to us moderns, involve the denial that modern physical science, with all its exactitude and accumulated knowledge, is knowledge at all. And surely, though all earthly things arise and pass away, many of them last long enough to admit of knowledge. Surely the mountains are sufficiently permanent to allow us to know something of them.

Starting point is 06:20:00 They have relative, though not absolute permanence. This criticism is partly justified. Plato did underestimate the value of physical knowledge, but for the most part, the criticism is a misunderstanding. By the world of sense, Plato means bare sensation with no rational element in it. Now physical science has not such crude sensation for its object. Its objects are rationalized sensations. If, in Plato's manner, we think only of pure sense,

Starting point is 06:20:33 then it is true that it is nothing but a constant flux without stability, and knowledge of it is impossible. The mountains are comparatively permanent, but our sensation of the mountains is perpetually changing. Every change of light, every cloud that passes over the sun, changes the colors and the shades. Every time we move from one situation to another, the mountain appears a different shape. The permanence of the mountain itself is due to the fact that all these varying sensations are identified as sensations of one in the same object. The idea of identity is involved here, and it is, as it were, a thread upon which these fleeting sensations are strong. But the idea of identity cannot be obtained from the senses.

Starting point is 06:21:22 It is introduced into things by reason. Hence, knowledge of this permanent mountain is only possible through the exercise of reason. In Plato's language, all we can know of the mountain is the ideas in which it participates. To revert to a previous example, even the knowledge this paper is white involves the activity of intellect and is impossible through sensation alone. Bear sensation is a flow of which no knowledge is possible. End of Section 23. Section 24 of a critical history of Greek philosophy

Starting point is 06:22:05 This is a Libravox recording All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravax.org. Read by Dove Medinitz A Critical History of Greek Philosophy By Walter Terrence Stace Chapter 12 Plato

Starting point is 06:22:25 Part 3 Dialectic or The Theory of Ideas Part 2 Aristotle observes that Plato's theory of ideas has three sources, the teachings of the Eliatics, of Heraclitus, and of Socrates. From Heraclitus, Plato took the notion of a sphere of becoming, and it appears in his system as the world of sense. From the Eliatics, he took the idea of a sphere of absolute being.

Starting point is 06:22:54 From Socrates, he took the doctrine of concepts, and proceeded to identify the eleatic being with the Socratic concepts. This gives him his theory of ideas. Sense objects, so far as they are knowable, that is, so far as they are more than bare sensations, are so only because the idea resides in them. And this yields the clue to Plato's teaching regarding the relation of sense objects to the ideas.

Starting point is 06:23:24 The ideas are, in the first place, the cause. That is to say, the ground, not the mechanical cause of sense objects. The ideas are the absolute reality by which individual things must be explained. The being of things flows into them from the ideas. They are copies, imitations of the ideas. Insofar as they resemble the idea, they are real. Insofar as they differ from it, they are unreal. In general, sense objects are, in Plato,

Starting point is 06:23:57 opinion, only very dim, poor, and imperfect copies of the ideas. They are mere shadows and half realities. Another expression frequently used by Plato to express this relationship is that of participation. Things participate in the ideas. White objects participate in the one whiteness. Beautiful objects in the one beauty. In this way, beauty itself is the cause or explanation. of beautiful objects, and so of all other ideas.

Starting point is 06:24:32 The ideas are thus both transcendent and imminent, imminent insofar as they reside in the things of sense, transcendent inasmuch as they have a reality of their own, apart from the objects of sense which participate in them. The idea of man would still be real, even if all men were destroyed, and it was real before any man existed if there ever was such a time. For the ideas, being timeless cannot be real now and not then. Of what kinds of things are their ideas? That there are moral ideas, such as justice, goodness, and beauty,

Starting point is 06:25:11 ideas of corporeal things such as horse, man, tree, star, river, and ideas of qualities such as whiteness, heaviness, sweetness, we have already seen. But there are ideas not only of natural corporealized, but likewise of manufactured articles. There are ideas of beds, tables, clothes. And there are ideas not only of exalted moral entities, such as beauty and justice, there are also the ideal ugliness and the ideal injustice.

Starting point is 06:25:46 There are even ideas of the positively nauseating, such as hair, filth, and dirt. This is asserted in the paramenities. In that dialogue, Plato's teaching, is put into the mouth of paramenities. He questions the young Socrates, whether there are ideas of hair, filth, and dirt. Socrates denies that there can be ideas of such base things, but Paramenides corrects him, and tells him that, when he has attained the highest philosophy, he will no longer despise such things. Moreover, these ideas of base things are just as much perfection in their kind, as beauty and goodness are in theirs. In general, the principle is that there must be an

Starting point is 06:26:29 idea wherever a concept can be formed, that is, wherever there is a class of many things called by one name. We saw in treating of the eleatics that for them, the absolute being, contained no not being, and the absolute one, no multiplicity. And it was just because they denied all not being and multiplicity of the absolute reality, that they were unable to explain the world of existence, and were forced to deny it altogether. The same problem arises for Plato. Is being absolutely excludant of not being? Is the absolute and abstract one, utterly exclusive of the many?

Starting point is 06:27:12 Is his philosophy a pure monism? Is it a pluralism? Or is it a combination of the two? These questions are discussed in the sophist and the paramedities. Plato investigates the relations of the one and the many, being and not being, quite in the abstract. He decides the principles involved and leaves it to the reader to apply them to the theory of ideas. Whether the absolute is one or many, being or not being, can be decided independently of any particular theory of the nature of the absolute, and therefore independently of Plato's own

Starting point is 06:27:48 theory, which was that the absolute consists of ideas. Plato's does not accept the eleatic abstraction. The one cannot be simply one, for every unity must necessarily be a multiplicity. The many and the one are correlative ideas which involve each other. Neither is thinkable without the other. A one, which is not many, is as absurd an abstraction as a whole which has no parts. for the one can only be defined as that which is not many, and the many can only be defined as the not one. The one is unthinkable except a standing out against a background of the many.

Starting point is 06:28:31 The idea of the one, therefore, involves the idea of the many, and cannot be thought without it. Moreover, an abstract one is unthinkable and unknowable, because all thought and knowledge consist in applying predicates to subjects, and all predication involves the duality of its subject. Consider the simplest affirmation that can be made about the one, namely, the one is. Here we have two things, the one and is, that is to say being. The proposition means that the one is being. Hence, the one is two. Firstly, it is itself, one, secondly, it is being. And the proposition affirms that these two things are one.

Starting point is 06:29:20 Similarly, with any other predicate we apply to the one. Whatever we say of it involves its duality. Thus we find that all systems of thought which postulate an abstract unity as ultimate reality, such as elioticism, Hinduism, and the system of Spinoza, attempt to avoid the difficulty by saying nothing positive about the one. They apply to it only negative predicates which tell us not what it is, but what it is not. Thus the Hindus speak of Brahman as formless, immutable, imperishable, unmoved, uncreated, but this, of course, is a futile expedient.

Starting point is 06:30:01 In the first place, even a negative predicate involves the duality of the subject, and in the second place a negative predicate is always, by implication, a positive one. You cannot have a negative without a positive. To deny one thing is to affirm its opposite. To deny motion of the one by calling it unmoved is to affirm rest of it. Thus, a one which is not also a many, is unthinkable. Similarly, the idea of the many is inconceivable without the idea of the one. for the many is many ones. Hence, the one in the many cannot be separated in the eleatic manner.

Starting point is 06:30:41 Every unity must be a unity of the many, and every many is ipso facto a unity, since we think the many in one idea, and if we did not, we should not even know that it is a many. The absolute must therefore be neither an abstract one nor an abstract many. It must be a many in one. Similarly, being cannot totally exclude not being. They are, just as much as the one and the many, correlatives, which mutually involve each other. The being of anything is the not being of its opposite. The being of light is the not being of darkness. All being, therefore, has not being in it.

Starting point is 06:31:27 Let us apply these principles to the theory of ideas. The absolute reality, the world of ideas, is many, since there are many ideas. But it is one because the ideas are not isolated units, but members of a single organized system. There is, in fact, a hierarchy of ideas. Just as the one idea presides over the many individual things of which it is the common element,

Starting point is 06:31:53 so one higher idea presides over many lower ideas and is the common element in them. And over this higher idea, together, idea, together with many others, a still higher idea will rule. For example, the idea of whiteness, redness, blueness, are all subsumed under the one idea of color. The ideas of sweetness and bitterness come under the one idea of taste. But the ideas of color and taste themselves stand under the still higher idea of quality. In this way, the ideas form, as it were, a pyramid, and to this pyramid there must be an apex. There must be one highest idea,

Starting point is 06:32:37 which is supreme over all the others. This idea will be the one final and absolute real being, which is the ultimate ground of itself, of the other ideas, and of the entire universe. This idea is, Plato tells us, the idea of the good. We have seen that the world of ideas as many, and we now see that it is one, for it is one single system culminating in one supreme idea, which is the highest expression of its unity. Moreover, each separate idea is, in the same way, a many in one. It is one in regard to itself. That is to say, if we ignore its relations to the other ideas, it is, in itself, single. But as it has also many relations to other ideas, it is, in this way a multiplicity. Every idea is likewise a being which contains not being. For each idea

Starting point is 06:33:37 combines with some ideas and not with others. Thus the idea of corporeal body combines both with the idea of rest and that of motion, but the ideas of rest and motion will not combine with each other. The idea of rest, therefore, is being in regard to itself, not being in regard to the idea of motion, For the being of rest is the not being of motion. All ideas are being in regard to themselves and not being in regard to all those other ideas with which they do not combine. In this way, there arises a science of ideas which is called dialectic.

Starting point is 06:34:17 This word is sometimes used as identical with the phrase theory of ideas, but it is also used in a narrower sense to mean the science which has to do with the knowledge of which ideas will combine and which will not. Dialectic is the correct joining and disjoining of ideas. It is the knowledge of the relations of all the ideas to each other. The attainment of this knowledge is, in Plato's opinion,

Starting point is 06:34:45 the chief problem of philosophy. To know all the ideas, each in itself and in its relations to the other ideas, is the supreme task. This involves two steps. The first is the formation of concepts. Its object is to know each idea separately, and its procedure is by inductive reason to find the common element in which the many individual objects participate. The second step consists in the knowledge of the interrelation of the ideas, and involves the two processes of classification and division. Classification and division both have for their object to arrange the lower ideas under the proper higher ideas, but they do this in opposite ways.

Starting point is 06:35:29 One may begin with the lower ideas, such as redness, whiteness, etc., and range them under their higher idea, that of color. This is classification. Or, one may begin with the higher idea, color, and divide it into the lower ideas, red, white, etc. Classification proceeds from below upwards. Division proceeds from above downwards. Most of the examples of division which Plato gives are divisions by dichotomy. We may either divide color straight away into red, blue, white, etc.,

Starting point is 06:36:06 or we may divide each class into two subclasses. Thus, color will be divided into red and not red, not red into white and not white, not white into blue and not blue, and so on. This latter process is division by dichotomy, and Plato prefers it because, though it is tedious, it is very exhaustive and systematic. Plato's actual performance of the supreme task of dialectic, the classification and arrangement of all ideas, is not great. He has made no attempt to complete it, all he has done is give us

Starting point is 06:36:44 numerous examples, and this is, in reality, all that can be expected, for the number of ideas is obviously infinite, and therefore the task of arranging them cannot be completed. There is, however, one important defect in the dialectic, which Plato ought certainly to have remedied. The supreme idea, he tells us, is the good. This, as being the ultimate reality, is the ground of all other ideas. Plato ought therefore to have derived all other ideas from it, but this he has not done. He merely asserts in a more or less dogmatic way, that the idea of the good is the highest, but does nothing to connect it with the other ideas. It is easy to see, however, why he made this assertion. It is in fact a necessary

Starting point is 06:37:32 logical outcome of his system. For every idea is perfection in its kind. All the ideas have perfection in common, and just as the one beauty is the idea which presides over all beautiful things, so the one perfection must be the supreme idea which presides over all the perfect ideas. The supreme idea, therefore, must be perfection itself, that is to say, the idea of the good. On the other hand, it might with equal force be argued that since all the ideas are substances, therefore the highest idea is the idea of substance. All that can be said is that Plato has left these matters in obscurity and is merely asserted that the highest idea is the good. Consideration of the idea of the good leads us naturally to inquire how far Plato's system

Starting point is 06:38:24 is teleological in character. A little consideration will show that it is out and out teleological. We can see this both by studying the many lower ideas and the one supreme idea. Each idea is perfection of its kind, and each idea is the ground of the ground of the of the existence of the individual objects which come under it. Thus, the explanation of white objects is the perfect whiteness, of beautiful objects the perfect beauty. Or, we may take as our example the idea of the state, which Plato describes in the Republic.

Starting point is 06:39:00 The ordinary view is that Plato is describing a state which was the invention of his own fancy, and is therefore to be regarded as entirely unreal. This is completely to misunderstand Plato. So far was he from thinking the ideal state unreal that he regarded it on the contrary as the only real state. All existence states, such as the Athenian or the Spartan, are unreal insofar as they differ from the ideal state.

Starting point is 06:39:28 And moreover, this one reality, the ideal state, is the ground of the existence of all actual states. They owe their existence to this reality. Their existence can only be explained by it. Now, since the ideal state is not yet reached in fact, but is the perfect state toward which all actual states tend, it is clear that we have here a teleological principle. The real explanation of the state is not to be found in its beginnings and history, in an original contract or in biological necessities, but in its end, the final or perfect state.

Starting point is 06:40:04 Or, if we prefer to put it so, the true beginning, is the end. The end must be in the beginning, potentially and ideally, otherwise it could never begin. It is the same with all other things. Man is explained by the ideal man, the perfect man, white things by the perfect whiteness, and so on. Everything is explained by its end and not by its beginning. Things are not explained by mechanical causes, but by reasons. And the teleology of Plato culminates in the idea of the good. That idea is the final explanation of all other ideas and of the entire universe. And to place the final ground of all things in perfection itself means that the universe arises out of that perfect end toward which all things move. Another matter which requires

Starting point is 06:40:58 elucidation here is the place which the conception of God holds in Plato's system. He frequently uses the word God, both in the singular and the plural, and seems to slip with remarkable ease from the monotheistic to the polytheistic manner of speaking. In addition to the many gods, we have frequent reference to the one supreme creator, controller, and ruler of the world, who is further conceived as a being, providentially watching over the lives of men. But in what relation does this supreme God stand to the ideas, and especially to the idea of the good. If God is separate from the highest idea, then, as Zeller points out, only three

Starting point is 06:41:41 relations are possible, all of which are equally objectionable. Firstly, God may be the cause or ground of the idea of the good. But this destroys the substantiality of the idea, and indeed destroys Plato's whole system. The very essence of his philosophy is that the idea is the ultimate reality, which is self-existent and owes its being to nothing else. But this theory makes it a mere creature of God dependent on Him for its existence. Secondly, God may owe His being to the idea. The idea may be the ground of God's existence as it is the ground of all else in the universe. But this theory does violence to the idea of God, turning him into a mere derivative existence, and, in fact, into an appearance. Thirdly, God and the idea may be

Starting point is 06:42:37 coordinate in the system as equally primordial, independent, ultimate realities. But this means that Plato has given two mutually inconsistent accounts of the ultimate reality, or, if not, that his system is a hopeless dualism. As none of these theories can be maintained, it must be supposed that God is identical with the idea of the good, and we find certain expressions in the philibis, which seem clearly to assert this. But in that case, God is not a personal God at all, since the idea is not a person. The word God, if used in this way, is merely a figurative term for the idea, and this is the most probable theory if we reflect that there is in fact no room for a personal

Starting point is 06:43:27 God in a system which places all reality in the idea, and that to introduce such a conception threatens to break up the whole system. Plato probably found it useful to take the popular conceptions about the personality of God or the gods, and use them in mythical faction to express his ideas. Those parts of Plato which speak of God and the governance of God are to be interpreted on the same principles as the other platonic myths. Before closing our discussion of dialectic, it may be well to consider what place it occupies in the life of man and what importance is attached to it.

Starting point is 06:44:08 Here, Plato's answer is emphatic. Dialectic is the crown of knowledge, and knowledge is the crown of life. All other spiritual activities have value only insofar as they lead up to the knowledge of the idea. All other subjects of intellectual study are merely preparatory to the study of philosophy. The special sciences have no value in themselves, but they have value in so much as their definitions and classifications form a preparation for the knowledge of ideas. Mathematics is important because it is a stepping stone from the world of sense to the ideas. Its objects, namely numbers and geometrical figures, resemble the ideas in so far as far as,

Starting point is 06:44:52 as they are immutable, and they resemble sense objects insofar as they are in space or time. In the educational curriculum of Plato, philosophy comes last. Not everyone may study it, and none may study it, till he has been through all preparatory stages of education, which form a rigorous discipline of the mind before it finally enters upon dialectic. Thus, all knowledge ends in dialectic, and that life has not attained its end, which form short of philosophy. Perhaps the most striking illustration of the subordination of all spiritual activities to philosophy is found in the doctrine of eros, or love.

Starting point is 06:45:33 The phrase platonic love is on the lips of many, but as a rule, something very different from Plato's own doctrine is meant. According to him, love is always concerned with beauty, and his teaching on the subject is expounded, chiefly in the symposium. He believed that before birth the soul dwelt disembodied in the pure contemplation of the world of ideas. Sinking down into a body, becoming immersed in the world of sense, it forgets the ideas. The sight of a beautiful object reminds it of that one idea of beauty of which the object is a copy. This accounts for the mystic rapture, the emotion, the joy, with which we greet the sight of the beautiful.

Starting point is 06:46:17 Since Plato had expressly declared that there are ideas of the ugly as well as those of the beautiful, that there are ideas, for example, of hair, filth, and dirt, and since these ideas are just as divine and perfect as the idea of the beautiful, we ought, on this theory, to greet the ugly, the filthy, and the nauseating, with a ravishment of joy similar to that which we experience in the presence of beauty. Why this is not the case Plato omitted to explain. However, having learned to love the one beautiful object, the soul passes on to the love of others. Then it perceives that it is the same beauty which reveals itself in all these.

Starting point is 06:46:58 It passes from the love of beautiful forms to the love of beautiful souls, and from that to the love of beautiful sciences. It ceases to be attached to the many objects as such, that is to say, to the sensuous envelopes of the idea of beauty. love passes into the knowledge of the idea of beauty itself, and from this to the knowledge of the world of ideas in general. It passes, in fact, into philosophy. In this development, there are two points which we cannot fail to note. In the first place, emotional love is explained as being simply the blind groping of reason toward the idea.

Starting point is 06:47:37 It is reason which has not yet recognized itself as such. It appears therefore in the guise of feeling. Secondly, the latter progress of the soul's love is simply the gradual recognition of itself by reason. When the soul perceives that the beauty in all objects is the same, that it is the common element amid the many, this is nothing but the process of inductive reasoning. And this development ends at last in the complete rational cognition of the world of ideas, in a word philosophy. love is but an instinctive reason.

Starting point is 06:48:13 The animal has no feeling of the beautiful, just because it has no reason. Love of the beautiful is founded upon the nature of man, not as a percipient or feeling being, but as a rational being. And it must end in the complete recognition of reason by itself, not in the feeling and intuition, but in the rational comprehension of the idea. One can imagine what Plato's answer would be to the sort of of vulgarians and Philistines who want to know what the use of philosophy is, and in what way it's practical. To answer such a question is for Plato impossible, because the question itself

Starting point is 06:48:50 is illegitimate. For a thing to have a use involves that it is a means towards an end. Fire has use, because it may be made a means towards the cooking of food. Money is useful, because it is a means to the acquisition of goods. That which is an end in itself, and not a means towards any further end, cannot possibly have any use. To suggest that philosophy ought to have use is, therefore, to put the cart before the horse, to invert the whole scale of values. It suggests that philosophy is a means towards some further end, instead of being the absolute end to which all other things are means.

Starting point is 06:49:29 Philosophy is not for anything. Everything else is for it. And if this seems an exaggerated or unpractical view, we'd be able to be. may at least remember that this is the view taken by the religious consciousness of man. Religion makes the supreme end of life the knowledge of and communion with God. God is for religion what the idea is for philosophy. God is a figurative name for the idea. To place the end of life in the knowledge of the absolute or the idea is therefore the teaching

Starting point is 06:50:01 both of philosophy and religion. End of Section 24. 25 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. This is a Librivox recording. All Librivox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librivox.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 12. Plato

Starting point is 06:50:40 Part 4. Physics or the Theory of Existence Dialectic is the Theory of Reality of Reality. physics, the theory of existence. Dialectic of that which lies behind things as their ground. Physics of the things which are thus grounded. That is to say, physics is concerned with phenomena and appearances, things which exist in space and time, as opposed to the timeless and non-spatial ideas.

Starting point is 06:51:13 Things of this kind are both corporeal and incorporeal. Physics falls therefore into two parts, the doctrine of the outward corporeality, the world, with its incorporeal essence, the world's soul, and the doctrine of the incorporeal soul of man. A. The doctrine of the world If in the dialectic Plato has given an account of the nature of the first principle and ground of all things, the problem now arises of explaining how the actual physical universe of things arises out of that ground, how it is derived from the first principle. In other words, the ideas being the absolute reality,

Starting point is 06:52:02 how does the world of sense, and in general the existent universe, arise out of the ideas? Faced with this problem, the system of Plato broke. down. The things of sense are, we are told, quote unquote, copies or quote unquote imitations of the ideas. They, quote, unquote, participate in the ideas. So far, so good. But why should there be any copies of the ideas? Why should the ideas give rise to copies of themselves? and how is the production of these copies affected? To these questions Plato has no answer, and he therefore has recourse to the use of myths.

Starting point is 06:52:54 Poetic description here takes the place of scientific explanation. This poetic description of the origin of the world is to be found in the time he is. We have seen that the ideas are absolute being, and that things of sense are half real and half unreal. They are partly real because they participate in being. They are partly unreal because they participate in not being. There must be therefore a principle of absolute not being. This in Plato's opinion is matter.

Starting point is 06:53:36 Things of sense are copies of the ideas fessioned out of or stamped upon matter. But Plato does not understand by matter what we in modern times understand by it. Matter in our sense is always some particular kind of matter. It is brass or wood or iron or stone. It is matter which has determinant character and quality. But the possession of specific character means that it is matter with the copy of ideas already stamped upon it. Since iron exists in great quantities in the world, and there is a common element in all the various pieces of iron, by virtue of which all are classed together, there must be a concept of iron. There is therefore an idea of iron in the world of ideas, and the iron

Starting point is 06:54:35 which we find in the earth must be matter which is already formed into a copy of this idea. It participates in the idea of iron. The same remarks apply to any other particular kind of matter. In fact, all form all the specific characters

Starting point is 06:54:56 and features of matter, as we know it, are due to the operation of the ideas. Hence matter, as it is in itself, before the image of the ideas is stamped upon it, must be absolutely without quality, featureless, formless. But to be absolutely without any quality is to be simply nothing at all. This matter is therefore, as Plato says, absolute not being. Cellar conjectures, probably rightly, that what Plato meant was simply empty space. Empty space is an existent not being. It is totally indeterminate and formless.

Starting point is 06:55:48 It accords with this view that Plato adapted the Pythagorean tenet that the differential qualities of material substances are due to their smallest particles being regular geometrical figures limited out of the unlimited, that is, out of space. Thus, Earth is composed of cubes. That is to say, empty space, when bound into cubes,

Starting point is 06:56:18 the limiting of the unlimited, becomes Earth. The smallest particles of fire are tetrahedra, of air, octahedra, of water, Icosahedra. We have then, on the one hand, the world of ideas, on the other, matter, an absolutely formless, chaotic mass. By impressing the images of the ideas upon this mass, quote-unquote, things arise,

Starting point is 06:56:51 that is to say, the specific objects of sense. They thus participate both in being and in not being, But how is this mixing of being and not being brought about? How do the ideas come to have their images stamped upon matter? It is at this point that we enter upon the region of myth. Up to this point, Plato is certainly to be taken literally. He, of course, believed in the reality of the world of ideas, and he no doubt also believed in his principle of matter,

Starting point is 06:57:31 and he thought that the objects of sense are to be explained as copies of the ideas impressed upon matter. But now with the problem how this copying is brought about, Plato leaves the method of scientific explanation behind. You the ideas are the absolute ground of all things, then the copying process must be done by the ideas themselves. They must themselves be made the principles for the production of things. But this is for Plato impossible.

Starting point is 06:58:10 For production involves change. If the ideas produce things out of themselves, the ideas must in the process undergo change. But Plato has declared them, to be absolutely unchangeable, and to be thus immutable is to be sterile. Hence the ideas have within themselves no principle for the production of things, and the scientific explanation of things by this means becomes impossible. Hence there is nothing for it but to have recourse to myth.

Starting point is 06:58:50 Plato can only imagine that things are produced by a world, former or designer who, like a human artist, fashions the plastic matter into images of the ideas. God the Creator, the world designer, finds beside him, on the one hand the ideas, and the other, formless matter. First he creates the world's soul. This is incorporeal but occupies space. He spreads it out like a huge net in empty space. He bisects it and bends the two halves into an inner and an outer circle.

Starting point is 06:59:35 These circles being destined to become the spheres of the planets and the stars respectively. He takes matter and binds it into the four elements, and these elements he builds into the empty framework of the world's soul. This is done, the creation of the universe is complete. The rest of the Timeas is occupied with the details of Plato's ideas of astronomy and physical science. These are mostly worthless and tedious, and we will not pursue them here. But we may mention that Plato, of course, regarded the Earth as the center of the world.

Starting point is 07:00:20 The stars which are divine beings revolve around it. They necessarily move in circles because the circle is the perfect figure. The stars being divine are governed solely by reason, and their movement must therefore be circular because a circular motion is the motion of reason. The above account of the origin of the world is merely myth, and Plato knows that it is myth. What he apparently did believe in, however,

Starting point is 07:00:54 was the existence of the world's soul, and a few words upon this subject are necessary. The soul in Plato's system is the mediator between the world of ideas and the world of sense. Like the former, it is incorporeal and immortal, like the latter it occupies space. Plato thought that there must be a soul in the world, to account for the rational behavior of things and to explain motion.

Starting point is 07:01:24 The reason which governs and directs the world dwells in the world's soul. And the world's soul is the cause of motion in the outer universe, just as the human soul is the cause of motions of the human body. The cosmos is a living being. B. The doctrine of the human soul. The human soul is similar in kind to the world's soul. It is the cause of the body's movements, and in it the human reason dwells. It has affinities both with the world of ideas and the world of sense.

Starting point is 07:02:02 It is divided into two parts, of which one part is again subdivided into two. The highest part is reason, which is that part of the soul which apprehends the ideas. It is simple and indivisible. Now, all destruction of things means the sundering of their parts, but the rational part of the soul, being simple, has no parts, therefore it is indestructible and immortal. The irrational part of the soul is mortal and is subdivided into a noble and an ignoble half. To the noble half belongs courage, love of honor, and in general the nobler emotions. To the ignoble portion belong the sensuous appetites. The noble half has a certain affinity with reason, in that it has an instinct for what is noble and great. Nevertheless, this is mere instinct and is not rational.

Starting point is 07:03:09 The seed of reason is the head, of the noble half of the lower soul, the breast, of the ignoble half, the lower part of the body. Man alone possesses the three parts of the soul, animals possess the two lower parts, plants only the appetitive soul. What distinguishes man from the lower orders of creation is thus that he alone possesses reason. Plato connects the doctrine of the immortality of the rational soul with a theory of ideas by means of the doctrines of recollection and transmigration. According to the former doctrine, all knowledge is recollection of what was experienced by the soul in its disembodied state before birth. It must carefully be noted, however, that the word knowledge is here used in the special

Starting point is 07:04:07 and restricted sense of Plato. Not everything that we should call knowledge is recollection. The sensuous element in my perception that this paper is white is not recollection, since, as being merely sensuous, it is not in Plato's opinion to be called knowledge. Here is elsewhere he confines the term to rational knowledge, that is to say, knowledge of the ideas. though it is doubtful whether he is wholly consistent with himself in the matter,

Starting point is 07:04:42 especially in regard to mathematical knowledge. It must also be noted that this doctrine has nothing in common with the Oriental doctrine of the memory of our past lives upon the earth. An example of this is found in the Buddhist Jatakas, where the Buddha relates from memory many things that happened to him in the body in his previous births. Plato's doctrine is quite different. It refers only to recollection of the experiences of the soul in its disembodied state in the world of ideas. The reasons assigned by Plato for believing in this doctrine may be reduced to two. Firstly, knowledge of the ideas cannot be derived from the

Starting point is 07:05:30 senses, because the idea is never pure in its sensuous manifestation, but always mixed. The one beauty, for example, is only found in experience mixed with the ugly. The second reason is more striking. And if the doctrine of recollection is itself fantastic,

Starting point is 07:05:53 this the chief reason upon which Plato bases it is interesting and important. He pointed out that mathematical knowledge seems to be innate in the mind. It is a very important. neither imparted to us by instruction, nor is it gained from experience. Plato, in fact, came within an ace of discovering what in modern times is called the distinction

Starting point is 07:06:19 between necessary and contingent knowledge, a distinction which was made by Kant, the basis of most far-reaching developments in philosophy. The character of necessity attaches to rational knowledge, but not to sensual. To explain this distinction, we may take as our example of rational knowledge, such a preposition as that two and two make four. This does not mean merely that, as a matter of fact, every two objects and every other two objects with which we have tried the experiment make four. It is not merely a fact, it is a necessity.

Starting point is 07:07:03 It is not merely that two and two do make four. but that they must make for. It is inconceivable that they should not. We have not got to go and see whether, in each new case, they do so. We know beforehand that they will, because they must. It is quite otherwise with such preposition as gold is yellow. There is no necessity about it. It is merely a fact.

Starting point is 07:07:33 For all anybody can see to the contrary, It might just as well be blue. There is nothing inconceivable about it being blue as there is about two and two making five. Of course, that gold is yellow is no doubt a mechanical necessity. That is, it is determined by causes, and in that sense could not be otherwise.

Starting point is 07:07:58 But it is not a logical necessity. It is not a logical contradiction to imagine blue gold. as it would be to imagine two and two making five. Any other proposition in mathematics possesses the same necessity, that the angles at the base of an isosceles triangle are equal, is a necessary proposition. It could not be otherwise without contradiction.

Starting point is 07:08:27 Its opposite is unthinkable. But that Socrates is standing is not a necessary truth. He might just as well be safe. Since a mathematical proposition is necessarily true, its truth is known without verification by experience. Having proved the proposition about the Azaselis triangle, we do not go about measuring the angles of triangular objects to make sure there is no exception. We know it without any experience at all.

Starting point is 07:09:02 And if we were sufficiently clever, we might even evolve mathematical knowledge out of the resources of our own minds without its being told us by any teacher. That Caesar was stabbed by Prudus is a fact which no amount of cleverness could ever reveal to me. This information I can only get by being told it. But that the base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal, I could discover by merely thinking about it. The proposition about Brutus is not a necessary proposition. It might be otherwise, and therefore I must be told whether it is true or not.

Starting point is 07:09:47 But the proposition about the Isaselis triangle is necessary, and therefore I can see that it must be true without being told. Now Plato did not clearly make this distinction between necessary and non-necessary knowledge, but what he did perceive was that mathematical knowledge can be known without either experience or instruction. Kant afterwards gave a less fantastic explanation of these facts. But Plato concluded that such knowledge must be already present in the mind at birth.

Starting point is 07:10:25 It must be recollected from a previous existence. It might be answered that, though this kind of knowledge is not gained from experience of the senses, it may be gained from teaching, it may be imparted by another mind. We have to teach children mathematics, which we should not have to do if it were already in their minds. But Plato's answer is that when the teacher explains a geometrical theorem to a child, directly the child understands what is meant he has sense. He sees it for himself. But if the teacher explains that Lisbon is on the Tagus, the child cannot see that this is true for himself. He must either believe the word of the teacher, or he must go and see.

Starting point is 07:11:19 In this case, therefore, the knowledge is really imparted from one mind to another. The teacher transfers to the child knowledge which the child does not possess. But the mathematical theorem is already present in the child's mind, and the process of teaching merely consists in making him see what he already potentially knows. He is only to look into his own mind to find it. This is what we mean by saying that the child sees it for himself. In the Mino, Plato attempts to give an experimental proof of the doctrine of recollection. Socrates is represented as talking to a slave boy who admittedly has no education in mathematics and barely knows what a square is.

Starting point is 07:12:13 By dint of skillful questioning, Socrates elicits from the boy's mind a theorem about the properties of the square. The point of the argument is that Socrates tells him nothing at all. He imparts no information. He only asks questions. The boy's knowledge of the theorem, therefore, is not due to the teaching of Socrates, nor is it due to experience. It can only be recollection.

Starting point is 07:12:44 But if knowledge is recollection, it may be asked, why is it that we do not remember at once? Why is the tedious process of education in mathematics necessary? Because the soul, descending from the world, of ideas into the body, has its knowledge dulled and almost blotted out by its immersion in the sentries. It has forgotten, or it has only the dimest and faintest recollection. It has to be reminded, and it takes a great effort to bring the half-lost ideas back to the mind. This process of being reminded is education. With this, of course, is connected the doctrine

Starting point is 07:13:29 of transmigration, which Plato took no doubt from the Pythagorean's. Most of the details of Plato's doctrine of transmigration are mere myth. Plato does not mean them seriously, as is shown by the fact that he gives quite different and inconsistent accounts of these details in different dialogues. What, in all probability, he did believe, however, may be summarized as follows. The soul is pre-existent as well as immortal. Its natural home is the world of ideas, where at first it existed without a body in the pure and blissful contemplation of ideas. But because it has affinities with the world of sense, it sinks down into a body.

Starting point is 07:14:21 After death, if a man has lived a good life, and especially if he has cultivated the knowledge of sense, ideas, philosophy, the soul returns to its blissful abode in the world of ideas, till, after a long period, it again returns to earth in a body. Those who do evil suffer after death severe penalties, and are then reincarnated in the body of some being lower than themselves. A man may become a woman. may even, if their lives happen utterly central, pass into the bodies of animals. End of Section 25.

Starting point is 07:15:09 Section 26 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librivox recording. All Librivox recordings are in a public domain. For more information in order to volunteer, please visit Librivox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stacey. Chapter 12. Plato Part 5 Ethics A. The Ethics of the Individual Just as Plato's theory of knowledge begins with a negative portion

Starting point is 07:15:43 designed to refute false theories of what truth is, so does his theory of morals begin with a negative portion intended to refute false theories of what virtue is. These two negative departments of Plato's philosophy correspond in every way. As he was then engaged in showing that knowledge is not perception, as Protagoras thought, so he now urges that virtue is not the same as pleasure. And as knowledge is not mere right opinion, neither is virtue mere right action. The propositions that knowledge is perception and that virtue is pleasure,

Starting point is 07:16:27 are indeed only the same principle applied to different spheres of thought. For the sophists, whatever appeared true to the individual was true for that individual. This is the same as saying that knowledge is perception. For the sophists again, whatever appeared right to the individual was right for that individual. This is the same as saying that it is right for each man to do whatever he pleases. Virtue is defined as the pleasure of the individual. This consequence of the sophistic principles was drawn both by many of the sophists themselves and later by the Syrinnaeus.

Starting point is 07:17:12 As these two propositions are thus, in fact, only one principle, what Plato has said in refutation of the former provides also his refutation of the latter. The theory that virtue is pleasure, has the same destructive influence upon morals as the theory that knowledge is perception had upon truth. We may thus shortly summarize Plato's arguments. 1. As the sophisticated theory of truth destroys the objectivity of truth, so the doctrine that virtues the pleasure of the individual destroys the objectivity of the good. Nothing is good in itself.

Starting point is 07:17:54 things are only good for me or for you. There results an absolute moral relativity in which the idea of an objective standard of goodness totally disappears. 2. This theory destroys the distinction between good and evil. Since the good is whatever the individual pleases and since the pleasure of one individual is the displeasure of another, the same thing is both good and evil at the same time. Good for one person and evil for another.

Starting point is 07:18:31 Good and evil are therefore not distinct. They are the same. 3. Pleasure is the satisfaction of our desires. Desires are merely feelings. This theory therefore founds morality upon feeling. But an objective morality cannot be founded upon what is peculiar to individuals. If the moral code is to be a law abiding upon all men, it can only be founded upon that which is common to all men, the universal reason.

Starting point is 07:19:06 4. The end of moral activity must fall within and not outside the moral act itself. Morality must have an intrinsic, not merely extrinsic value. We must not do right for the sake of something else. We must do right because it is right, and thus make virtue an end in itself. But the sophistic theory places the end of morality outside morality. We are to do right, not for its own sake, but for the sake of pleasure. Morality is thus not an end in itself, but merely a means towards a further end. Virtue, therefore, is not pleasure. any more than knowledge is perception. Likewise, just as knowledge is not right opinion, so virtue is not right action.

Starting point is 07:20:03 Right opinion may be held upon wrong grounds, and right action may be performed on wrong grounds. For true virtue we must not only know what is right, but why it is right. True virtue is thus right action proceeding from a rational count comprehension of true values. Hence there arises in Plato's philosophy a distinction between philosophic virtue and customary virtue. Philosophic virtue is founded upon reason

Starting point is 07:20:36 and understands the principle on which it acts. It is in fact action governed by principles. Customary virtue is right action proceeding from any other grounds such as custom, habit, tradition, good impulses, benevolent feelings, instinctive goodness. Men do right merely because other people do it, because it is customary, and they do it without understanding the reasons for it. This is the virtue of the ordinary honest citizen, the quote-unquote respectable person. It is the virtue of bees and ants who act as if rationally,

Starting point is 07:21:20 but without any understanding of what they are doing. And Plato observes, no doubt with an intentional spice of humor, that such people may in the next life find themselves born as bees and ants. Plato denies philosophic virtue, not only to the masses of men, but even to the best statesmen and politicians of Greece. As true virtue is virtue which knows at what it is aiming, the knowledge of the nature of the highest aim becomes the chief question of ethics. What is the end of moral activity?

Starting point is 07:21:58 Now we have just seen that that end must fall within and not outside the moral act. The end of goodness is the good. What then is the good? What is the supreme good, the sumum bonum. A note of warning is necessary before we end. enter upon the details of this problem. Plato frequently speaks of all moral activity aiming at and ending in happiness. With modern phrases ringing in our ears, we might easily suppose this to mean that Plato is a utilitarian. The utilitarianism of Bantam and Mill is distinguished by the fact

Starting point is 07:22:43 that it places the end of morality in happiness. Yet Plato was not a utilitarian, and would unhesitatingly have condemned the theory of Mill. He would have found it identical in principle with the sophistic doctrine that pleasure is the end of virtue. The only difference is that, whereas the sophists identified virtue with the pleasure of the individual,

Starting point is 07:23:09 Mill makes it the pleasure of the community. That act is right, which leads to, quote, the greatest happiness of the greatest number, end quote. In practice, of course, this makes a tremendous difference. But the principle is equally objectionable, because, like the sophistic theory, it finds morality upon mere feeling instead of upon reason, and because it places the end of morality outside morality itself. Yet the formula of Mill, at the form of mill, the end of morals is happiness, seems the same as Plato's formula. What is the difference?

Starting point is 07:23:51 The fact is that what Mill calls happiness, Plato would have called pleasure. Pleasure is the satisfaction of one's desires, whether they are noble or ignoble. Then what is happiness? It can only be defined as the general harmonious well-being of life. Only that man is happy whose soul is in the state it ought to be in, only in fact the just, the good, and the moral man. Happiness has nothing to do with pleasure. If you could conceive an absolutely just an upright man who was yet weighed down with every possible misery and disaster,

Starting point is 07:24:36 in whose life pleasure had no part, such a man would still be absolutely happy. Happiness is therefore in Plato merely another name for the Summonum. In saying that the Sumum bonum is happiness, Plato is not telling us anything about it. He is merely giving it a new name. And we are still left to inquire what is the Summonum. What is happiness? Plato's answer, as indeed his whole ethics, is but an application of the theory of ideas.

Starting point is 07:25:13 But here we can distinguish two different and to some extent inconsistent strains of thought which exist side by side in Plato and perpetually struggle for the mastery. Both views depend upon the theory of ideas. In the first place, the idea in Plato's philosophy is the soul reality. The object of sense is unreal and merely clogs and dims the soul's vision of the soul's vision of ideas. Matter is that which obstructs the free activity of the idea. Sense objects hide the idea from our view. Therefore, the world of sense is wholly evil. True virtue must consist in flying from the world of sense, in retiring from the affairs of the world, and even from the beauty of

Starting point is 07:26:06 the senses, into the calm of philosophic contemplation. And if this were all, philosophy, the knowledge of the ideas would be the sole constituent of the sumum bonum. But it is possible to regard sense objects in another light. They are, after all, copies of the ideas. They are therefore a manifestation and revelation of the ideal world. Hence Plato is compelled by this thought to allow a certain value to the world of sense, affairs and its beauty. The result of this inconsistency is, at any rate, that Plato remains broad and human. It does not, on the one hand, preach a purely selfish retirement into philosophy

Starting point is 07:26:54 or a narrow ascetic ideal. It does not, on the other hand, adopt a low utilitarian view of life, allowing value only to that which is, quote-unquote, practical. He remains true to the Greek ideal of life as a harmonious play of all the faculties, in which no one part of man is overdeveloped at the expense of the others. The result is that Plato's Sumum Bonum is not a single end. It is a compound consisting of four parts. First, and chief of all, is the knowledge of the ideas as they are in themselves, philosophy. Secondly, the contemplation of the ideas as they reveal themselves in the world of sense, the love and appreciation of all that is beautiful, ordered, and harmonious. Thirdly, the cultivation of the special sciences

Starting point is 07:27:51 and arts. And fourthly, indulgence in pure, refined, and innocent pleasures of the senses, excluding, of course, whatever is base and evil. Plato had also a specific doctrine of virtue. As already stated, he distinguished between philosophic and customary virtue and attached absolute value only to the former. He does not, however, deny a relative value to customary virtue inasmuch as it is a means towards true virtue. Plato saw that man cannot rise at one bound to the pinnacles of rational virtue. He must needs pass through the preparatory stage of customary virtue. In the man in whom reason is not yet awakened, good habits and customs must be implanted in order that, when reason comes, it may found the ground ready prepared.

Starting point is 07:28:49 Socrates had taught that virtue is one, and Plato in his earlier writings, adopted this view. But later on, he came to see that every faculty of man has its place and its function, and the due performance of its function is a virtue. He did not, however, surrender the unity of virtue altogether, but believed that its unity is compatible with its plurality. There are four cardinal virtues. Three of these correspond to the three parts of the soul,

Starting point is 07:29:24 and the fourth is the unity of the others. The virtue of reason is wisdom, of the noble half of the mortal soul, courage, of the ignoble appetites, temperance or self-control, in which the passions allow themselves to be governed by reason. The fourth virtue, justice, arises from the others. Justice means proportion and harmony, and accrues to the soul when all three parts perform their functions and cooperate with each other. Following Tseller, we may add to this account of the virtues some of Plato's views upon the details of life. And first, his opinion of women and

Starting point is 07:30:10 marriage. Here Plato does not rise above the level of ordinary Greek morals. He has nothing specially original to say, but reflects the opinions of his age. Women he regards as essentially inferior to men. Moreover, the modern view of woman as the complement of men as possessing those special virtues of womanliness, which a man lacks, is quite alien to Plato. The difference between men and women is, in his view, not one of kind, but only of degree. The only specific difference between the sexes is the physical difference. Spiritually, they are quite the same, except that woman is inferior. Hence, Plato would not exclude women from the same education which man receives.

Starting point is 07:31:02 He would educate them in exactly the same way, but this involves the imposition upon them of the same burdens. Even military duties are not outside the sphere of women. His views of marriage flow from the same principle. Since woman is not the complement of men, she is in no special sense fitted to be his companion. Hence the ideal of spiritual companionship is absent from Plato's view of marriage. the sole object of which, in his opinion, is the propagation of children. The natural companion of a man is not a woman but another man.

Starting point is 07:31:44 The ideal of friendship, therefore, takes the place of the spiritual ideal of marriage in Plato, and indeed among the ancients generally. Slavery is not denounced by Plato. He takes no trouble to justify it, because he thinks it's so obviously right then it needs no justification. All that can be said to his credit is that he demands humane and just, though firm and unsentimental, treatment of slaves.

Starting point is 07:32:14 If in these respects Plato never transcends the Greek view of life, in one matter at least he does so. The common view of his time was that one ought to do good to one's friends and evil to one's enemies. This Plato expressly repudiates. It can never be good he thinks to do evil. One should rather do good to one's enemies, and so convert them into friends. To return good for evil is no less a platonic than a Christian maxim.

Starting point is 07:32:49 B. The State We passed from the ethics of individual life to the ethics of the community. Plato's Republic is not an attempt to paint an imaginary and unreal perfection. Its object is to found politics and the theory of ideas by depicting the idea of the state. The state is, therefore, not unreal, but the only real state, and its reality is the ground of the existence of all actually-existent states. We can trace here, too, the same two strains of thought, as we found in considering the ethics of the individual.

Starting point is 07:33:31 On the one hand, since the idea alone is real, the existing world a mere illusion, the service of the state cannot be the ideal life for a rational being. Complete retirement from the world into the sphere of ideas is a far nobler end, and the aims of the ordinary politician are, in comparison, worthless bubbles. though only the philosopher is competent to rule, yet he will not undertake the business of the state except under compulsion. In the political states, as they exist in the world, the philosopher

Starting point is 07:34:08 dwells with his body, but his soul is a stranger, ignorant of their standards, unmoved by their ambitions. But the opposite strain of thought is uppermost when we are told that it is, after all, only in the state, only in his capacity as a citizen and a social being, that the individual can attain perfection. It is only possible to reconcile these views in one way. If the ideals of the state and a philosophy seem inconsistent, it must be brought together by adapting the state to philosophy. We must have a state founded upon philosophy and reason.

Starting point is 07:34:51 Then only can the philosopher dwell in it, with his soul as well as with his body. Then only can either the individual or the state reach perfection. To found the state upon reason is the keynote of Plato's politics. And this gives us, too, the clue to the problem. What is the end of the state? Why should there be a state at all? This does not mean how has the state arisen in history.

Starting point is 07:35:22 We are not in search of the country. but of the reason or end of the state. The end of all life is wisdom, virtue, and knowledge. The unassisted individual cannot reach these ends. It is only by the state that they can be brought down from heaven to earth. The end of the state is thus the virtue and happiness, not pleasure, of the citizens. And since this is only possible through education, the state's primary function is educational. Since the state is to be founded upon reason, its laws must be rational, and rational laws can only be made by rational men, philosophers. The rulers must be philosophers. And since the philosophers are few, we must have an aristocracy, not of birth or of wealth, but of intellect. The first operative principle of the state is reason, the second is force, for it is not. It is not.

Starting point is 07:36:23 to be expected that the irrational masses will willingly submit to rational laws. They must be compelled. And since the work of the world must go on, the third operative principle will be labor. Plato believed in the principle of division of labor. Only he can excel at any occupation whose life is devoted to it. Hence to the three operative principles correspond three classes, castes or professions. Reason is embodied in the philosopher-rulers, force in the warriors, labor in the masses. This division of the functions of the state is based upon the three-fold division of the

Starting point is 07:37:09 soul, to the rational soul correspond the philosopher-rulers, to the nobler half of the mortal soul, the warriors, to the appetitive soul, the masses. Consequently, the fourths, the fourths, cardinal virtues belong to the state through the functioning of the three classes. The virtue of the philosopher-rulers is wisdom, of the warriors, courage, of the masses, temperance, the harmonious cooperation of the three produces justice. The rulers must not cease to be philosophers. Most of their time must be spent in the study of the ideas, philosophy, and only a portion in the affairs of the government.

Starting point is 07:37:53 This is rendered possible by the system of taking turns. Those who are not at any particular time engaged upon government retire into thought. The duty of the warriors is the protection of the state, both against its external enemies and against the rational impulses of the masses of its own citizens. Normally the latter will be their chief duty, the enforcement of the decrees of the philosopher's rule, upon the masses. The masses will engage themselves in trade, commerce, and agriculture. Both the other ranks are prohibited from soiling their fingers with trade or agriculture, upon which Plato, as a Greek aristocrat, looked down with unbounded contempt.

Starting point is 07:38:44 To what rank a citizen belongs is not determined by birth, nor by individual choice. No individual can choose his own profession. This will be determined by the officers of the state, who will base their decision, however, upon the disposition and capabilities of the individual. As they have also to decide the numbers required for each rank, the magistrates also control the birth of children. Parents cannot have children when they wish. The sanction of the state is required. Since the end of the state is the virtue of the citizens, This involves the destruction of whatever is evil and the encouragement of whatever is good. To compass the destruction of evil, the children of bad parents or offspring not sanctioned

Starting point is 07:39:36 by the state will be destroyed. Weak and sickly children will also not be allowed to live. The positive encouragement of good involves the education of the citizens by the state. from their earliest years do not belong to their parents but to the state. They are therefore at once removed from the custody of their parents and transfer to state nurseries. Since the parents are to have no property nor interest in them, stringent means are adopted to see that,

Starting point is 07:40:12 after removal to the public nurseries, parents shall never again be able to recognize their own children. All the details of the educational curriculum are decreed by the state. Poetry, for example, is only allowed in an emasculated form. Of the three kinds, epic, dramatic, and lyric, the two former are banished from the state altogether, because, in the base example of the immorality of the gods, which they depict, they are powerful instruments in the propagation of evil. Only lyric poetry is allowed, and that's under strict supervision.

Starting point is 07:40:52 The subject, the form, even the meter, will be prescribed by the proper authorities. Poetry is not recognized as valuable in itself, but only as an educated moral influence. All poems, therefore, must strictly inculcate virtue. It is in Plato's opinion intolerable that the individual should have any interest apart from the interests of the state. Private interests clash with those of the community, and must therefore be abolished. The individual can possess no property either in material things

Starting point is 07:41:30 or in the members of his family. This involves the community of goods, community of wives, and the state ownership of children from their birth. And of Section 26. Section 27. of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librax.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace.

Starting point is 07:42:05 Chapter 12, Plato, Part 6, Views Upon Art. In modern times, aesthetics is recognized as a separate division of philosophy. This was not the case in Plato's time, and yet his opinions upon art cannot be fitted either into dialectic, physics, or ethics. On the other hand, they cannot be ignored, and there's nothing for it, therefore, but to treat them as a sort of appendix to his philosophy. Plato has no systematic theory of art, but only scattered opinions, the most important of which will now be mentioned. Most modern theories of art are based upon the view that art is an end in itself, that the beautiful has, as such, absolute value, and not value merely as a means to some further end. Upon such a view, art is recognized as autonomous within its own sphere, governed only by its own laws, judged only by its own standards.

Starting point is 07:42:49 It cannot be judged as Tolstoy would have us believe by the standard of morals. The beautiful is not a means to the good. They may be, indeed, ultimately identical, but their identity cannot be recognized till their difference has been admitted, nor can one be subordinated to the other. Now, this view of art finds no place at all in Plato's thought. Art is for him absolutely subservient both to morals and to philosophy, that it subserves morality we see from the Republic, where only that poetry is allowed which inculcates virtue, and only because it inculcates virtue. It is no sufficient justification of a poem to plead that it is beautiful.

Starting point is 07:43:23 Beautiful or not, if it does not subserve the ends of morality, it is forbidden. Hence, too, the preposterous notion that its exercise is to be controlled even in details by the state, that this would mean the utter destruction of art either did not occur to Plato, or, if it did, did not deter him. If poetry cannot exist under the yoke of morality, it must not be allowed to exist at all. That art is merely a means to philosophy is even more evident. The end of all education is the knowledge of the ideas, and every other subject, science, mathematics, art, is introduced into the educational curriculum solely as a preparation for that end. They have no value in themselves. This is obvious from the teaching of the Republic, and it is even more

Starting point is 07:44:02 evident in the symposium, where the love of beautiful objects is made to end, not in itself, but in philosophy. Plato's low estimate of art appears also in his theory of art as imitation, and his contemptuous references to the nature of artistic genius. As to the first, art is to him only an imitation. It is the copy of an object of the senses, and this again is only a copy of an idea. Hence, a work of art is only a copy of a copy. Plato did not recognize the creativeness of art. This view is certainly false. If the aims of art were merely to imitate, a photograph would be the best picture, since it is the most accurate copy of its object. What Plato failed to see was that the artist does not copy his object, but idealizes it, and this means that he does not

Starting point is 07:44:45 see the object simply as an object, but as the revelation of an idea. He does not see the phenomenon with the eyes of other men, but penetrates the sensuous envelope and exhibits the idea shining through the veils of sense. The second point is Plato's estimate of artistic genius. The artist does not work by reason but by inspiration. He does not or he should not create the beautiful by means of rules or by the application of principles. It is only after the work of art is created that the critic discovers rules in it. This does not mean that the discovery of rules is false, but that the artist follows them unconsciously and instinctively. If, for example, we believe Aristotle's dictum that the object of tragedy is to purge the heart by terror and pity,

Starting point is 07:45:25 we do not mean that the tragedian deliberately sets out to accomplish that end. He does so without knowing or intending it. And this kind of instinctive impulse we call the inspiration of the artist. Now Plato fully recognizes these facts, but far from considering inspiration something exalted, he thinks that on the contrary, comparatively low and contemptible, just because it is not rational. He calls it divine madness, divine indeed because the artist produces beautiful things, but madness because he himself does not know how or why he has done it. The poet says very wise and beautiful things, but he does not know why they are why,

Starting point is 07:46:00 and beautiful. He merely feels and does not understand anything. His inspiration, therefore, is not on the level of knowledge, but only of right opinion, which knows what is true, but does not know why. Plato's views of art are thus not satisfactory. He is doubtless right in placing inspiration below reason and art below philosophy. They do stand to each other in the relation of higher and lower, not that such a question can be decided by mere personal preferences. The usual discussions whether art or philosophy is better, whether emotion or reason is higher, are pointless and insipid because the disputants merely exalt their personal peculiarities. The man of artistic temperament naturally prefers art and says it's the highest. The philosopher exalts philosophy

Starting point is 07:46:42 above art merely because it is his pet hobby. This kind of discussion is futile. The matter must be decided upon some principle, and the principle is quite clear. Both art and philosophy have the same object, the apprehension of the absolute or the idea. Philosophy apprehends it as it is in itself, that is to say, as thought. Art apprehends it in a merely sensuous form. Philosophy apprehends it in its truth, art in a comparatively untrue way. Philosophy, therefore, is the higher, but while any true philosophy of art must recognize this, it must not interpret it to mean that art is to be made merely a means toward philosophy. It must somehow find the room for the recognition of the truth that art is an end in itself, and it is in this that Plato fails. Aristotle, who had no spark of

Starting point is 07:47:27 artistic capacity in his composition, whose own writings are the severest of scientific treatises, did far greater justice to art than Plato, and propounded a far more satisfactory theory. Plato, himself a great artist, is utterly unjust to art. Paradoxical as it may appear, the very reason why Aristotle could be just to art was that he was no artist. Being solely a philosopher, his own writings are scientific and inartistic. This enables him to recognize art as a separate sphere, and therefore as having its own rights. Plato could not keep the two separate. His dialogues are both works of art and of philosophy. We have seen already that this fact exercised an evil influence on his philosophy since it made him substitute poetic myths for scientific explanation. Now we see that it

Starting point is 07:48:11 exercised an equally evil influence on his views of art. As a philosopher artist, his own practice is to use literary art solely as a means toward the expression of philosophical ideas. And this colors his whole view of art. It is to him nothing but a means toward philosophy. And this is the taproot of his entire view of the subject. End of Section 27. Section 28 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrance State. Chapter 12. Plato Part 7. Critical Estimate of Plato's Philosophy

Starting point is 07:48:58 If we are to form a just estimate of the value of Plato's philosophy, we must not fritter away our criticism on the minor points, the external details, the mere outworks of the system. We must get at the heart and governing center of it all. Amid the mass of thought which Plato has developed, in all departments of speculation, that which stands out as the central thesis of the whole system is the theory of ideas. All else is but deduction from this. His physics, ethics, his politics, his views on art, all flow from this one governing theory. It is here, then, that we must look, alike for the merits and the defects of Plato's system. The theory of ideas is not a something sprung suddenly upon the world out of Plato's brain. It has its roots in the past. It is, as Aristotle showed, the outcome of Eliatic, Heraclydean, and Socratic determinations.

Starting point is 07:49:47 Fundamentally, however, it grows out of the distinction between sense and reason, which had been the common property of Greek thinkers since the time of Parmenides. Parmenides was the first to emphasize this distinction, and to teach that the truth is to be found by reason, the world of sense being illusory. Heraclitus and even democratis were pronounced adherence of reason as against sense. The crisis came with the sophists, who attempted to obliterate the distinction altogether

Starting point is 07:50:12 and to find all knowledge and sensation, thus calling forth the opposition of Socrates and Plato. As against them, Socrates pointed out that all knowledge is concepts, reason, and Plato added to this that the concept is not a mere rule of thought, but a metaphysical reality. This was the substance of the theory of ideas. Every philosophy, which makes a systematic attempt to solve the riddle of the universe, necessarily begins with the theory of the nature of that absolute and ultimate reality from which the universe is derived. This absolute reality we will call simply the absolute. Plato's theory is that the

Starting point is 07:50:47 absolute consists of concepts. To say that the absolute is reason, is thought, is concepts, is the universal. These are merely four different expressions of the same theory. Now, this proposition that the absolute is reason, is the fundamental thesis of all idealism. Since Plato's time, there have been several great idealistic systems of philosophy. That the absolute is reason is the central teaching of them all. Plato, therefore, is the founder and initiator of all idealism. It is this that gives him his great place in the history of philosophy. That the absolute is universal thought, this is what Plato has. has contributed to the philosophical speculation of the world.

Starting point is 07:51:24 This is his crowning merit. But we must go somewhat more into details. We must see how far he applied this principle successfully to the unravelment of the great problems of philosophy. In lecturing upon the Eliatics, I said that any successful philosophy must satisfy at least two conditions. It must give such an account of the absolute that the absolute is shown as capable of explaining the world.

Starting point is 07:51:46 It must be possible to deduce the actual world of facts from the first principle. Secondly, not only must this first principle explain the world, it must also explain itself. It must be really ultimate, that is, we must not, in order to understand it, have to refer to anything beyond and outside it. If we have to do so, then our ultimate is not an ultimate at all. Our first principle is not first. That thing by means of which we explain it must itself be the ultimate reality. And besides being ultimate, our principle must be wholly intelligible.

Starting point is 07:52:16 It must not be a mere ultimate mystery, for to reduce the whole world to an ultimate mystery is clearly not to explain it. Our first principle must, in a word, be self-explanatory. Let us apply this two-fold test to Plato's system. Let us see firstly whether the principle of ideas explains the world, and secondly, whether it explains itself. Does it explain the world? Is the actual existence of things, horses, trees, stars, men, explained by it? What in the first place is the relation between the things and the ideas? Things, says Plato, are copies or imitations of the ideas. They participate in the ideas. The ideas are archetypal of things. Now all these phrases are mere poetic metaphors. They do not really tell us how things are related to ideas. But suppose we ignore

Starting point is 07:53:01 this and assume for the sake of the argument that we understand what is meant by participation and that things are in the literal sense copies of ideas. The question still remains, why do such copies exist? How do they arise? Now, if this problem is to be solved, it's not enough to show merely as a fact that by some mysterious act, copies of ideas come into existence. There must be a reason for it, and this reason it is the business of philosophy to explain. This reason, too, must exist in the nature of the ideas themselves and not outside them. There must be, in the very nature of the ideas, some inner necessity which forces them to reproduce themselves in things.

Starting point is 07:53:38 This is what we mean by saying that the ideas are a sufficient explanation of the existence of things. But there is in Plato's ideas no such necessity. The ideas are defined as being the sole reality. They have already all reality in themselves. They are self-sufficient. They lack nothing. It is not necessary for them further to realize their being in the concrete manifestation of things

Starting point is 07:53:59 because they, as wholly real, need no realization. Why then should they not remain forever simply as they are? Why should they go out of themselves into things? Why should they not remain in themselves and by themselves? Why should they need to reproduce themselves in objects? There are, we know, white objects in the universe. Their existence, we are told, is explained by the idea of whiteness? But why should the idea of whiteness produce white things?

Starting point is 07:54:24 It is itself the perfect whiteness. Why should it stir itself? Why should it not remain by itself, apart, sterile, in the world of ideas for all eternity? We cannot see. There is in the ideas no necessity urging them towards reproduction of themselves, and this means that they possess no principle for the explanation of things. Nevertheless, Plato has to make some attempt to meet the difficulty. And as the ideas are themselves impotent to produce things, Plato, unable to solve the problem by reason, attempts to solve it by violence.

Starting point is 07:54:54 He drags in the notion of God from nowhere in particular and uses him as a deus ex machina. God fashions matter into the images of ideas. The very fact that Plato is forced to introduce a creator shows that in the ideas themselves there is no ground of explanation. Things ought to be explained by the ideas themselves, but as they are incapable of explaining anything, God is called upon to do their work for them. Thus, Plato, faced with the problem of existence, practically deserts his theory of ideas and falls back upon a crude theism. Or if we say that the term God is not to be taken literally and that Plato uses it merely as a figurative term for the idea of good, then this saves Plato from the charge of introducing a theism altogether inconsistent with his philosophy, but it brings us back to the old difficulty.

Starting point is 07:55:40 For in this case, the existence of things must be explained by means of the idea of the good, but this idea is just as impotent as the other ideas. In this connection to the dualism of Plato's system becomes evident. If everything is grounded in the one ultimate reality, the ideas, then the entire universe must be clasped together in a system, all parts of which flow out of the ideas. If there exists in the universe anything which stands aloof from this idea, remains isolated and cannot be reduced to a manifestation of the ideas, then the philosophy has failed

Starting point is 07:56:11 to explain the world, and we have before us a confessed dualism. Now not only has Plato to drag in God for the explanation of things, he has also to drag in matter. God takes matter and forms it into copies of the ideas. But what is this matter and where does it spring from? Clearly if the sole reality is the ideas, matter like all else, must be grounded in the ideas. But this is not the case in Plato's system. Matter appears as a principle quite independent of the ideas. As its being is self-derived and original, it must be itself a substance, but this is just what Plato denies, calling it absolute not being. Yet, since it has not its source in the ideas or in anything outside itself, we must say that though Plato calls it absolute not being, it is in fact an absolute being.

Starting point is 07:56:58 The ideas and matter stand face to face in Plato's system, neither derived from the other, equally ultimate, coordinate, absolute realities. This is sheer dualism. The source of this dualism is to be found in the absolute separation which Plato makes between sense and reason. He places the world of sense on one side, the world of reason on the other, as things radically different and opposed. Hence it is impossible for him ever to bridge the gulf that he has himself created between them. We may expect the dualism of a philosophy which builds upon such premises to break out at numerous points in the system, and so indeed it does. It exhibits itself as the dualism of ideas and matter, of the sense world and the thought world, of body and soul. Not, of course, that it is not quite

Starting point is 07:57:43 right to recognize the distinction between sense and reason. Any genuine philosophy must recognize that, and no doubt, too, it is right to place truth and reality on the side of reason rather than sense, but although sense and reason are distinct, they must also be identical. They must be divergent streams flowing from one source, and this means that a philosophy which considers the absolute reality to be reason must exhibit sense as a lower form of reason. Because Plato fails to see the identity of sense and reason, as well as their difference, his philosophy becomes a continual fruitless effort to overreach the dualism thus generated. Thus the answer to our first question, whether the theory of ideas explains the world of things, must be answered in the negative.

Starting point is 07:58:25 Let us pass on to the second test. Is the principle of ideas a self-execis? Is the principle of ideas a self-executive? explanatory principle? Such a principle must be understood purely out of itself. It must not be a principle like that of the materialist which merely reduces the whole universe to an ultimate mysterious fact. For even if it be shown that the reason of everything is matter, it is still open to us to ask what the reason of matter is. We cannot see any reason why matter should exist. It is a mere fact which dogmatically forces itself upon our consciousness without giving any reason for itself. Our principle must be such that we cannot ask a further reason of it. It must be its own reason, and so in itself satisfy the demand for a final explanation.

Starting point is 07:59:06 Now, there's only one such principle in the world, namely reason itself. You can ask the reason of everything else in the world. You can ask the reason of the sun, the moon, stars, the soul, God, or the devil. But you cannot ask the reason of reason, because reason is its own reason. Let us put the same thought in another way. When we demand the explanation of anything, what do we mean by explanation? What is it we want? Do we not mean that the thing appears to us irrational and we want it shown that it is rational? When this is done, we say it is explained. Think, for example, of what is called the problem of evil.

Starting point is 07:59:41 People often talk of it as the problem of the origin of evil, as if what we want to know is how evil began. But even if we knew this, it would not explain anything. Suppose that evil began because someone ate an apple. Does this make the matter? any clearer? Do we feel that all our difficulties about the existence of evil are solved? No. This is not what we want to know. The difficulty is that evil appears to us something irrational. The problem can only be solved by showing us that somehow, in spite of appearances, it is rational that evil should exist. Show us this, and evil is explained. Explanation of a thing, then, means showing that the thing is rational. Now, we can ask that everything else in the world

Starting point is 08:00:21 should be shown to be rational, but we cannot demand that a philosopher shall show that reason is rational. This is absurd. Reason is what is already absolutely rational. It is what explains itself. It is its own reason. It is a self-explanatory principle. This, then, must be the principle of which we are in search. The absolute, we said, must be a self-explanatory principle, and there's only one such, namely reason. The absolute, therefore, is reason. It was the greatness and glory of Plato to have seen this, and thereby to have become a reason. the founder of all true philosophy. For to say that the absolute is concepts is the same as saying its reason. It might seem then that Plato has satisfied the second canon of criticism. He takes

Starting point is 08:01:02 his first principle, a self-explanatory reality. But we cannot quite so quickly jump to this conclusion. After all, the mere word reason is not a key which will unlock to us the doors of the universe. Something more is necessary than the mere word. We must in fact be told what reason is. Now, there are two senses in which we might ask the question what reason is, one of which is legitimate, the other illegitimate. It is illegitimate to ask what reason is in the sense of asking that it shall be explained to us in terms of reason. It would be to seek the reason of reason in something which is not reason. It would be to admit that reason in itself is not rational, and this is absurd. But it is legitimate to ask what reason is, meaning thereby, what is the content of reason?

Starting point is 08:01:46 The content of reason we have seen is concepts. But what concepts? How are we to know whether any particular concept is part of the system of reason or not? Only it is evident by ascertaining whether it is a rational concept. If a concept is wholly rational, then it is a part of reason. If not, not. What we need then is a detailed account of all the concepts which reason contains and a proof that each of these concepts is really rational.

Starting point is 08:02:13 It is obvious that only in this way can we make a satisfactory beginning. in philosophy. Before we can show that reason explains, that is, rationalizes the world, we must surely first show that reason itself is rational, or rather to be more accurate that our conception of reason is rational. There must not be any mere inexplicable facts, any mysteries, any dark places in our notion of reason. It must be penetrated through and through by the light of reason. It must be absolutely transparent, crystalline. How can we hope to explain the world if our very first principle itself contains irration rationalities. Each concept then must prove itself rational. And this means that it must be a

Starting point is 08:02:52 necessary concept. A necessary proposition we saw is one such as that two and two equal four, the opposite of which is unthinkable. So for Plato's ideas to really be necessary, it ought to be logically impossible for us to deny their reality. It ought to be impossible to think the world at all without these concepts. To attempt to deny them ought to be shown to be self-contradictory. They ought to be so necessarily involved in reason that thought without them becomes impossible. Clearly this is the same as saying that the ideas must not be mere ultimate inexplicable facts. Of such a fact we assert merely that it is so, but we cannot see any reason for it. To see a reason for it is the same as seeing its necessity,

Starting point is 08:03:34 seeing not merely that it is so, but that it must be so. Now Plato's ideas are not of this necessary kind. there is, we are told, an idea of whiteness, but why should there be such an idea? It is a mere fact, not a necessity. We can think the world quite well without the idea of whiteness. The world so far, as we can see, could get on perfectly well without either white objects or the idea of whiteness. To deny its reality leads to no self-contradictions. Put it in another way.

Starting point is 08:04:02 There are certainly white objects in the world. We demand that these, among other things, be explained. Plato tells us, by way of explanation, that there are a way of, white objects because there is an idea of whiteness. But in that case, why is there an idea of whiteness? We cannot see. There is no reason. There is no necessity in this. The same thing applies to all the other ideas. They are not rational concepts. They are not a part of the system of reason. But at this point, perhaps, a glimmer of hope dawns upon us. We ask the reason for these ideas. Has not Plato asserted that the ultimate reason and ground of all the lower ideas will be found

Starting point is 08:04:39 in the supreme idea of the good? Now, if this is so, it means that the lower ideas must find their necessity and the highest idea. If we could see that the idea of good necessarily involves the other ideas, then these other ideas would be really explained. In other words, we ought to be able to deduce all the other ideas from this one idea. It ought to be possible to show that, granted the idea of the good, all the other ideas necessarily follow, that to assume the good and deny the other ideas would be self-contradictory and unthinkable. There are examples in Plato of the kind of deduction we require. For example, in the Permanides, he showed that the idea of the one necessarily involves the idea of the many and vice versa. You cannot think the one without also

Starting point is 08:05:23 thinking the many. This means that the many is deduced from the one and the one from the many. Just in the same way, we ought to be able to deduce the idea of whiteness from the idea of the good. But this is clearly not possible. You may analyze the good as long as you like, you may turn it in every conceivable direction, but you cannot get whiteness out of it. The two ideas do not involve each other. They are thinkable apart. It is quite possible to think the good without thinking whiteness, and it is the same with all the other ideas. None of them can be deduced from the good. And the reason for this is very obvious. Just as the lower ideas contain only what is common among the things of a class and exclude their differences, so the higher ideas include what is common

Starting point is 08:06:04 to the ideas that come under them, but exclude what is not common. For example, the idea of color contains what white, blue, red, and green have in common, but all colors have not whiteness in common. Green, for example, is not white. Hence the idea of color excludes the idea of whiteness, and it likewise excludes all the ideas of the other particular colors. So too, the highest idea of all contains only what all ideas agree in, but all the rest falls outside it. Thus the idea of whiteness is perfect in its kind. And as all ideas are likewise perfect, the highest idea is that in which they all agree, namely perfection itself. But this means that the perfection of the idea of whiteness is contained in the supreme idea, but its specific character in which it differs

Starting point is 08:06:51 from the other ideas is excluded. Its specific character is just its whiteness. Thus the perfection of whiteness is contained in the good, but its whiteness is not. Consequently, it is impossible to deduce whiteness from the good, because the good does not contain whiteness. You cannot get out of it what is not in it. When Plato deduced the many from the one, he did so only by showing that the one contains the many. He cannot deduce whiteness from goodness because goodness does not contain whiteness. The lower ideas thus have not the character of necessity. They are mere facts, and the hope that we shall find their necessity in the supreme idea fails. But suppose we waive this.

Starting point is 08:07:29 Suppose we grant that there must be an idea of whiteness because there is an idea of the good. Then why is there an idea of the good? What is the necessity of that? We cannot see any necessity in it. What we said of the other ideas applies with equal force to the highest idea. The good may be a necessary idea, but Plato has not shown it. Thus, though Plato named reason as the absolute, and though reason is a self-explanatory principle, his account of the detailed content of reason

Starting point is 08:07:55 is so unsatisfactory that none of the concepts which he includes in it are really shown to be rational. His philosophy breaks down upon the second test as it did upon the first. He has neither explained the world from the ideas, nor has he made the ideas explain themselves. There's one other defect in Plato's system which is of capital importance. There runs throughout it a confusion between the notions of reality and existence. To distinguish between existence, and reality is an essential future of all idealism. Even if we go back to the dim idealism of the Eliatics, we shall see this. Zeno, we saw, denied motion, multiplicity, and the world of sense. But he did not deny the existence of the world. That is an impossibility. Even if the world is

Starting point is 08:08:37 delusion, the delusion exists. What he denied was the reality of existence. But if reality is not existence, what is it? It is being, replied the Eliatics, but being does not exist. Whatever exists is this or that particular sort of being. Being itself is not anywhere to be found. Thus the Eliatic's first denied that existence is reality and then that reality exists. They did not themselves draw this conclusion, but it is involved in their whole position. With a fully developed idealism like Plato's, this ought to be still clearer. And in a sense, it is. The individual horse is not real, but it certainly exists. The universal horse is real, but it does not exist. But upon this last point, Plato wavered and fell. He cannot resist the temptation to think of the absolute reality as existing,

Starting point is 08:09:24 and consequently the ideas are not merely thought as the real universal in the world, but as having a separate existence in a world of their own. Plato must have realized what is in truth involved in his whole position, that the absolute reality has no existence, for he tells us that it is the universal and not any particular individual thing, but everything that exists is an individual thing. Again, he tells us that the idea is outside time. But whatever exists must exist at some time. Here then, this central idealistic thought seems well fixed in Plato's mind. But when he goes on to speak of recollection and reincarnation, when he tells us that the soul before birth dwelt apart in the world of ideas to which after death it may hope to return, it is clear that Plato

Starting point is 08:10:07 has forgotten his own philosophy, that he is now thinking of the ideas as individual existences in the world of their own. This is a world of idea. This is a world of ideas. This is a world of ideas. is having a separate existence and a place of its own. It is not this world. It is a world beyond. Thus the Platonic philosophy, which began on a high level of idealistic thinking, proclaiming the sole reality of the universal, ends by turning the universal itself into nothing but an exist in particular. It is the old, old story of trying to form mental pictures of that which no picture is adequate to comprehend. Since all pictures are formed out of sensuous materials, and since we can form no picture of anything that is not an individual thing,

Starting point is 08:10:45 to form a picture of the universal necessarily means thinking of it as just what it is not, an individual. So Plato commits the greatest sin that can be ascribed to a philosopher. He treats thought as a thing. To sum up, Plato is the great founder of idealism, the initiator of all subsequent truths in philosophy. But as always with pioneers, his idealism is crude. It cannot explain the world, it cannot explain itself. It cannot even keep true to its own principles because having for the first time in history definitely enunciated the truth that reality is the universal, it straightway forgets its own creed and plunges back into a particularism which regards the ideas as existent individuals. It was these defects which Aristotle set himself to rectify in a purer idealism,

Starting point is 08:11:29 shorn of Plato's impurities. End of Section 28. This is a Libervox recording. All Libervox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit livervox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Aristotle, life, writings, and general character of his work. Aristotle was born in 384 BC at Stagiris, a Grecian colony, and seaport on the coast of Thrace. His father, Nicomachus, was court physician to King Amidus of Macedonia, and from this began Aristotle's long association with the Macedonian court, which considerably influenced his life and destinies. while he was still a boy, his father died, and he was sent by his guardian, Proxenus, to Athens, the intellectual center of the world to complete his education.

Starting point is 08:12:51 He was then aged 17. He joined the academy and studied under Plato, attending the latter's lectures for a period of 20 years. In subsequent times, Aristotle's detractors, anxious to vilify his character, accused him of ingratitude to his master Plato. It was said that Plato's old age had been embittered by dissensions in the school caused by the factious spirit of Aristotle, that there is no ground for attaching any blame to Aristotle for the troubles of Plato, which either did not exist or have been grossly exaggerated,

Starting point is 08:13:34 it is evident both from the facts within our knowledge and from the reference to Plato and Aristotle's works. It is not likely that had Aristotle rendered himself genuinely objectionable, he could have remained for 20 years in the academy, and only left it upon the death of Plato. Moreover, although Aristotle in his works attacks the teaching of Plato with unsparing vigor, There is nowhere to be found in these attacks any suggestion of acrimony or personal rancor. On the contrary, he refers to himself as the friend of Plato, but a greater friend of the truth. The fact in all probability is that a man of such independent and original mind as Aristotle did not accord to Plato the kind of blind adoration and hero worship,

Starting point is 08:14:30 which he may have received from the inferior intellects in the school. As is so often the case with young men of marked ability, the brilliant student may have suffered from the impatience and self-assertion of youth. There was certainly nothing worse. While at the academy, Aristotle exhibited an unflagging spirit, an unwary zeal in the pursuit of knowledge in all its forms, a spirit which gave rise to nicknames and anecdotes, which probably contained as much truth or as little as most of the anecdotes which gather around remarkable characters. One of these stories was that he used a mechanical contrivance to wake him up whenever sleep threatened to put an end to his hours of study.

Starting point is 08:15:22 In 347 BC, Plato died and his nephew, Sapusippusippus, was chosen as head of the academy. Aristotle left Athens with his fellow student, Sinocritus, and together they repaired to the court of Hermaeus, King of Ontario, in Asia Minor. Hermaeus, a man of low origin, but of high instincts, and advanced education, had himself attended the lectures of Plato, and received the two young philosophers as welcome guests. Aristotle stayed three years at Artagnus, and while there married Pythias, the niece of the king. In later life he was married a second time to one, Herpilus, who bore him a son, Nicomachus. At the end of three years, Hermias fell victim to the treachery of the Persians, and Aristotle went to Mytilean. Here he remained for several years till he received an invitation from Philip of Macedonia to become the tutor of the young Alexander. Afterwards, Conqueror of the World, then age 13. Aristotle obeyed the summons, and for about five years, superintendent, the education of Alexander.

Starting point is 08:16:46 Both Philip and Alexander appear to have paid Aristotle high honor, and there were stories that he was supplied by the Macedon. court, not only with funds for the prosecution of learning, but even with thousands of slaves for the collection of specimens. These stories are probably false and certainly exaggerated, but there is no doubt that, in his scientific and philosophical inquiries, he was backed by the influence of the court, and could even perhaps have looked to that quarter for supplies, had it ever been necessary. Upon the death of Philip, Alexander succeeded to the kingship. The period of his studies was now over, and he began to make preparations for subsequent conquests.

Starting point is 08:17:33 Aristotle's work being finished, he returned to Athens, which he had not visited since the death of Plato. He found the Platonic school flourishing under Xenocritus, in Platonism the dominant philosophy of Athens. He thereupon set up his own school at a place called the Lyceum. It was in connection with this that his followers became known in after years as the peripatetics, a name which arose from Aristotle's habit of walking about as he discoursed. The period of his residence in Athens lasted 13 years, during which time he was occupied in the leadership of his school and in literary labors. This appears to have been the most fruitful period of his life.

Starting point is 08:18:25 There is no doubt that all his most important writings were composed at this time, but at the end of this period, his fortunes changed. In BC-323, Alexander the Great died suddenly at Babylon, in the midst of his triumphs. The Athenian government was in the hands of a pro-Macedonian party. Upon the death of Alexander, this party was overthrown, and a general reaction occurred against everything Macedonian. Alexander had been regarded in Greece, much as Napoleon was regarded in Europe a century ago. He had insulted the free Greek cities.

Starting point is 08:19:08 He had even sacked the city of Thebes. The whole of Greece lived in perpetually. terror of invasion. Now that this fear was removed by his death, there was a general outburst of feeling against Macedonia. An anti-Macedonian party came into power. Now Aristotle had always been regarded as a representative and protege of the Macedonian court, although as a matter of fact, he had recently fallen out of favor with the autocratic Alexander, a charge of impiety. A charge of impiety, was trumped up against him. To escape prosecution, he fled to Kalsas and Yubia.

Starting point is 08:19:52 In order that, as he said, the Athenians might not have another opportunity of sinning against philosophy as they had already done in the person of Socrates. He perhaps intended to return to Athens as soon as the storm had blown over, but in the first year of his residence at Kalsas, He was overtaken by a sudden illness and died at the age of 63 in BC 32.

Starting point is 08:20:22 End of Section 29, read by Rachel Costello. Section 30 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, Please visit Libravox.org A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 13, Aristotle.

Starting point is 08:21:02 Part 2, Logic. Not much need be said under this head, because whoever knows the common logic of the textbooks knows the logic of Aristotle. Of the two branches of reasoning, deductive and inductive, Aristotle clearly recognizes the latter, and many of his observations upon induction are acute and penetrating. But he has not reduced induction to a science. He has not laid bare the fundamental canons of inductive thought.

Starting point is 08:21:42 This was a work not performed until comparatively modern times. His name, therefore, is more especially associated with deductive logic, of which he was the founder. He not only founded the science, but practically completed it. What we now know as formal logic, what is to this day contained in all textbooks, taught in all schools and universities, is in all its essentials, nothing more than the logic of Aristotle. His writings upon the subject include the treatment of the well-known laws of thought, the doctrine of the ten categories, the five predicables,

Starting point is 08:22:31 the doctrines of terms, of propositions, of syllogisms, and of the reduction of the other figures to the first figure of the syllogism. and these heads might well form the list of contents of a modern work on formal logic. In only two respects has any advance been made upon Aristotle by subsequent logicians. The fourth figure of the syllogism is not recognized by Aristotle, and he dealt only with categorical syllogisms, and does not treat conditional syllogisms. but whether or not the fourth figure of the syllogism has any value is still a matter open to dispute. And though the doctrine of conditional syllogisms is important, it is not essential,

Starting point is 08:23:27 because all conditional syllogisms can be reduced to categorical syllogisms. The categorical syllogism is the fundamental type of reasoning to which every other form of deduction can be reduced. As for the rest of the huge treatises on formal logic which some moderns have produced, the supposed additions are nothing but wearisome, endless, useless, nauseating academic distinctions and refinements, which are much better forgotten than remembered. Aristotle's logic contains, therefore, all that is essential to the subject. The only ground on which it can be attacked is its wholly empirical procedure. But that is another story.

Starting point is 08:24:21 As a collection, arrangement, and analysis of the facts of reason, it is to all intents and purposes finality achieved at one stroke. End of Section 30. Read by Carrie Adams, your bookboys, at Mesa, Arizona, on the 17th of February 22. Section 31 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.

Starting point is 08:25:03 For more information or to volunteer, please visit Liprovox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Metaphysics. The treatise now known as the metaphysics of Aristotle did not originally bear that name. Aristotle's name for this subject is first philosophy, by which he means the knowledge of the first, highest, or most general principles of the universe. All other branches of knowledge are subordinate to this science, not because they are inferior in value, but because they are lower in logic. and logical sequence, as dealing with principles less universal in their scope.

Starting point is 08:25:53 Thus, all the special sciences deal with one or another particular spear of being, but the first philosophy has for its subject, being as such, being so far forth as it is being. It studies, not the characteristics of this or that kind of being, but the principles which are equally true of all being. The laws of zoology apply only to animals, but the principles of the first philosophy apply to everything. The name metaphysics came into use only half a century BC when Andronicus published a complete edition of Aristotle's known works. In this edition, the treatise on first philosophy was placed after the physics, and metaphysics, and metaphysics signifies simply after physics. The derivation of the word thus appears to be merely accidental

Starting point is 08:26:51 and avatitious. Whether it was also in any way intended to signify that the subject is beyond physics, that is, deals with what transcends physical existence, seems doubtful. Aristotle's metaphysical theory grows naturally out of his polemic against Plato's theory of ideas, because his own system was in effect simply an attempt to overcome the defects which he found in Plato. The main heads of this polemic are the following. One, Plato's ideas do not explain the existence of things. To explain why the world is here is after all the main problem of philosophy. And Plato's theory fails to do this. Even admitting that, say, the idea of whiteness exists.

Starting point is 08:27:48 We cannot see how it produces white objects. 2. Plato has not explained the relation of ideas to things. Things, we are told, are copies of ideas, and participate in them. But how are we to understand this participation? And using such phrases, says Aristotle, Plato is giving no real account of the relationship, but is merely uttering poetic metaphors. 3. Even if the existence of things is explained by the ideas, their motion is not. Suppose that the idea of whiteness produces white things, the idea of beauty, beautiful things, and so on.

Starting point is 08:28:32 Yet since the ideas themselves are immutable and motionless, so will be the world which is their copy. Thus the universe should be absolutely static, like Coleridge's painted ship upon a paintant ocean. But the world on the contrary is a world of change, motion, life becoming. Plato makes no attempt to explain the unceasing becoming of things, even if the idea of whiteness explains white objects. Yet why do these objects arise, develop, decay, and cease to exist. To explain this, there must be some principal emotion in the ideas themselves, but there is not. They are immovable and lifeless. Four, the world consists of a multitude of things, and it is the business of philosophy to explain why they exist. By way of explanation,

Starting point is 08:29:30 Plato merely assumes the existence of another multitude of things, the ideas. But the only effect of this is to double the number of things to be explained. How does it help thus to duplicate everything? An Aristotle likens Plato to a man who, being unable to count with a small number, fancies that if he doubles the number, he will find it easier to count. Five, the ideas are supposed to be non-sentuous, but they are, in fact, sensuous. Plato thought that a non-sensuous principle must be solved. in order to explain the world of sense. But not being able to find any such principle,

Starting point is 08:30:14 he merely took the objects of sense over again and called them nonsensuous. But there is, in fact, no difference between the horse and the idea of the horse, between the man and the idea of the man, except a useless and meaningless in itself or in general attached to each object of sense to make it appear something different.

Starting point is 08:30:39 The ideas are nothing but hypostatized things of sense, and Aristotle likens them to the anthropomorphic gods of the popular religion. As these, he says, are nothing but deified men, so the ideas are nothing but externalized things of nature. Things are said to be copies of ideas, but in fact the ideas are only copies of things. 6. Next comes the argument of the third man, so-called by Aristotle from the illustration, by which he explained it. Ideas are assumed in order to explain what is common to many objects.

Starting point is 08:31:21 Wherever there is a common element, there must be an idea. Thus there is a common element to all men, and therefore there is an idea of man, but there is also an element common to the individual, man, and to the idea of man. There must, therefore, be a further idea, the third man, to explain this. Between this further idea and the individual man, there must be yet another idea to explain what they have in common, and so on ad infinitum. 7. But by far the most important of all Aristotle's objections is to the ideal theory,

Starting point is 08:32:00 and that which, to all intents and purposes, sums up all the others, is that it assumes that ideas are the essences of things, and yet places those essences outside the things themselves. The essence of a thing must be in it and not outside it. But Plato separated ideas from things and placed the ideas away somewhere in a mysterious world of their own. The idea as the universal can only exist in the particular. Possibly the reality in all horses is the universal horse. But the universal horse is not something that exists by itself and independently of individual horses.

Starting point is 08:32:47 Hence Plato was led into the absurdity of talking as if, besides the individual horses we know, there is somewhere another individual called the horse in general, or as if besides white objects, there is a thing called whiteness. And this is, in fact, the supreme self-contradiction of the theory of ideas, that it begins by saying that the universal is real and the particular unreal, but ends by degrading the universal again into a particular. This is the same thing as saying that Plato's mistake lay in first, rightly, seeing that existence is not reality, but then wrongly, going on to imagine that the reality

Starting point is 08:33:36 is an existence. Out of this last objection grows Aristotle's own philosophy, the fundamental principle of which is that the universal is indeed the absolute reality, but that it is a, universal which exists only in the particular. What is reality? What is substance? This is the first question for the metaphysician. Now substance is what has an independent existence of its own.

Starting point is 08:34:07 It is that whose being does not flow into it from any source outside itself. Consequently, substance is what is never a predicate. It is that to which all predicates are applied. Thus in the proposition gold is heavy, gold is the subject, or substance, and heavy is its predicate. The heaviness is dependent for its existence on the gold, and is therefore the latter, and not the former. That is the substance.

Starting point is 08:34:42 Now keeping this in mind are universals as Plato asserts substances. No, because the universal is merely a common predicate which attaches to many objects of a class. Thus the concept of man is merely what is common to all men. It is the same thing as the predicate humanness. But humanness cannot exist apart from human beings, any more than heaviness apart from the heavy object. Universals then are not substances, but neither are particular substances. for there is no such thing as that which is absolutely particular and isolated.

Starting point is 08:35:25 If humanness does not exist apart from men, neither do men exist apart from humanness. Take away from a man what he has in common with other men and what he has in common with other objects, and you will find that, having stripped him of all his qualities, there is absolutely nothing left. We say gold is heavy, yellow, malleable, etc. Now the heaviness, the yellowness, and the other qualities cannot exist apart from the gold. But it is equally true that the gold cannot exist apart from its qualities. Strip off all its qualities in thought and then ask yourself what the gold itself is apart from its qualities. You will find that your mind is a total blank,

Starting point is 08:36:15 and taking away the qualities you have taken away the gold itself. The gold can only be thought through its qualities. It only exists through its qualities. The gold, therefore, just as much depends on the qualities for its existence as the qualities depend upon the gold. Hence neither of them, considered apart from the other, is substance. But the qualities are the universal element in the gold. The gold without the qualities is that,

Starting point is 08:36:45 absolutely particular and isolated, for first the yellowness is a quality, which this gold has in common with that gold, and is therefore universal, and so with all the qualities. Even if a particular piece of gold has a quality possessed by no other gold, it is yet possessed by some other object in the universe, or it would be unknowable. Every quality is consequently a universal. Secondly, the gold without its qualities is the absolutely particular. For, being stripped of all qualities, it is stripped of whatever it has in common with other things. It is stripped of whatever universality it has, and it remains an absolute particular. Hence the universal is not substance, nor is the particular, for neither of them can exist without the other.

Starting point is 08:37:42 Substance must be a compound of the two. It must be the universal in the particular, and this means that that alone, which is substance, is the individual object. For example, the gold with all its qualities attached to it. It is usually believed that Aristotle contradicted himself in as much as he first states as above that the individual object, the compound of universal in particular, is substance. but later on allows a superior reality to the universal, or form as he calls it, and in effect teaches, like Plato, that the universal is what alone is absolutely real, that is that the universal is substance. I do not agree that there is any real inconsistency in Aristotle,

Starting point is 08:38:39 or rather the inconsistency is one of words, and not of thought. It must be remembered that whenever Aristotle says that the individual and not the universal is substance, he is thinking of Plato. What he means to deny is that the universal can exist on its own account as Plato thought. Nevertheless, he agrees with Plato that the universal is the real. When he says that the universal is not substance, he means as against Plato, that it is not existent. What alone exists is the individual thing, the compound of universal in particular. When he says or implies that the universal is substance, he means that though it is not existent, it is real. His words are contradictory, but his meaning is not.

Starting point is 08:39:35 He has not expressed himself as clearly as he should. That is all. The further development of Aristotle's metaphysics depends upon his doctrine of causation. By causation here, however, is meant a very much wider conception than what is understood by that term in modern times. I have in previous lectures attempted to make clear the distinction between causes and reasons. The cause of a thing does not give any reason for it and therefore does not explain it. The cause is merely the mechanism by which a reason produces its consequence. Death is caused by accident or disease, but these causes explain nothing as to why death should be in the world at all. Now, if we accept this distinction, we may say that Aristotle's

Starting point is 08:40:28 conception of causation includes both what we have called causes and reasons. Whatever is necessary, whether facts or principles, whether causes or reasons, fully to understand, the existence of a thing or the happening of an event is included in the Aristotelitlian notion of causation. Taking causation in this wide sense, Aristotle finds that there are four kinds of causes, the material, the efficient, the formal, and the final cause. These are not alternative causes. It is not meant that, to explain anything, one or other of the formal, must be present. In every case of the existence or production of a thing, all four causes

Starting point is 08:41:18 operate simultaneously. Moreover, the same four causes are to be found both in human and in cosmic production, in the making of manufactured articles by man, and in the production of things by nature. They are more clearly and easily seen, however, and human production from which spear, therefore we select our example. The material cause of a thing is the matter of which it is composed. It is the raw material which becomes the thing. For example, in the making of a bronze statue of Hermes, the bronze is the material cause of the statue. This example might lead one to suppose that Aristotle means by material cause what we call matter. Physical substance such as brass, iron, or wood.

Starting point is 08:42:12 As we shall see later, this is not necessarily the case, though it is so in the present instance. The efficient cause is always defined by Aristotle as the cause of motion. It is the energy or moving force required to bring about change. It must be remembered that by most, emotion Aristotle means not merely change of place but change of any sort. The alteration of a leaf from green to yellow is just as much emotion in his sense as the falling of a stone. The efficient cause then is the cause of all change. In the example taken,

Starting point is 08:42:54 what causes the bronze to become a statue, what produces this change is the sculptor. He is therefore the efficient cause of the statue. He is therefore the efficient cause of the statue. The formal cause Aristotle defines as the substance and essence of the thing. Now the essence of a thing is given in its definition. But the definition is the explication of the concept. Therefore, the formal cause is the concept. Or as Plato would call it, the idea of the thing. Plato's ideas thus reappear in Aristotle as formal causes.

Starting point is 08:43:31 The final cause is the end, purpose, or aim, towards which the movement is directed. When a statue is being produced, the end of this activity, what this sculptor aims at, is the completed statue itself, and the final cause of a thing in general is the thing itself, the completed being of the object. We can see at once how much wider this conception of causation is than the modern conception. If we take Mills definition of a cause as the best expression of modern scientific ideas, we find that he defines a cause as the invariable and unconditional antecedent of a phenomenon. This cuts out final causes at once.

Starting point is 08:44:20 For the final cause is the end, and it is not antecedent in time. It also does not include formal causes, for we do not think of the concept of a thing as being part of its cause. This leaves us with only material and efficient causes, and these correspond roughly to the modern notions of matter and energy. Even the efficient causes of Aristotle, however, appear on further consideration to be excluded from the modern idea of causation. For though the efficient cause is the energy which produces motion, modern science regards it as a purely mechanical energy, Whereas Aristotle thinks of it, as we shall see, as an ideal force, operating not from the

Starting point is 08:45:08 beginning but from the end. But it must not be supposed that, in saying that the modern idea of causation excludes formal and final causes, we mean that Aristotle is wrong in adding them, or that the modern idea is better than Aristotle's. It is not a question of better or worse at all. Modern science does not in any way deny the reality of formal and final clauses. It merely considers them to be outside its spear. It is no business of science whether they exist or not, as knowledge advances, differentiation, and division of labor occur. Science takes as its province mechanical causes and leaves formal and final causes

Starting point is 08:45:54 to the philosopher to explicate. Thus, for example, formal causes are not considered by science because they are not in the modern sense causes at all. They are what we have called reasons. If we are to explain the existence of an object in the universe, it may be necessary to introduce formal causes, concepts to show why the thing exists, to show in fact its reasons. But science makes no attempt to explain the existence of objects. It takes their existence for granted and seeks to trace their history and the relations to each other. Therefore, it does not require formal causes. It seeks to work out the mechanical view of the universe and therefore considers only mechanical causes.

Starting point is 08:46:44 But Aristotle's theory as being philosophy rather than science includes both the principles of mechanism and teleology. It was not Aristotle's habit to propound. his theories as if they were something absolutely new, sprung for the first time out of his own brain. In attacking any problem, his custom was to begin by enumerating current and past opinions, to criticize them, to reject what was valueless in them, to retain the residue of truth, and to add to it his own suggestions and original ideas. The resultant of this process was his own theory, which he thus represented, not as absolutely new, but as a development of the views of his predecessors. This course he follows also in the present instance. The first book of the

Starting point is 08:47:38 metaphysics is a history of all previous philosophy from Thal's to Plato, undertaken with the object of investigating how far the four causes had been recognized by his predecessors. The The material cause, he says, had been recognized from the first. The aonics believed in this and no other cause. They sought to explain everything by matter, though they differed among themselves as to the nature of the material cause. They is describing it as water. And Examinis as air. Later philosophers also gave different accounts of it.

Starting point is 08:48:18 Heraclitus thinking it was fire. Empedocles. The four elements. Anaxagoras, an indefinite number of kinds of matter. But the point is that they all recognize the necessity for a material cause of some sort to explain the universe. The earliest thinkers then, the Ionics, assumed only this one cause. But as thought advanced, says Aristotle, and other philosophers came upon the scene, the thing itself guided them. It was seen that a second cause was necessary to explain the motion and become.

Starting point is 08:48:53 of things. For matter itself does not produce its motion. What is not the cause of its becoming a bed, nor is brass the cause of its becoming a statue. Hence arose the idea of the efficient cause. The elitics did not recognize it, for they denied motion, and for them, therefore, no cause of motion could be assumed. But Perimides, Aristotle thinks, wavered on this point, somehow allowing vaguely the existence of a second cause, which he denominated the hot and the cold. The references, of course, to the second part of the poeing of Peremidas. Other philosophers clearly assumed an efficient cause, for they thought that one element, for example, fire, is more active, that is, more productive of motion than others.

Starting point is 08:49:47 Empedocles certainly attained to the idea of an efficient cause. renamed as moving forces, harmony and discord, love and hate. Anachorus also used noose as a moving force. Formal causes had perhaps been recognized by the Pythagorians for numbers are forms. But they straightaway degraded the formal cause to the level of a material cause by declaring that number is the stuff or matter of which things are made. Plato alone clearly saw the necessity for the formal cause.

Starting point is 08:50:24 For formal causes are, as we have seen, the same as Plato's ideas. But Plato's philosophy contains only two of the four causes, namely the material and the formal, for Plato made all things out of matter and the ideas. Since the ideas have in them no principle of motion, Plato's system contains no efficient cause. As for final causes, Plato had indeed the vague idea that everything is for the sake of the good, but he makes no use of this conception and does not develop it. Final causes were introduced into philosophy by Anacarus, whose doctrine of the world forming mind was assumed to explain the design and purpose which the universal exhibits.

Starting point is 08:51:11 But as his system developed, he forgot about this, and used the noose merely as a piece of mechanism to explain motion, thus letting it sink into nothing more than an efficient cause. In the result, Aristotle finds that all four causes have been recognized in greater or lesser degrees by his predecessors, and this, in his opinion, greatly reinforces his own doctrine. But whereas material and efficient causes have been clearly understood, his predecessors had only vaguely foreshadowed and dimly perceived the value of formal and final causes.

Starting point is 08:51:50 The next step in Aristotle's metaphysics is to reduce these four principles to two, which he calls matter and form. This reduction takes place by showing that formal cause, efficient cause, and final cause all melt into the single conception of form. In the first place, the formal cause and the final cause are the same. For the formal cause is the essence, the concept, the idea of the thing. Now the final cause or the end is simply the realization of the idea of the thing in actuality. What the thing aims at is the definite expression of its form.

Starting point is 08:52:32 It thus aims at its form. Its end, final cause, is thus the same as its formal cause. Secondly, the efficient cause is the same as the final cause, for the efficient cause is the cause of becoming. The final cause is the end of the becoming. It is what it becomes, and in Aristotle's opinion, what causes the becoming is just that it aims at the end. The striving of all things is towards the end, and exists because of the end. The end is thus itself the cause of becoming or motion. to say the final cause is the real efficient cause. We may see this better by an example.

Starting point is 08:53:16 The end or final cause of the acorn is the oak, and it is the oak which is the cause of the acorn's growth, which consists essentially in a movement by which the acorn is drawn towards its end, the oak. We may see this even more definitely in the case of human productions, because here the strapping towards an end is conscious, whereas in nature it is unconscious or instinctive. The efficient cause of the statue is the sculptor. It is he that moves the brass. But what moves the sculptor and causes him to act upon the brass is the idea of the completed statue in his mind. The idea of the end, the final cause, is thus the real ultimate cause of the movement.

Starting point is 08:54:06 Only in the case of human production, the idea of the end is actually present in the sculptor's mind as a motive. In nature, there is no mind in which the end is conscious of itself. But nevertheless, nature moves towards the end, and the end is the cause of the movement. Thus the three causes named all melt into a single notion, which Aristotle calls the form of the thing. and this leaves only the material cause unreduced to any other, so we are left with the single antithesis of matter and form. End of Section 31, read by Rachel Costello. Section 32 of a critical history of Greek philosophy.

Starting point is 08:54:59 This is a Libervox recording. All Libervox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Section 32. Now, as matter and form are the fundamental categories of Aristotle's philosophy, by means of which he seeks to explain the entire universe,

Starting point is 08:55:30 it is essential that we should thoroughly understand their characteristics. First of all, matter and form are inseparable. We think of them as separate in order to understand them clearly. And this is quite right, because they are opposite principles, and therefore they are separate in thought. But they are never separable, in fact. There is no such thing as form without matter or matter without form. Every existent thing, that is, every individual object,

Starting point is 08:56:03 is a compound of matter and form. We may compare them in this respect, to the material and the shape of a thing, though we must be careful not to think that form is merely shape. Geometry considers shapes as if they exist it by themselves, but in fact we know that there are no such things as squares, circles, and triangles. There are only square objects, circular objects, etc. And as there are no shapes without objects, so there are no objects without shapes.

Starting point is 08:56:37 We talk of things being shapeless, but this only means that their shape is irregular or unusual. Some shape an object must have. Yet those shape and matter are inseparable, in fact, they are opposite principles and are separable in thought. Geometry is quite right to treat shapes as if they exist it by themselves, but it is nevertheless dealing with mere abstractions. just in the same way matter and form are never apart, and to think of form by itself or matter by itself is a mere abstraction. No such thing exists.

Starting point is 08:57:19 In fact, to imagine that forms can exist by themselves was just the mistake of which, as we have seen, Aristotle accuses Plato. For the form is the idea, and Plato imagine that ideas exist in a world of their own. From this two, we can see that the form is the universal, the matter, the particular. For the form is the idea, and the idea is the universal. To say that form and matter cannot exist apart is thus the same as saying that the universal only exist in the particular, which, as we have seen, is the fundamental note of Aristotle's philosophy. But if we thus identify matter with a particular element in things, we must be careful

Starting point is 08:58:08 that we do not confuse the particular with the individual. We often use these two words as practically synonymous, and there is no harm in this, but here we must be careful to separate them. For every individual is, according to Aristotle, a compound of matter in form, of the particular and the universal. And when we say that matter is the particular, we mean not that it is such a compound, but that it is the absolutely particular which has no universal in it.

Starting point is 08:58:43 But the absolutely particular and isolated does not exist. A piece of gold, for instance, only exists by virtue of its properties, yellowness, heaviness, etc. And these qualities are just what it has in common with other things, so that the particular, as such, has no existence. But this is only the same as saying what we have already said, that matter has no existence apart from form.

Starting point is 08:59:12 A very natural mistake would be to suppose that by matter, Aristotle meant the same as we do, namely physical substance, such as wood or iron, and that by form he meant simply shape. Now although there is a kinship in the ideas, these two pairs of ideas are far from identical. Let us begin with matter. Our ordinary idea of matter as physical substance is an absolute conception. That is to say, a thing which we call material is absolutely, once and for all, matter. It is not material from one point of view, and immaterial from another.

Starting point is 08:59:55 In every possible relation, it is and remains matter, nor does it in process of time cease to be matter. Brass never becomes anything but matter. No doubt there in nature changes of one sort of matter into another, for example radium into helium. And for all we know, brass may become lead. But even so, it does not cease to be matter. But Aristotle's conception of matter is a relative constant. Matter and form are fluid. They flow into one another. The same thing from one point of view is matter from another form. In all change matter is that which becomes that upon which the change

Starting point is 09:00:40 is rock. That is form towards which the change operates. What becomes is matter. What it becomes is form. Thus would is matter if considered in relation to the bed, for it is what becomes the bed. but what is form if considered in relation to the growing plant? For it is what the plant becomes. The oak is the form of the acorn, but it is the matter of the oak furniture. That matter and form are relative terms shows to you that the form cannot be merely the shape.

Starting point is 09:01:15 Or what is form in one aspect is matter in another. But shape is never anything but shape. No doubt the shape is part of the form, for the form in fact includes all the qualities of the thing, but the shape is quite an unimportant part of the form. For form includes organization, the relation of part to part, and the subordination of all parts to the whole. The form is the sum of the internal and external relations,

Starting point is 09:01:46 the ideal framework, so to speak, into which the thing is molded. Form also includes function, for includes the final call. Now the function of a thing is just what the thing is for, and what it is for is the same as its end, or final clause. Therefore, function is included in form. For example, the function of a hand, its power of gripping, is part of its form, and therefore if it loses its function by being cut off from the arm, it likewise loses its form. Even the dead hand, of course, has some form,

Starting point is 09:02:23 for every individual object is a compound of matter in form, but it has lost the highest part of its form, and relatively to the living hand, it is mere matter, although relatively to the flesh and bones of which it is composed. It is still form. Clearly then, form is not merely shape, for the hand cut off does not lose its shape. The form includes all the qualities of the thing.

Starting point is 09:02:52 The matter is what has the qualities, for the qualities are all universals. A piece of gold is yellow, and this means simply that it has this in common with other pieces of gold and other yellow objects. To say that anything has a quality is immediately to place it in a class, and what the class has in common is a universal. A thing without qualities cannot exist, nor qualities without a thing. And this is the same as saying that form and matter cannot exist separately. The matter then is the absolute formless. It is the substratum which underlies everything.

Starting point is 09:03:34 It has in itself no character. It is absolutely featureless, indefinite, without any quality. Whatever gives a thing definitous, character quality, whatever makes it a this or that is its form. Consequently, there are no differences within matter. One thing can only differ from another by having different qualities, and as matter has no qualities, it has no difference. And this in itself shows that the Aristotelian notion of matter

Starting point is 09:04:09 is not the same as our notion of physical substance. For, according to our modern uses, One kind of matter differs from another as brass from iron. But this is a difference of quality, and for Aristotle all quality is part of the form. So in his view, the difference of brass from iron is not a difference of matter, but a difference of form. Consequently, matter may have become anything, according to the form impressed upon it. It is thus the possibility of everything, though it is actually actually. nothing. It only becomes something by the acquisition of form, and this leads directly to a most

Starting point is 09:04:53 important Aristotelian antithesis, that between potentiality and actuality. Potentiality is the same as matter, actuality as form. For matter is potentially everything, it may become everything, it is not actually anything, it is a merely potentiality or capacity. of becoming something. But whatever gives it definiteness, as a this or that, whatever makes it an actual thing is its form. Thus the actuality of a thing is simply its form. Aristotle claims, by means of the antithesis of potentiality,

Starting point is 09:05:34 an actuality, to have solved the ancient problem of becoming a riddle propounded by the Lydix, which had never ceased to trouble Greek thinkers. How is becoming possible? For being to pass into being is not becoming, for it involves no change, and for not being to pass into being is impossible, since something cannot come out of nothing. For Aristotle, the sharp line drawn between not being and being does not exist.

Starting point is 09:06:08 For these absolute terms, he substitutes the relative terms of potentiality and actuality. which shade off into each other. Potentiality in his philosophy takes the place of not being in previous systems. It solves the riddle because it is not an absolute non-being. It is not being in as much as it is actually nothing, but it is being because it is potential being.

Starting point is 09:06:38 Becoming, therefore, does not involve the impossible leap from nothing to something. It involves the transition from potential to actually. actual being. All change, all motion is thus the passage of potentiality into actuality, of matter into form. Since matter is in itself nothing, a bare unrealized capacity, while form is actuality, the completed and perfected being, it follows that form is something higher than matter. But matter is what becomes form. In order of time, therefore, matter is earlier, form later, but in order of thought and in reality it is otherwise. For when we say that matter is the potentiality of what it is to become, this implies that

Starting point is 09:07:29 what it is to become is already present in it ideally and potentially, though not actually. The end therefore is already present in the beginning. The oak is in the acorn ideally, otherwise the oak could never come out of it. And since all becoming is towards the end, it would not take place but for the end. The end is the operative principle and true cause of becoming. Motion is produced not by a mechanical, propulsive force pushing from behind, so to speak,

Starting point is 09:08:04 but an ideal attractive force drawing the thing towards its end as a piece of iron is drawn to the magnet. It is the end itself, which is, exerts this force, and therefore the end must be present at the beginning, for if it were not present, it could exert no force, nay more. It is not only present in the beginning, it is anterior to it, for the end is the cause of the motion, and the cause is logically prior to its consequence. The end, or the principle of form, is thus the absolute first in thought and reality, although it may be the last in time.

Starting point is 09:08:44 If then, we ask what for Aristotle is that ultimate reality, that first principle from which the entire universe flows, the answer is the end, the principle of form. And as form is the universal, the idea, we see that his fundamental thesis is the same as Plato's. It is the one thesis of all idealism, namely that thought the universe reason is the absolute being, the foundation of the world.

Starting point is 09:09:16 Where he differs from Plato is in denying that form has any existence apart from the matter in which it exhibits itself. Now all this may strike the unsophisticated as very strange, that the absolute being, once the universe flows, should be described as that which lies at the end of the development of the universe. and that philosophy should proceed to justify this by asserting that the end is really prior to the beginning. This is so far removed from the common man's mode of thought that it may appear a mere paradox. It is, however, neither strange nor paradoxal.

Starting point is 09:09:55 It is essentially sound and true, and it seems strange to the ordinary man only because it penetrates so much deeper into things than he can. This thought is, in fact, essential to a developed idealism. Until it is grasped, no advance can be made in philosophy. Whether it is understood is indeed a good test of whether a man has any talent for philosophy or not. The fact is that all philosophies of this sort regard time as unreal as an appearance. this being so the relation of the absolute being or God to the world cannot be a relation of time at all. The common man's idea is that if there is a first principle or God at all, he must have existed before the world began. And then somehow, perhaps billions of years ago, something happened as a result of which the world came into being.

Starting point is 09:10:58 The absolute is thus conceived as the cause. the world is the effect, and the cause always precedes its effect in time. Or if, on the other hand, we think that the world never had a beginning, the ordinary man's thought would lead him to believe that, in that case, it is no longer necessary to assume a first principle at all. But if time is a mere appearance, this whole way of looking at things must be wrong. God is not related to the world as cause to effect. It is not a relation of time at all. It is a logical relation. God is rather the logical premise of which the world is the conclusion, so that God granted the world follows necessarily, just as the premises granted, the conclusion follows. This is the reason why, in discussing Plato, we said that it must be possible to deduce the world from his first principle. If the absolute

Starting point is 09:12:01 were merely the cause of the world in time, it would not explain the world, for, as I have so often pointed out, causes explain nothing. But if the world be deducible from the absolute, the world has explained a reason, not a cause, is given for it, just as the premises constitute the reason for the conclusion. Now, the conclusion of a syllogism follows from the premises that is, the premises come first, the conclusion second. But the premise only comes first in thought, not in time. It is a logical succession, not a time succession. Just in the same way, the absolute, or in Aristotle's language, the form, is logically first,

Starting point is 09:12:51 but is not first in order of time. And though it is the end, it is, in thought, the absolute beginning, and is thus the foundation of the world, the first principle from which the world flows. The objection may be taken that if the relation of the absolute to the world is not a time relation, then it can no more be the end than the beginning. This objection is, as we shall see, a missed understanding of Aristotle's philosophy,

Starting point is 09:13:24 although things in time strive towards the end, yet the absolute end is not in time at all, or in other words, the end is never reached. Its relation to the world as end is just as much illogical and not a time relation as its relation to the world as beginning or absolute preas. As far as time is concerned, the universe is without beginning or end. As the world process is a continual elevation of matter into higher and higher forms, there results the conception that the universe exhibits

Starting point is 09:14:03 a continuous scale of being. That is, in the scale in which form predominates, that lower in which matter outweighs form. At the bottom of this scale will be absolutely formless matter, at the top absolutely matterless form. Both these extremes, however, are abstractions. Neither of them exist, because matter and form cannot be separated. Whatever exists comes somewhere between the two, and the universe thus exhibits a process of continuous gradations. Motion and change are produced by the effort to pass from the lower to the higher under the attractive force of the end. That which comes at the top of the scale, absolute form, is called by Aristotle God. And the definition of God's character follow from this as a matter of course. First, since form is actuality,

Starting point is 09:15:01 God alone is absolutely actual. He alone is real. All existent things are more or less unreal. The higher in this scale are the more real as possessing more form. The scale of being is thus also a scale of reality, shading off through infinite gradations, from the absolutely real, God, to the absolutely unreal formless matter. Secondly, since the principle of form contains the formal, the final, and the efficient causes, God is all these. As formal cause, he is the idea. He is essentially thought reason.

Starting point is 09:15:40 As final cause, he is the absolute end. It is that to which all beings strive. Each being has no doubt its own end in itself. But as absolute end, God is, includes all lower ends. And as the end of each thing is the complete of perfection of the thing, so as absolute end, God is absolute perfection. Lastly, as efficient cause, God is the ultimate cause of all motion and becoming. He is the first mover. As such, he is himself unmoved. That the first mover should be itself unmoved is a necessary consequence of Aristotle's

Starting point is 09:16:22 conception of it as end in form. For motion is the transition of a thing towards its end. The absolute end can have no end beyond it, and therefore cannot be moved. Likewise, motion is the passage of matter into form. Absolute form cannot pass into any higher form, and is therefore unmoved. But the argument which Aristotle himself more frequently uses to establish the immovability of the first mover is that, unless we so conceive it, no cause of motion appears. The moving object is moved perhaps by another moving object. The motion of the latter demands a further cause. If this further cause is itself moving, we must ask again for the cause of its motion.

Starting point is 09:17:14 If this process goes on forever, the motion is unexplained, and no real cause of it has been shown. The real and ultimate cause must therefore be unmoved. This last argument sounds as if Aristotle is now thinking in terms of mechanism. It sounds as if he meant that the first mover is something at the beginning of time, which, so to speak, gave things a push to start them off. That is not what Aristotle means. For the true efficient cause is the final cause. And God is the first mover only in his character.

Starting point is 09:17:51 as far as time is concerned, neither the universe nor the motion in it ever had any beginning. Every mechanical cause has its cause in turn, and so ad infinitum. God is not a first cause in our sense, that is, a first mechanical cause which existed before the world and created it. He is a teleological cause working from the end. But as such, he is logically prior to all beginning, and so is the first mover. And just as the universe has no beginning in time, so it has no end in time. It will go on forever. Its end is absolute form, but this can never be reached, because if it were, this would mean that absolute form would exist,

Starting point is 09:18:45 whereas we have seen that form cannot exist apart from matter. God is thought, but the thought of what? As absolute form, he is not the form of matter, but the form of form. His matter, so to speak, is form. Form as a universal is thought, and this gives us Aristotle's famous definition of God as the thought of thought. He thinks only his own self. He is at once the subject and the object of his thought.

Starting point is 09:19:17 as mortal men think material things as I now think the paper on which I write, so God thinks thought. In more modern terms, he is self-conscious, the absolute subject-object, that God should think anything other than thought is inconceivable, because the end of all other thought is outside the thought itself. If I think this paper, the end of my thought, the paper, is a paper, is outside me, but the thought of God, as the absolute end, cannot have any end outside itself. Were God to think anything else than thought, he would be determined by that which is not himself. By way of further expression of the same idea, Aristotle passes into figurative language. God, he says, lives in eternal blessedness, and his blessedness consist in the everlasting

Starting point is 09:20:15 contemplation of his own perfection. A modern will naturally ask whether Aristotle's God is personal. It does not do to be very dogmatic upon the point. Aristotle, like Plato, never discusses the question. No Greek ever did. It is a modern question. What we have to do then is to take the evidence on both sides. The case for personality is that the language Aristotle uses, implies it. The very word God, used instead of the absolute or form, conveys the idea of personality. And when he goes on to speak of God living in eternal blessedness, these words, if taken literally, can mean nothing except that God is a conscious person. If we say that this language is merely figurative, it may be replied that Aristotle on principle objects to figurative

Starting point is 09:21:13 language, that he frequently censors Plato for using it, that what he demands and sets out to supply is exact literal scientific terminology, and that he is not likely to have broken his own canons of philosophic expression by using merely poetical phrases. To see the other side of the case, we must first ask what personality means. Now without entering into an intricate discussion of this most elusive idea, we may answer that personality at any rate implies an individual and existent consciousness. But in the first place, God is absolute form, and form is the universal. What is universal, with no particular in it, cannot be an individual.

Starting point is 09:22:02 God therefore cannot be individual. Secondly, form without matter cannot exist, and as God is form without matter, He cannot be called existent, though he is absolutely real. God, therefore, is neither existent nor individual, and this means that he is not a person. To degrade the real to the level of the existence, to convert the universal into the individual is exactly the fault for which Aristotle blames Plato.

Starting point is 09:22:34 It is exactly the fault which it was the whole object of his philosophy to remedy. If he thought that God is a person, he committed the same fault himself in an aggravated form. We have then two hypotheses, both of which involve that Aristotle was guilty of some inconsistency. If God is not a person, then Aristotle's language is figurative, and his use of such language is inconsistent with his rooted objection to its use. This, however, is, after all, merely an inconsistency of language and not of thought. It does not mean that Aristotle really contradicted himself. It merely means that, though he set himself to express his philosophy in technical scientific terms, and to exclude figurative language, yet he found himself compelled in a few passages to make use of it.

Starting point is 09:23:30 There are some metaphysical ideas so abstract, so abstruse, that it is almost impossible to express them at all without the use of figures of speech. Language was made by common men for common purposes, and this fact often forces the philosopher to use terms, which he knows only figure forth his meaning without accurately expressing it. Perhaps every philosophy in the world finds itself sometimes under this necessity. And if Aristotle did so, and was verified technically inconsistent with himself, it is no wonder and involves no serious blame upon him. But the other hypothesis that God is a person means that Aristotle committed a contradiction. Not merely in words, but in thought, and not merely as regards some unimportant detail, but as regards the central thesis of his system.

Starting point is 09:24:28 It means that he stultified himself by making his conception of God absolutely contradict the essentials of his system. For what is the whole of Aristotle's philosophy put in a nutshell? It is that the absolute is the universal, but that the universal does not exist apart from the particular. Plato supplied the thought of the first clause of the sentence. Aristotle added the last clause, and it is the essential of his philosophy. To assert that God, the absolute form exists as an individual, is flatly to contradict this.

Starting point is 09:25:07 It is not likely that Aristotle should have contradicted himself in so vital a manner, and in a manner which simply means that his system falls to the ground, like a house of cards. My conclusion, then, is that it was not Aristotle's intention, that what he calls God should be regarded as a person. God is thought, but not subjective thought. He has not thought existent in a mind, but objective thought, real on its own account, apart from any mind which thinks it, like Plato's ideas.

Starting point is 09:25:42 But Plato's mistake was to suppose that because thought is real and objective, it must exist. Aristotle avoids this error. The absolute thought is, the absolutely real, but it does not exist. With the concept of God, the metaphysics of Aristotle closes. End of Section 32. Read by Rachel Costello. Section 33, a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librevox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer,

Starting point is 09:26:26 please visit Librevox.org. Read by Matthew Huberto, a critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 13 Aristotle Part 4. Physics or the Philosophy of Nature, Part 1. The Existent Universe is a scale of being lying between the two extremes of formless matter and matterless form. But this must not be merely asserted as it is general principle. It must be carried out in detail. The passage of matter into form must be shown in its various stages in the world of nature. To do this is an object of Aristotle's physics or philosophy of nature.

Starting point is 09:27:12 If nature is to be understood, we must keep in mind certain general points of view. In the first place, since form includes end, the entire world process as passage of matter into form is essentially movement towards ends. Everything in nature has its end and function. Nothing is purposeless. Nature seeks everywhere to attain the best possible. Everywhere we find evidence of design and of rational plan. Aristotle's philosophy of nature is essentially teleological.

Starting point is 09:27:47 This does not, however, exclude the principle of mechanism and to investigate mechanical cause is part of the duty of state. science. But mechanical causes turn out in the end to be teleological, because the true efficient cause is the final cause. But if nothing in nature is aimless or useless, this is not to be interpreted in a narrow anthropocentric spirit. It does not mean that everything exists for the use of man, that the sun was created to give him light by day, the moon by night, and that plants and animals exist only for his food. It is true that, in a certain sense, everything else sublinary is for man.

Starting point is 09:28:29 For man is the highest in the scale of beings in this terrestrial sphere, and therefore, as the higher end, he includes all the lower ends. But this does not exclude the fact that lower beings have each its own end. They exist for themselves and not for us. Another mistake we must avoid is to suppose that the design of nature means that nature is conscious if her designs, or, on the other hand, that there are any existence consciousness outside of the world which governs and controls it. The latter supposition is excluded by the fact that God is not an existent conscious person, the former by its own

Starting point is 09:29:10 inherent absurdity. The only being upon this earth who is conscious of his ends is man. Such animals as bees and ants appear to work rationally, and their activities are clearly governed by design. But it is not to be supposed that they are reasoning beings. They attain their ends instinctively. And when we come to inorganic matter, we find that even here its movements are purposive. But no one could suppose them deliberate and conscious. These manifold activities of lower nature are indeed the work of reason, but not of existence. But not of exasperate. or self-conscious reason. And this means that instinct, and even mechanical forces, such as gravitation, are, in their

Starting point is 09:29:58 essence, reason. It is not that they are created by reason, but that they are reason, exhibiting itself in lower forms. In commenting upon Plato's dualism of sense and reason, I remarked that any true philosophy, though recognizing the distinction between sense and reason, must yet find room for their identity and must show that sense is but a lower form of reason. This ideal Aristotle thoroughly understood and sought to show not merely that sense is not reason, but even that the activities of inorganic matter, such as gravitation, are so. And the result, nature, the working through reason, is not conscious of the fact,

Starting point is 09:30:41 does so blindly and instinctively, and is compared to a creative artist who forms beautiful, by instinct or, as we should say, by inspiration, without setting before his mind the end to be attained or the rules to be observed in order to attain it. In the process of nature, it is always form which impels, matter which retards and obstructs. The entire world movement is the effort of form to mold matter, but, just because matter has in itself a power of resistance, this effort does not always succeed. This is the reason why form cannot exist without matter, because it cannot never wholly overcome the clogging activity of matter,

Starting point is 09:31:27 and therefore matter can never be wholly molded into form. And this explains too, the occasional occurrence in nature of freaks, monstrosities, abortions, and unnatural births. In these, the form has failed to mold the matter. nature has failed to attend her ends. Science, therefore, should study the normal and natural rather than the abnormal and the monstrous, for it is in the normal that the ends of nature are to be seen, and through them alone, nature can be understood.

Starting point is 09:32:03 Aristotle is fond of using the words natural and unnatural, but he uses them always with this special meaning. that is natural which attains its end, that in which the form successfully masters the matter. No doctrine of physics can ignore the fundamental notions of motion, space, and time. Aristotle, therefore, finds it necessary to consider these. Motion is the passage of matter into form, and it is if four kinds. The first is motion which affects the substance of a thing, origination, and deceased. Secondly, change of quality. Thirdly, change of quantity. Increase and decrease. Fourthly, locomotive. Change of place. Of these, the last is the most fundamental and important. Aristotle rejects the definition of space as the void. Empty space is an impossibility. Hence, too, he disagrees with the views of Plato and Pythagoras that the elements are composed of geomosexual.

Starting point is 09:33:11 geometrical figures. And connected with this is his repudiation of the mechanical hypothesis that all quality is founded upon quantity or upon composition and decomposition. Quality has a real existence of its own. He rejects also the view that space is a physical thing. If this were true, there would be two bodies occupying the same place at the same time, namely the object and the space it fills. Hence, there is nothing for it but to conceive space as limited. Space is, therefore, define as the limit of the surrounding body towards what is surrounded. As we shall see later, in another connection, Aristotle did not regard space as infinite. Time is defined as the measure of motion in regard to what is earlier and later. It thus depends for its existence upon motion.

Starting point is 09:34:08 If there were no change in the universe, there would be no time. And since it is the measuring or counting of motion, it also depends for the existence upon a counting mind. If there were no mind to count, there could be no time. This presents difficulties to us if we conceive that there was a time when conscious beings did not exist. But this difficulty is non-existent for Aristotle, who believed that man and animal have existed for all eternity. The essentials of time, therefore, are two, change and consciousness. This is a succession of thoughts. If we object that the definition is bad because succession already involves time,

Starting point is 09:34:50 there is doubtless no answer possible. As to the infinite divisibility of space and time, and the riddles proposed thereupon by Zeno, Aristotle is of the opinion that space and time are potentially divisible at infinitum, but are not actually so divided. There is nothing to prevent us from going on forever with the process of division, but space and time are not given an experience as infinitely divided. After these preliminaries, we can pass on to consider the main subject of physics,

Starting point is 09:35:22 the scale of being. We should notice in the first place that it is also a scale of values. What is higher in the scale of being is of more worth, because the principle of form is more advanced in it. It constitutes also a theory of development, a philosophy of evolution. The lower develops into the higher. It does not, however, so develop in time, that the lower passes in due time into a higher from its discovery of modern times.

Starting point is 09:35:53 Such a conception was impossible for Aristotle. For him, genus and species are eternal. They have neither beginning nor end. individual men are born and die, but the species man never dies and has always existed upon the earth. The same is true for plants and animals, and since man has always existed, he cannot have evolved in time from a lower being. There is no room here for Darwinism. In what sense, then, is this a theory of development or evolution? The process evolved is not a time process.

Starting point is 09:36:29 It is a logical process. and the development is a logical development. The lower always contains the higher potentially. The man is in the ape ideally. The higher, again, contains the lower actually. The man is all the ape is, and more also. What is merely implicit in the lower form is explicit in the higher. The form which is dimly seen struggling to light in the lower

Starting point is 09:36:56 has realized itself in the higher. The higher is the same thing as, the lower, but it is the same thing in the more evolved state. The higher presupposes the lower and rests upon it as a foundation. The higher is the form of which the lower is the matter. It actually is what the lower is struggling to become. Hence the entire universe is one continuous chain. It is a process, not a time process, but an eternal process.

Starting point is 09:37:28 The one ultimate reality, God, reason, absolute form, externally exhibits itself in every stage of development. All the stages, therefore, must exist forever side by side. Now, the form of a thing is its organization, hence, to be higher in the scale means to be more organized. The first distinction, therefore, with which nature presents us, is between the organic and the inorganic. Aristotle was the discoverer of the ideal of organism, him, and he was also the inventor of the word. At the bottom of the scale of being, therefore, is inorganic matter. Inorganic matter is the nearest existent thing to absolute formless matter, which, of course,

Starting point is 09:38:14 does not exist. In the inorganic world, matter preponderates to such an extent as to almost overwhelm form, and we can only expect to see universal exhibiting itself in a vague and dim way. What then is its form? This is the same as asking what its function, end, or central activity is. The end of inorganic matter is merely external to it. Form has not truly entered into it at all and remains outside it. Hence, the activity of inorganic matter can only be to move in space towards its external

Starting point is 09:38:51 end. This is the explanation of what we, in modern times, call gravitation. according to Aristotle, every element has its peculiar and natural motion. Its end is conceived merely spatially, and its activity is to move towards its proper place, and having thus reached its end, it rests. The natural movement of fire is up. We may call this a principle of levitation, as opposed to gravitation. Aristotle has been the subject of cheap criticism on account of his frequent use of the words natural and unnatural. It is said that he was satisfied to explain the operations of nature by simply labeling them

Starting point is 09:39:35 natural. If you ask a quite uneducated person why heavy bodies fall, he may quite possibly reply, oh, naturally they fall. This simply means that the man has never thought about the matter at all, and thinks whatever is absolutely familiar to him is natural and needs no explanation. It is like the feminine argument that a thing is so, because it is. It is assumed that Aristotle was guilty of a like futility. This is not the case.

Starting point is 09:40:06 His use of the word natural does not indicate a lack of thought. There is a thought, an ideal here. No doubt he was quite wrong in many of his facts. Thus, there is no such principle as levitation in the universe. But there is a principle of gravitation, and when he explains this by saying it is natural for Earth, to move downwards, he means, not that the fact is familiar, but that the principle of form or world reason can only exhibit itself so dimly as to give rise to comparatively aimless and

Starting point is 09:40:40 purposeless movement in a straight line. Not absolutely purposeless, however, because nothing in the world is such, and the purpose here is simply the movement of matter towards its end. This may or may not be a true explanation of gravity, but has anybody since ever explained it better? This gives us, too, the clue to the distinction between inorganic and the organic. If inorganic matter is what has its end outside itself, organic matter will be what has its end within itself. This is the essential character if an organism, that its end is internal to it. It is an inward self-developing principle. Its function, therefore, can only be the actualization, the self-realization of this inward end.

Starting point is 09:41:29 Whereas, therefore, in organic matter has no activity except spatial movement. Organic matter has for its activity growth, and this growth is not the mere mechanical addition of extraneous matter, as we add a pound of tea to a pound of tea. It is true growth from within. It is the making outward of what is inward. It is the making explicit if what is implicit. It is the making actual of what is potential in the embryo organism. The lowest in the scale of being is thus inorganic matter,

Starting point is 09:42:02 and above it comes organic matter, in which the principle of form becomes real and definite as the inward organization of the thing. This inward organization is the life, or what we call the soul of the organism. Even the human soul is nothing but the organization of the body. It stands to the body in the relation of form to matter. With organism, then, we reach the ideal of living soul. But this living soul will itself have lower and higher grades

Starting point is 09:42:32 of being. The higher being, a higher realization of principle of form. As the essential of organism is self-realization, this will express itself first as self-preservation. Self-preservation means first the preservation of the individual, and this gives the function of nizabeth. And this gives the function of nutrition. Secondly, it is preservation of the species, and this gives the function of propagation. The lowest grade in the organic kingdom will therefore be those organisms whose sole function are to nourish themselves, grow, and propagate their kind. These are plants. And we may sum this up by saying plants possess the nutritive soul. Aristotle intended to write a treatise upon plants, with intention, however, he never carried out.

Starting point is 09:43:19 All that we have from him on plants is scattered references in his other books. Had the promised treatise been forthcoming, we cannot doubt what its plants would have been. Aristotle would have shown, as he did in the case of animals, that there are higher and lower grades of organisms within the plant kingdom, and he would have attempted to trace the development in detail through all the then-known species of plants. Next above plants in the scale of being come animals. Since the higher always contains the lower, but exhibits a further realization of form peculiar to itself,

Starting point is 09:43:55 animals share with plants the functions of nutrition and propagation. What is peculiar to them, the point in which they arise above plants, is the possession of sensation. Sense perception is therefore the special function of animals, and they possess, therefore, the nutritive, and sensitive souls. With sensation come pleasure and pain, for pleasure is a pleasant sensation, and pain is the opposite. With sensation come pleasure and pain, for pleasure is a pleasant sensation, and pain the opposite. Hence, arise the impulse to seek the pleasure and avoid the painful. This can only be achieved by the power of movement. Most animals, accordingly, have the power of locomotion, which is not possessed by plants because they do not require it, since they are not

Starting point is 09:44:44 sensitive to pleasure and pain. In his books upon animals, Aristotle attempts to carry out the principle of development and detail showing what are the higher and what are the lower animal organisms. This, he connects with the method of propagation employed by different animals. Sex generation is a mark of a higher organism than parthenogenesis. The scale of being proceeds from animals to man. The human organism, of course, contains the principles of all lower organisms. Man nourishes himself, grows, propagates his kind, moves about, and is in doubt with sense perception. But he must have, in addition, his own special function, which constitutes his advance beyond the animals. This is reason. Reason is the essential, the proper end, and activity of man. His soul is

Starting point is 09:45:37 nutritive, sensitive, and rational. In man, therefore, the world reason, which could only appear in inorganic matter as gravitation and levitation, in plants as nutrition, and animals as sensation, appears at last in its own proper form, as what it essentially is, reason. The world reason, so long struggling towards the light, has reached it, and has become actual, has become existent in man. The world processed has attained its proximate end. Within human consciousness, there are lower and higher grades, and Aristotle has taken great pains to trace these from the bottom to the top. These stages of consciousness are what are ordinarily called faculties, but Aristotle notes that it is nonsense to talk, as Plato did, of the parts of the soul.

Starting point is 09:46:28 The soul, being a single indivisible being, has no parts. There are different aspects of the activity of one and the same being, different stages of its development. They can no more be separated than the convex and concave aspects of a curve. The lowest faculty, if we must use that word, is sense perception. Now what we perceive in a thing is its qualities. Perception tells us that a piece of gold is heavy, yellow, etc. The underlying substratum, which supports the qualities, cannot be perceived. This means that the matter is unknowable, the form knowable, for the qualities are part of the form.

Starting point is 09:47:10 Sense perception, therefore, takes place when the object stamps its form upon the soul. This is important for what it implies rather than what it states. It shows the thoroughly idealistic trend if Aristotle's thought, for if the form is what is knowable in a thing, the more form there is, the more knowable it will be. Absolute form, God, will be the absolutely knowable, that the absolute is what alone is completely knowable, intelligible, and comprehensible, and the finite and material comparatively unknowable. It is a point of view essential to idealism, and stands in marked contrast to the popular

Starting point is 09:47:50 ideal if rationalism, that the absolute is unknowable and that the matter knowable. For idealism, the absolute is reason, thought. What can be more thoroughly intelligible than reason? What can thought understand, if not thought? This, of course, is not stated by Aristotle, but it is implied in his theory of sense perception. End of Section 33. Section 34 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy.

Starting point is 09:48:34 This is a Librevox recording. All Librevox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 13 Aristotle Part 4. Physics or the Philosophy of Nature, Part 2. Next in the scale above the senses comes the common sense. This has nothing to do with what?

Starting point is 09:49:09 what we understand by that phrase in everyday language. It means the central sensation ganglion in which isolated sensations meet are combined and form a unity of experience. We saw in considering Plato that the simplest kind of knowledge, such as this paper is white, involves not only isolated sensations,

Starting point is 09:49:37 but their comparison and conduct, bear sensations would not even make objects. For every object is a combined bundle of sensations. What thus combines the various sensations, and in particular those received from different sense organs, what compares and contrasts them, and turns them from a blind medley of phantasms into a definite experience, a single cosmos, is the common sense.

Starting point is 09:50:12 Its organ is the heart. Above the common sense is the faculty of imagination. By this Aristotle means not the creative imagination of the artist, but the power which everyone possesses of forming mental images and pictures. This is due to the excitation, in the sense organ, continuing after the object has ceased to affect it. The next faculty is memory. This is the same as imagination,

Starting point is 09:50:48 except that there is combined with the image, a recognition of it as a copy of a past sense impression. Recollection again is higher than memory. Memory images drift purposelessly through the monies. mind. Recollection is the deliberate evoking of memory images. From recollection we pass to the specifically human faculty of reason. But reason itself has two grades. The lower is called passive reason, the higher active reason. The mind has the power of thought before it actually thinks. This latent capacity is passive reason.

Starting point is 09:51:35 reason. The mind is here like a smooth piece of wax which has the power to receive writing, but has not received it. The positive activity of thought itself is active reason. The comparison with wax must not mislead us into supposing that the soul only receives its impressions from sensation. It is pure thought which writes upon the wax. Now the sum of the faculties in general we call the soul. And the soul we saw is simply the organization or form of the body. As form is inseparable from matter, the soul cannot exist without the body. It is the function of the body.

Starting point is 09:52:27 It is to the body what sight is to the eye. And in the same sense Aristotle denies the doctrine of Pythagoras and Plato, that the soul reincarnates itself in new bodies, particularly in the bodies of animals. What is the function of one thing cannot become the function of another. Exactly what the soul is to the body, the music of the flute is to the flute itself. It is the form of which the flute is the matter. It is a form of which the flute is the matter. It is a is, to speak metaphorically, the soul of the flute. And you might as well talk, says Aristotle, of the art of flute playing becoming reincarnate in the blacksmith's anvil, as of the soul

Starting point is 09:53:22 passing into another body. This would seem also to preclude any doctrine of immortality, for the function perishes with the thing. We shall return to that point. We shall return to that point, in a moment. But we may note, meanwhile, that Aristotle's theory of the soul is not only a great advance upon Plato's, but is a great advance upon popular thinking of the present day. The ordinary view of the soul, which was Plato's view, is that the soul is a sort of thing. No doubt it is non-material and super-sensuous. But still, it is a thing. It can be put into a body and taken out of it, as one can be put into or taken out of a bottle. The connection between body and soul is thus purely mechanical. They are attached to each other by no

Starting point is 09:54:24 necessary bond, but rather by force. They have, in their own natures, no connection with each other, and it is difficult to see why the soul ever entered a body if it is in its nature something quite separate. But Aristotle's view is that the soul, as form of the body, is not separable from it. You cannot have a soul without a body. The connection between them is not mechanical but organic. The soul is not a thing which comes into the body,

Starting point is 09:55:03 and goes out of it. It is not a thing at all. It is a function. But to this doctrine, Aristotle makes an exception in favor of the active reason. All the lower faculties perish with the body, including the passive reason. Active reason is imperishable and eternal. It has neither beginning nor end. It comes into the body from without and departs from it at death. God being absolute reason, man's reason comes from God, and returns to him after the body ceases to function. But before we hail this as a doctrine of personal immortality, we had best reflect. All the lower faculties perish at death, and this includes memory. Now memory is an essential of personality.

Starting point is 09:56:07 Without memory, our experiences would be a succession of isolated sensations with no connecting link. What connects my last with my present experience is that my last experience was mine. To be mine, it must be remembered. Memory is the string upon which isolations. experiences are strung together, and which makes them into that unity I call myself, my personality. If memory perishes, there can be no personal life, and it must be remembered that Aristotle does not mean merely that, in that future life, if we persist in calling it such, the memory of this life is obliterated. He means that in the future life itself, reason has no memory of itself

Starting point is 09:57:05 from moment to moment. We cannot be dogmatic about what Aristotle himself thought. He seems to avoid the question. He probably shrank from disturbing popular beliefs on the subject. We have, at any rate, no definite pronouncement from him. All we can say is that his doctrine does not provide the material for belief in personal immortality. It expressly removes the material in that it denies the persistence of memory.

Starting point is 09:57:43 Moreover, if Aristotle really thought that reason is a thing, which goes in and out of the body, an exception in the literal sense, to his general doctrine of soul, all we can say is that he undergoes a sudden drop in the philosophic scale. Having propounded so advanced a theory, he sinks back to the crude view of Plato.

Starting point is 09:58:12 And as this is not likely, the most probable explanation is that he is here speaking figuratively, perhaps with the intention of propitiating the religion, and avoiding any rude disturbance of popular belief. If so, the statements that active reason is immortal comes from God and returns to God means simply that the world reason is eternal and that man's reason is the actualization of this eternal reason,

Starting point is 09:58:48 and in that sense comes from God and returns to him. we may add to that since God, though real, is not to be regarded as an existent individual, our return to him cannot be thought as a continuation of individual existence. Personal immortality is inconsistent with the fundamentals of Aristotle's system. We ought not to suppose that he contradicted himself in this way. Yet if Aristotle used language, which seems to imply personal immortality, this is neither meaningless nor dishonest. It is as true for him as for others that the soul is eternal. But eternal does not mean everlasting in time. It means timeless. And reason, even our reason,

Starting point is 09:59:47 is timeless. The soul has a reason. eternity in it. It is eternity in an hour, and it is this which puts the difference between man and the brutes. We have traced the scale of being from inorganic matter through plants and animals to man. What then? What is the next step? Or does the scale stop there? Now there is a sort of break in Aristotle's system at this point, which has led many to say that man is the top of the scale. The rest of Aristotle's physics deal with what is outside our Earth, such as the stars and planets, and they deal with them quite as if they were a different subject, having little or nothing to do with the terrestrial scale of being which we have been considering. But here we must

Starting point is 10:00:49 must not forget two facts. The first is that Aristotle's writings have come down to us mutilated, and in many cases unfinished. The second is that Aristotle had a curious habit of writing separate monographs on different parts of his system, and omitting to point out any connection between them, although such a connection undoubtedly exists. Now, although it is a connection undoubtedly exists. Now, although Aristotle himself does not say it, there are several good reasons for thinking that the true interpretation of his meaning is that the scale of being does not stop at man, that there is no gap in the chain here, but that it proceeds from man through planets and stars, which Aristotle, like Plato, regarded as divine beings, right up to God himself.

Starting point is 10:01:48 In the first place, this is required by the logic of his system. The scale has formless matter at the bottom and matterless form at the top. It should proceed direct from one to the other. It is essential to his philosophy that the universe is a single continuous chain. There is no place for such a hiatus between man and the higher beings. Secondly, it is not as if terrestrial life formed a scale, and celestial beings were all on a par, having among themselves no scale of higher and lower. This is not the case. The heavenly bodies have grades among themselves. The higher are related to the lower as form to matter. Thus, stars are

Starting point is 10:02:48 higher than planets, so that if we suppose that evolution stops at man, what we have is a gap in the middle, a scale below it, and a scale above it. It is like a bridge over a sheet of water, the two ends of which are intact, but which is broken down in the middle. The natural completion of this scheme involves the filling up of the gap. Thirdly, we have another very important piece of evidence. With his valuable idea of evolution, Aristotle combined another very curious and no doubt absurd theory. This was that in the scale of the universe,

Starting point is 10:03:38 the lowest existence is to be found in the middle, the highest at the periphery, and that in general the higher is always out. the lower, so that the spatial universe is a system of concentric spheres, the outer sphere being related to the inner sphere, as higher to lower, as form to matter. At the center of the spherical universe is our Earth. Earth as the lowest element is in the middle. Then comes a layer of water, then of air, then of fire.

Starting point is 10:04:18 Among the heavenly bodies there are 56 spheres. The stars are outside the planets and are therefore higher beings. And in conformity with this scheme, the supreme being, God, is outside the outermost sphere. Now it is obvious that, in this scheme, the passage from the center of the earth to the stars forms a spatial continuity. and it is impossible to resist the conclusion that it also forms a logical continuity, that is that there is no break in the chain of evolution. Noting that this is not what Aristotle in so many words says, but that it is our interpretation of his intention,

Starting point is 10:05:12 which is almost certainly correct, we conclude that man is not the top of the top of the, scale. Next to him come the heavenly bodies. The planets include the sun and the moon, which revolve round the earth in a direction opposite to that of the stars. Next in the scale come the stars. We need not go into details of the 56 spheres. The stars and planets are divine beings, but this is only a comparative term. Man as the possessor of reason is also divine, but the heavenly bodies infinitely more so. And this means that they are more rational than man, and so higher in the scale.

Starting point is 10:06:06 They live an absolutely blessed and perfect life. They are immortal and eternal, because they are the superiors. supreme self-realization of the eternal reason. It is only upon this earth that death and corruption occur, a circumstance which has no doubt emphasized that view of Aristotle's philosophy, which holds the gap between man and the stars to be a real one. The heavenly bodies are not composed of the four elements, but of a fifth, a quintessence, which is called ether.

Starting point is 10:06:49 Like all elements, it must have its natural motion. And as it is the finest and most perfect, its motion must be perfect. And it must be an eternal motion, because the stars are eternal beings. It cannot be motion in a straight line, because that never comes to an end, and so is never perfect. Circular motion alone is perfect,

Starting point is 10:07:20 and it is eternal because its end and its beginning are one. Hence the natural motion of ether is circular, and the stars move in perfect circles. Leaving the stars behind, we reach the summit of the long ladder from matter to form. This is the absolute form, God. As formless matter is not an existent thing, nor is matterless form.

Starting point is 10:07:54 God, therefore, is not in the world of space and time at all. But it is one of the curiosities of thought that Aristotle nevertheless gives him a place outside the outermost sphere. What is outside the sphere is, therefore, not space. All space and time are inside this globular universe. Space is therefore finite, and God must be outside the outermost sphere because he is the highest being

Starting point is 10:08:31 and the higher always comes outside the lower. We have now described the entire scale of evolution. Looking back upon it, we can see its inner significance. The absolute is reason, matterless form. Everything in the world, therefore, is, in its essence, reason. If we wish to know the essential nature, even of this clod of earth, the answer is that it is reason. although this view is not consistently developed by Aristotle,

Starting point is 10:09:11 since he allows that matter is a separate principle which cannot be reduced to form. The whole universal process of things is nothing but the struggle of reason to express itself, to actualize itself, to become existent in the world. This it definitely does for the first time approximately in man and completely in the stars.

Starting point is 10:09:41 It can only express itself in lower beings as sensation, animals, as nutrition, plants, or as gravitation and its opposite, in organic matter. The value of Aristotle's theory of evolution is immense. It is not the details that signify. The application of the principle in the world of matter and life could not be carried out satisfactorily in the then state of physical science. It could not be carried out with perfection even now. Omniscience alone could give finality to such a scheme.

Starting point is 10:10:27 But it is the principle itself which matters. and that it is one of the most valuable conceptions in philosophy will perhaps be more evident if we compare it, firstly, with modern scientific theories of evolution, and secondly, with certain aspects of Hindu pantheism. What has Aristotle in common with such a writer as Herbert Spencer? According to Spencer, evolution is a movement from the indefinite, incoherent and homogeneous to the definite, coherent, and heterogeneous.

Starting point is 10:11:09 Aristotle has all this, though his words are different. He calls it a movement from matter to form. Form, he describes as whatever gives definiteness to a thing. Matter is the indefinite substrate. Form gives it definiteness. Hence, for him too, the higher being is more definite because it has more form. That matter is the homogeneous, form the heterogeneous, follows from this. We saw that there are in matter itself no differences, because there are no qualities,

Starting point is 10:11:55 and this is the same as saying it is homogeneous. heterogeneity, that is differentiation, is introduced by form. Coherence is the same thing as organization. Aristotle has himself defined the form of a thing as its organization. For him, as for Spencer, the higher being is simply that which is more organized. Every theory of evolution depends fundamentally upon the idea of organism. Aristotle invented the idea and the word. Spencer carried it no further,

Starting point is 10:12:42 though the more advanced physical knowledge of his day enabled him to illustrate it more copiously. But of course, the great difference between Aristotle and the moderns is that the former did not guess what the latter have discovered, namely that evolution is not only a logical development, but is a fact in time. Aristotle knew what was meant by the higher and lower organism as well as Darwin, but he did not know that the latter actually turns into the former in the course of years.

Starting point is 10:13:22 But this, though the most obvious, is not really the most important difference between Spencer and Aristotle. The real difference is that Aristotle penetrated far more deeply into the philosophy of evolution than modern science does, that, in fact, modern science has no philosophy of evolution at all. for the fundamental problem here is, if we speak of higher and lower beings, what rational ground have we for calling them higher and lower? That the lower passes in time into the higher is no doubt a very interesting fact to discover, but it dwindles into insignificance beside the problem just indicated, because on the solution of that problem, it depends whether the universe is to be regarded as futile,

Starting point is 10:14:25 meaningless, and irrational, or whether we are to see in it, order, plan, and purpose. Is Spencer's doctrine a theory of development at all? Or is it not rather simply a theory of change? Something resembling an ape becomes a man. Is there development here? That is, is it a movement from something really lower to something really higher? Or is it merely change from one indifferent thing to another? Is there improvement or only difference?

Starting point is 10:15:05 In the latter case, it makes not the slightest difference whether the ape becomes man or man becomes an ape. The one is as good as the other. In either case, it is merely a change from Tweedledum to Tweedle D. The change is meaningless and has no significance. The modern doctrine of evolution can only render the world more intelligible, can only develop into a philosophy of evolution by showing that there is evolution and not merely change. and this it can only do by giving a rational basis for the belief that some forms of existence are higher than others. To put the matter bluntly, why is a man higher than a horse, or a horse than a sponge?

Starting point is 10:16:03 Answer that, and you have a philosophy of evolution. Fail to answer it, and you have none. Now the man in the street will say, that man is higher than the horse because he not merely eats grass, but thinks, deliberates, possesses art, science, religion, morality. Ask him why these things are higher than eating grass, and he has no answer. From him then we turn to Spencer, and there we find a sort of answer. Man is higher because he is more organized.

Starting point is 10:16:44 But why is it better to be more organized? Science as such has no answer. If pressed in this way, science may of course turn round and say, there is in the reality of things no higher and no lower. What I mean by higher and lower is simply more and less organized. Higher and lower are mere metaphors. They are the human way of looking at things. We naturally call higher what is nearest ourselves,

Starting point is 10:17:21 but from the absolute point of view, there is no higher and lower. But this is to reduce the universe to a madhouse. It means that there is no purpose, no reason, in anything that happens. The universe is, in this case is irrational. No explanation of it is possible. Philosophy is futile, and not only philosophy, but morality and everything else. If there is really no higher and lower, there is no better

Starting point is 10:17:58 and no worse. It is just as good to be a murderer as to be a saint. Evil is the same as good. Instead of striving to be saints, statesmen, philosophers, we may as well go and play marbles, because all these values of higher and lower are mere delusions, the human way of looking at things. Spencer, then, has no answer to the question why it is better to be more organized. So we turn at last to Aristotle. He has an answer. he sees that it is meaningless to talk of development advance higher and lower except in relation to an end there is no such thing as advance unless it is an advance towards something a body moving purposelessly in a straight line through infinite space does not advance it might as well be here as a mile hence In either case, it is no nearer to anything.

Starting point is 10:19:11 But if it is moving towards a definite point, we can call this advance. Every mile it moves, it gets nearer to its end. So if we are to have a philosophy of evolution, it must be teleological. If nature is not advancing towards an end, there is no nearer and further. No higher and lower, no development. What then is the end? It is the actualization of reason, says Aristotle. The primal being is eternal reason, but this is not existent.

Starting point is 10:19:54 It must come to exist. It first enunciates itself vaguely as gravitation, but this is far off from its end, which is the Existence of reason as such in the world. It comes nearer in plants and animals. It is approximately reached in man, for man is the existent reason. But there is no question of the universe coming to a stop when it reaches its end, the usual objection to teleology.

Starting point is 10:20:31 For the absolute end, absolute form can never be reached. The higher is thus the more rational, the lower, the less rational. Now if we try to go on asking, why is it better to be more rational, we find we cannot ask such a question. The word why means that we want a reason, and our question is absurd because we are asking a reason for reason. Why is it better to be rational means simply, how is reason rational?

Starting point is 10:21:10 To doubt it is a self-contradiction. Or to put the same thing in another way, reason is the absolute. And to ask why it is better to be rational is to demand that the ultimate should be expressed in terms of something beyond it. Hence, modern science has no philosophy of evolution, whereas Aristotle has.

Starting point is 10:21:39 The main idea of pantheism is that everything is God. The clod of earth is divine because it is a manifestation of deity. Now this idea is all very well and is in fact essential to philosophy. We find it in Aristotle himself, since the entire world is for him, the actualization of reason, and reason is God. But this is also a very dangerous idea, if not supplemented by a rationally grounded scale of values. No doubt everything is, in a sense, God.

Starting point is 10:22:25 But if we leave it at this, it would follow that, since everything is equally divine, there is no higher and lower. If the clod of earth, like the saintliest man, is God, and there is no more to say of the matter, then how is the saint higher than the clod of earth? Why should one ever struggle towards higher things, when in reality all are equally high? Why avoid evil when evil is as much a manifestation of God as good? Mere pantheism must necessarily end in this calamitous view.

Starting point is 10:23:10 And these deplorable effects explain the fact that Hinduism, with all its high thinking, finds room for the worship of cows and snakes, and with all its undoubted moral elevation, yet allows into its fold the grossest abominations. Both these features are, are due to the pantheistic placing of all things on a par as equally divine. Not, of course, that Hinduism has not a sort of doctrine of evolution,

Starting point is 10:23:47 a belief in a higher and lower. As everyone knows, it admits the belief that in successive incarnations, the soul may mount higher and higher, till it perhaps rejoins the common source of all things. There is probably no race of man so savage that it does not instinctively feel that there is a higher and lower, a better and worse in things.

Starting point is 10:24:19 But the point is that, although Hinduism has its scale of values and its doctrine of development, it has no rational foundation for the world. these, and though it has the idea of higher and lower, yet because this is without foundation, it lets it slip. It never grips the idea, and so easily slides into the view that all is equally divine. The thought that all is God, and the thought that there are higher and lower beings are, on the surface, opposed and inconsistent theories. Yet both are necessary,

Starting point is 10:25:05 and it is the business of philosophy to find a reconciliation. This Aristotle does, but Hinduism fails to do. It asserts both, but fails to bring them to unity. Now it asserts one view, and again at another time it asserts the other. And this, of course, is connected with the general defect of oriental thinking, its vagueness. Everything is seen but seen in a haze, in which all things appear one, in which shapes flow into another, in which nothing has an outline, in which even vital distinctions are obliterated. Hence it is that, though Oriental thought contains,

Starting point is 10:25:59 in one way or another, practically all philosophical ideas, it grips none and can hold nothing fast. It seizes its object, but its flabby grasp relaxes and slips off. Hinduism, like modern science, has its doctrine of evolution, but it has no philosophy of evolution. And of Section 34. Section 35 of a critical history of Greek philosophy.

Starting point is 10:26:40 This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 13 Aristotle Part 5, Ethics The Individual A strong note of practical moderation pervades the ethics of Aristotle. While Plato's ethical teaching transcended the ordinary limits of human life

Starting point is 10:27:07 and so lost itself in ideal utopias, Aristotle, on the other hand, sits down to make practical suggestions. He wishes to inquire what the good is, but by this he means not some ideal good, impossible of attainment upon this earth, but rather that good which, in all the circumstances in which men find themselves, ought to be realizable. The ethical theories of Plato and Aristotle are thus characteristics of the two men. Plato despised the world of sense and sought to soar altogether beyond the common life of the senses. Aristotle, with his love of facts and of the concrete,

Starting point is 10:27:40 keeps close within the bounds of actual human experience. The first question for ethics is the nature of the sumum bonum. We desire one thing for the sake of a second, we desire that for the sake of a third. But if this series of means and ends goes on ad infinitum, then all desire and all action are futile and purposeless. There must be some one thing which we desire, not for the sake of anything else, but on its own account. What is this end in itself, the sum of bonum, at which all human activity ultimately aims? Everybody, says Aristotle, is agreed about the name of this end. it is happiness. What all men seek, what is the motive of all their actions, that which they desire for the sake of itself and nothing beyond, is happiness. But though all agree as to the name,

Starting point is 10:28:24 beyond that, there is no agreement. Philosophers, no less than the vulgar, differ as to what this word happiness means. Some say it is a life of pleasure. Others say it consists in the renunciation of pleasures. Some recommend one life, some another. We must repeat here the warning which was found necessary in the case of Plato, who also called the sumum bonum happiness. Aristotle's doctrine is no more to be confused with modern utilitarianism than is Plato's. Moral activity is usually accompanied by a subjective feeling of enjoyment. In modern times, the word happiness connotes the feeling of enjoyment, but for the Greeks, it was the moral activity which the word signified. For Aristotle, an action is not good because it yields enjoyment. On the contrary, it yields enjoyment because it is good.

Starting point is 10:29:09 The utilitarian doctrine is that the enjoyment is the ground of the moral value. But for Aristotle, the enjoyment is the consequence of the moral value. Hence when he tells us that the highest good is happiness, he is giving us no information regarding its nature, but merely applying a new name to it. We have still to inquire what the nature of the good is. As he himself says, everyone agrees upon the name, but the real question is what this name connotes. Aristotle's solution of this problem follows from the general principles of his philosophy. We have seen that throughout nature, every being has its proper end, and the attainment of this end is its special function.

Starting point is 10:29:45 Hence, the good for each being must be adequate performance of its special function. The good for man will not consist in the pleasure of the senses. Sensation is the special function of animals, but not of man. Man's special function is reason. Hence the proper activity of reason is the sumum bonum, the good for man. Morality consists in the life of reason, but what precisely that means we still have to see. Man is not only a reasoning animal, as the higher being he contains within himself the faculties of the lower beings also.

Starting point is 10:30:15 Like plants, he is appetitive, like animals, sensitive. The passions and appetites are an organic part of his nature. Hence virtue will be of two kinds. The highest virtues will be found in the life of reason and the life of thought, philosophy. These intellectual virtues are called by Aristotle Dinoetic. Secondly, the ethical virtues proper will consist in the submission of the passions and appetites to the control of reason. The Dinoetic virtues are the higher because in them man's special function alone is in operation, and also because the thinking man most resembles God, whose life

Starting point is 10:30:48 is a life of pure thought. Happiness, therefore, consists in the combination of dinoetic and ethical virtues. They alone are of absolute value to man. Yet though he places happiness in virtue, Aristotle in his broad and practical way does not overlook the fact that external Goods and circumstances have a profound influence upon happiness, and cannot be ignored as the cynics attempted to ignore them. Not that Aristotle regards externals as having any value in themselves. What alone is good in itself, is an end in itself, is virtue. But external goods help a man in his quest of virtue.

Starting point is 10:31:22 Poverty, sickness, and misfortune, on the other hand, hinder his efforts. Therefore, though externals are not goods in themselves, they may be a means toward the good. Hence they are not to be despised and rejected. Riches, friends, health, good fortune are not happiness, but they are negative conditions of it. With them, happiness is within our grasp. Without them, its attainment is difficult. They will be valued accordingly. Aristotle says little in detail of the Dinoetic virtues, and we may turn at once to the main

Starting point is 10:31:50 subject of his moral system, the ethical virtues. These consist in the governance of the passions by reason. Socrates was wrong in supposing that virtue is purely intellectual. but nothing save knowledge is needed for it, and that if a man thinks right, he must needs do right. He figured out the existence of the passions, which are not easily controlled. A man may reason perfectly, his reason may point him to the right path, but his passions may get the upper hand and lead him out of it.

Starting point is 10:32:17 How then is reason to gain control over the appetites? Only by practice. It is only by continual effort by the constant exercise of self-control that the unruly passions can be tamed. Once brought under the yoke, their control becomes habit. Aristotle lays the utmost emphasis on the importance of habit and morality. It is only by cultivating good habits that a man becomes good. Now if virtue consists in the control of the appetites by reason, it thus contains two constituents,

Starting point is 10:32:46 reason and appetite. Both must be present. There must be passions if there are to be controlled. Hence the ascetic ideal of rooting out the passions altogether is fundamentally wrong. It overlooks the fact that the higher form does not exclude the lower that were contrary to the conception of a evolution. It includes and transcends it. It forgets that the passions are an organic part of man and that to destroy them is to do injury to his nature by destroying one of its essential members. The passions and appetites are in fact the matter of virtue, reason its form, and the mistake of asceticism is that it destroys the matter of virtue and supposes that the form can subsist by itself. Virtue means that the appetites must be brought under control, not that they must be

Starting point is 10:33:27 eradicated. Hence there are two extremes to be avoided. It is extreme on the one hand to attempt to uproot the passions, and it is extreme on the other to allow them to run riot. Virtue means moderation. It consists in hitting the happy mean as regards to the passions, in not allowing them to get the upper hand of reason, and yet in not being quite passionless and apathetic. From this follows the famous Aristotelian doctrine of virtue as the mean between two extremes. Every virtue lies between two vices, which are the excess and defect of appetite, respectively. What is the criterion here? Who is to judge? How are we to know what is the proper mean in

Starting point is 10:34:06 any matter? Mathematical analogies will not help us. It is not a case of drawing a straight line from one extreme to the other and finding the middle point by bisection. And Aristotle refuses to lay down any rule of thumb in the matter. There is no golden rule by virtue of which we can tell where the proper mean is. It all depends on circumstances and on the person involved. What is the proper mean in one case is not the proper mean in another. What is moderate for one man is immoderate for his neighbor. Hence the matter must be left to the good judgment of the individual. A sort of fine tact, good sense is required to know the mean, which Aristotle calls insight.

Starting point is 10:34:44 This insight is both the cause and the effect of virtue. It is the cause because he who has it knows what he ought to do. It is the effect because it is only developed by practice. Virtue renders virtue easy. Each time a man, by use of his insight, rightly decides upon the mean, it becomes easier for him to discriminate next time. Aristotle attempts no systematic classification of the virtues, as Plato had done. This sort of schematism is contrary to the practical character of his thought.

Starting point is 10:35:13 He sees that life is far too complex to be treated in this way. The proper mean is different in every different case, and therefore there are as many virtues as there are circumstances in life. His list of virtues, therefore, is not intended to be exhaustive. It is merely illustrative. Though the number of virtues is infinite, there are certain well-recognized kinds of good action, which are of such constant importance in life that they have received names. By the example of some of these virtues, Aristotle illustrates his doctrine of the mean.

Starting point is 10:35:42 For instance, courage is the mean between cowardice and rashness. That is to say, cowardice is the defect of boldness, rashness the excess, courage the reasonable medium. Mnificence is the mean between pettiness and vulgar profusion, good temper between spiritlessness and irascibility, politeness between rudeness and obsequiousness, modesty between shamelessness and bashfulness, temperance between insensibility and intemperance. Justice hardly comes into the scheme. It is rather a virtue of the state than of the individual, and it has been thought by some that the book devoted to it in the ethics has been misplaced. Justice is of two kinds, distributive and corrective. Its fundamental idea is the assignment of advantages and disadvantages

Starting point is 10:36:25 according to merit. Distributive justice assigns honors and rewards according to the worth of the individuals involved. Corrective justice has to do with punishment. If a man improperly obtains an advantage, things must be equalized by the imposition on him of a corresponding disadvantage. Justice, however, is a general principle, and no general principle is equal to the complexity of life. Special cases cannot be foreseen. The necessary adjustment of human relations arising from this cause is equity. Aristotle is a pronounced supporter of the freedom of the will. He censures Socrates because the latter's theory of virtue practically amounts to a denial of freedom. According to Socrates, whoever thinks right must necessarily do right, but this is equivalent

Starting point is 10:37:09 to denying a man's power to choose evil, and if he cannot choose evil, he cannot choose good. For the right-thinking man does not do right voluntarily, but necessarily. Aristotle believed on the contrary that man has the choice of good and evil. The doctrine of Socrates makes all actions involuntary, but in Aristotle's opinion, only actions performed under forcible compulsion are involuntary. Aristotle did not, however, consider the special difficulties in the theory of free will, which in modern times have made it one of the most thorny of all philosophical problems. Hence, his treatment of the subject is not of great value to us.

Starting point is 10:37:46 The state Politics is not a separate subject from ethics. It is merely another division of the same subject, and this not merely because politics is the ethics of the state as against the individual, but because the morality of the individual really finds its end in the state and is impossible without it. Aristotle agrees with Plato that the object of the state is the virtue and happiness of the citizens, which are impossible except in the state. For man is a political animal by nature, as is proved by his possession of speech,

Starting point is 10:38:16 which would be useless to any, save a social being. And the phrase, by nature, means the same here as elsewhere in Aristotle. It means that the state is the end of the individual, and that activity in the state is part of man's essential function. The state, in fact, is the form, the individual of the matter. The state provides both an education and virtue and the necessary opportunities for its exercise. Without it, man would not be man at all. He would be a savage animal. The historical origin of the state Aristotle finds in the family. At first there is the individual. The individual gets himself a mate, and the family arises.

Starting point is 10:38:50 The family, in Aristotle's opinion, includes the slaves, for like Plato, he sees no wrong in the institution of slavery. A number of families joining together develop into a village community and a number of village communities into a polis, city, or state. Beyond the city, of course, the Greek idea of the state did not extend. Such then is the historical origin of the state, but it is of capital importance to understand that in Aristotle's opinion, this question question of historical origin has nothing on earth to do with the far more important question what the state essentially is. It is no mere mechanical aggregate of families and village communities. The nature of the state is not explained in this way. For though the family is prior to

Starting point is 10:39:29 the state in order of time, the state is prior to the family and to the individual in order of thought and in reality. For the state is the end, and the end is always prior to that of which it is the end. The state as form is prior to the family as matter, and in the same way, the family is prior to the individual. And as the explanation of things is only possible by teleology, it is the end which explains the beginning, it is the state which explains the family, and not vice versa. The true nature of the state, therefore, is not that it is a mechanical sum of individuals, as a heap of sand is the sum of its grains. The state is a real organism, and the connection of part-to-part is not mechanical, but organic. The state has a life of its own, and its members also have

Starting point is 10:40:12 their own lives which are included in the higher life of the state. All the parts of an organism are themselves organisms, and as the distinction between organic and inorganic is that the former has its end in itself, while the latter has its end external to it. This means that the state is an end in itself, that the individual is an end in himself, and that the former end includes the latter. Or we may express the same thought otherwise by saying that, in the state, both the whole and the parts are to be regarded as real, but both having their own lives and in their character as ends, their own rights. Consequently, there are two kinds of views of the nature of the state which are, according

Starting point is 10:40:50 to Aristotle, fundamentally erroneous. The first is the kind of view which depends upon asserting the reality of the parts but denying the reality of the whole, or what is the same thing, allowing that the individual is an end in himself, but denying that the state as a whole is such an end or has a separate life of its own. The second kind of false view is of the opposite kind, and consists in allowing reality only to the whole state and denying the reality of its parts, the individuals. The opinions that the state is merely a mechanical aggregate of individuals, that it is formed

Starting point is 10:41:21 by the combination of individuals or families for the sake of mutual protection and benefit, and that it exists only for these purposes, are examples of the first kind. Such views subordinate the state to the individual. The state is treated as an external contrivance for securing the life, the property, or the convenience of the individual. The state exists solely for the sake of the individual and is not in itself an end. The individual alone is real, the state unreal, because it is only a collection of individuals. These views forget that the state is an organism, and they forget all that this implies. Aristotle would have condemned on these grounds the social contract theory is so popular in the 18th century, and likewise the view of modern

Starting point is 10:42:01 individualism that the state exists solely to ensure that the liberty of the individual is curtailed only by the right of other individuals to the same liberty. The opposite of the humanism The opposite kind of false view is illustrated by the ideal state of Plato. As the views we have just discussed deny the reality of the whole, Plato's view, on the contrary, denies the reality of the parts. For him, the individual is nothing, the state everything. The individual is absolutely sacrificed to the state. He exists only for the state, and thus Plato makes the mistake of setting up the state as sole end and denying that the individual is an end in himself.

Starting point is 10:42:35 imagine that the state is a homogenous unity in which its parts totally disappear. But the true view is that the state, as an organism, is a unity which contains heterogeneity. It is coherent yet heterogeneous. And Plato makes the same mistake in his view of the family as in his view of the individual. The family Aristotle thinks is like the individual, a real part of the social whole. It is an organism within an organism. As such, it is an end in itself, has absolute rights, and cannot be obliterated. But Plato expressly proposed to abolish the family in favor of the state, and by suggesting community of wives and the education of children in state nurseries from the year of their birth struck a deadly blow at an essential part of the state organization. Aristotle thus

Starting point is 10:43:20 supports the institution of family, not on sentimental, but on philosophic grounds. Aristotle gives no exhaustive classification of different kinds of state, because forms of government may be as various as the circumstances which give rise to them. His classification is intended to include only outstanding types. He finds that there are six such types, of which three are good. The other three are bad because they are corruptions of the good types. These are, one. Monarchy, the rule of one man by virtue of his being so superior in wisdom to all his fellows that he naturally rules them.

Starting point is 10:43:52 The corruption of monarchy is, two, tyranny. The rule of one man founded not on wisdom and capacity, but upon force. The second good form is three, aristocracy. The rule of the wiser and better few, of which the corrupt form is, four, oligarchy, the rule of the rich and powerful few. Five, constitutional republic or democracy arises where all the citizens are of fairly equal capacity, that is, where no standout individual or class exists, so that all or most take a share in the government. The corresponding corrupt form is, six, democracy, which, though it is the rule of the many, is more especially characterized as being the rule of the poor. Unlike Plato, Aristotle depicts no ideal state. No single state, he thinks, is in itself

Starting point is 10:44:40 the best. Everything must depend upon the circumstances. What is the best state in one age in county will not be the best in another. Moreover, it is useless to discuss utopian constitutions. What alone interests the sane and balanced mind of Aristotle is the kind of constitution, which we may hope to actually realize. Of the three good forms of government, he considers that monarchy is theoretically the best. The rule of a single, perfectly wise and just man would be better than any other,

Starting point is 10:45:08 but it has to be given up as impracticable because such perfect individuals do not exist, and it is only among primitive peoples that we find the hero, the man whose moral stature so completely exalts him above his fellows that he rules as a matter of course. The next best state is aristocracy. And last, in Aristotle's opinion, incomes constitutional republic, which is, however, perhaps the best state suited to the special

Starting point is 10:45:31 needs and level of development of the Greek city states. End of Section 35. Section 36 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libervox recording. All Libervox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. Read by Moon Lilith. A critical history of Greek philosophy. by Walter Terrence Stace Chapter 13 Aristotle Part 6 Aesthetics

Starting point is 10:46:10 or the theory of art Plato had no systematic philosophy of art and his views had to be collected from scattered references Aristotle likewise has scarcely a system though his opinions are more connected and though he devoted a special treatise, the poetics, to the subject. And this book,

Starting point is 10:46:31 which has come down to us in a fragmentary condition, deals exclusively with poetry, and even in poetry, only the drama is considered in detail. What we have from Aristotle on the subject of aesthetics may be divided roughly into two classes. Firstly, reflections on the nature and significance of art in general, and secondly, a more detailed application of these principles

Starting point is 10:46:58 to the art of poetry. we shall deal with these two classes of opinions in that order. In order to know what art is, we must first know what it is not. It must be distinguished from kindred activities. And firstly, it is distinguished from morality in that morality is concerned with action, art with production. Morality consists in the activity itself. art in that which the activity produces. Hence, the state of mind of the actor, his motives,

Starting point is 10:47:37 feelings, etc., are important in morality, for they are part of the act itself. But they are not important in art. The only essential being that the work of art should turn out well, however it has been produced. Secondly, art is distinguished for. from the activity of nature, which it in many respects resembles. Organic beings reproduce their own kind, and, in the fact that it is concerned with production, generation resembles art. But in generation, the living being produces only itself.

Starting point is 10:48:18 The plant produces a plant. Man begets man. But the artist produces something quite up. other than himself, a poem, a picture, a statue. Art is of two kinds, according as it aims at completing the work of nature or at creating something new, an imaginary world of its own, which is a copy of the real world. In the former case, we get such arts as that of medicine. Where nature has failed to produce a healthy body, the physician helps nature out and completes the work that she has begun. In the latter case, we get what are in modern times called the fine arts. These Aristotle

Starting point is 10:49:07 calls the imitative arts. We saw that Plato regarded all art as imitative, and that such a view is essentially unsatisfactory. Now, Aristotle uses the same word, which he perhaps borrowed from Plato, But his meaning is not the same as Plato's, nor does he fall into the same mistakes, that in calling art imitative he has not in mind the thought that it has for its aim merely the faithful copying of natural objects, is proved by the fact that he mentions music as the most imitative of the arts, whereas music is in fact in this sense the least imitative of all. The painter may conceivably be regarded as imitating trees, rivers or men, but the musician for the most part produces what is unlike anything in nature. What Aristotle means is that

Starting point is 10:50:07 the artist copies not the sensuous object, but what Plato would call the idea. Art is thus not, in Plato's contemptuous phrase, a copy of a copy. It is a copy of the original. It's object is not this or that particular thing, but the universal which manifests itself in the particular art idealizes nature, that is, sees the idea in it. It regards the individual thing, not as an individual, but in its universal aspects, as the fleeting embodiment of an eternal thought. Hence, it is that the sculpture depicts not the individual man, but rather the type man, the perfection of his kind. Hence, too, in modern times, the portrait painter is not concerned to paint a faithful image of his model, but takes the model merely as a suggestion and seizes upon

Starting point is 10:51:15 that essential and eternal essence, that ideal thought. That ideal thought. or universal, which he sees shining through the sensuous materials in which it is imprisoned. His task is to free it from this imprisonment. The common man sees only the particular object. The artist sees the universal in the particular. Every individual thing is a compound of matter and form of particular and universal. The function of art is to exhibit the universal in it. Hence, poetry is truer, more philosophical than history.

Starting point is 10:52:02 For history deals only with the particular as the particular. It tells us only of the fact of what has happened. Its truth is mere correctness, accuracy. It has not in it as art has. living an eternal truth. It does not deal with the idea. It yields us only the knowledge of something that, having happened, having gone by, is finished. Its object is transient and perishable. It concerns only the endless iteration of meaningless events. But the object of art is that inner essence of objects and events, which perishes not.

Starting point is 10:52:51 and of which the objects and events are the mere external drapery. If, therefore, we would arrange philosophy, art, and history, in order of their essential nobility and truth, we should place philosophy first, because its object is the universal as it is in itself, the pure universal. We should place art second, because its object is the universal in the particular and history last,

Starting point is 10:53:26 because it deals only with the particular as such. Yet because each thing in the world has its own proper function and errors if it seeks to perform the functions of something else. Hence, in Aristotle's opinion, art must not attempt to emulate philosophy. It must not deal with the abyssal. abstract universal. The poet must not use his verses as a vehicle of abstract thought. His proper sphere is the universal as it manifests itself in the particular, not the universal as it is in itself. Aristotle, for this reason, censures didactic poetry. Such a poem is that of Empodocles, who unfolded his philosophical system in meter, is not in fact

Starting point is 10:54:19 poetry at all. It is versified philosophy. Art is thus lower than philosophy. The absolute reality, the inner essence of the world, is thought, reason, the universal. To contemplate this reality is the object alike of philosophy and of art. But art sees the absolute not in its final truth, but wrapped up in a sensuous drapery. Philosophy sees the absolute as it is in itself, in its own nature, in its full truth. It sees it as it what essentially is thought. Philosophy, therefore, is the perfect truth. But this does not mean that art is to be superseded and done away with. Because philosophy is higher than art, it does not follow that a man should suppress the artist in himself in order to rise to philosophy, for an essential thought

Starting point is 10:55:19 of the Aristotelian philosophy is that in the scale of beings, even the lower form is an end in itself and has absolute rights. The higher activities presuppose the lower and rest upon them. The higher includes the lower, and the lower, as an organic part of its being, cannot be eradicated without injury to the whole. To suppress art in favor of philosophy would be a mistake precisely parallel to the moral error of asceticism. In treating of Aristotle's ethics, we saw that, although the activity of reason is held in highest esteem, the attempt to uproot the passions was censured as erroneous. So here, though philosophy is the crown of man's spiritual activity, art has its rights and is an absolute end in itself, a point which Plato failed to see. In the human organism, the head is the chief of the members,

Starting point is 10:56:28 but one does not cut off the hand because it is not the head. Coming now to Aristotle's special treatment of the art, of poetry, we may note that he concentrates his attention almost exclusively upon the drama. It does not matter whether the plot of a drama is historical or fictitious. For the object of art, the exhibition of the universal is just as well attained in an imaginary as in a real series of events. Its aim is not correctness, but truth, not facts, but the idea. Drama is of two kinds. Tragedy and comedy. Tragedy exhibits the nobler specimens of humanity. Comedy the worse. This remark should be carefully understood. It does not mean that the hero of a tragedy is necessarily a good man in the ordinary sense. He may even be a wicked man. But the point is that, in some sense, he must be a great personality. He cannot be an insignificant.

Starting point is 10:57:29 person. He cannot be a non-entity. Be he good or bad, he must be conceived in the grand manner. Milton Satan is not good, but he is great, and would be a fit subject for a tragedy. The soundness of Aristotle's thought here is very noteworthy. What is mean and sorted can never form the basis of tragedy. Modern newspapers have done their best to debauch the this word tragedy. Some wretched, noteless human being is crushed to death by a train. And the newspapers had their paragraph, Fearful Tragedy at Peckham Rai.

Starting point is 10:58:13 Now, such an incident may be sad. It may be dreadful. It may be horrible. But it is not tragic. Tragedy, no doubt, deals with suffering. But there is nothing great and ennobling about this suffering. and tragedy is concerned with the sufferings of greatness. In the same way, Aristotle does not mean that the comic hero is necessarily a wicked man, but that he is, on the whole, a poor creature, an insignificant being. He may be very worthy, but there is something low and ignoble about him, which makes us laugh.

Starting point is 10:58:55 Tragedy brings about a purification of the soul through pity and terror. Mean, sordid, or dreadful things do not ennoble us, but the representation of truly great and tragic sufferings arouses in the beholder pity and terror which purge his spirit and render it serene and pure. This is the thought of a great and penetrating critic. The theory of certain scholars, based upon etymological grounds, that it means that the soul is purged, not through, but of pity and terror, that, by means of a diarrhea of these unpleasant emotions we get rid of them and are left happy, is the thought of men whose scholarship may be great,

Starting point is 10:59:50 but whose understanding of art is limited. Such a theory would reduce Aristotle's great and illuminating criticism to the meaningless babble of a Philistine. End of Section 36. Section 37 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. A Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace.

Starting point is 11:00:33 Chapter 13. Aristotle, Part 7. Critical Estimate of Aristotle's philosophy. It is not necessary to spend so much time upon criticizing Aristotle as we spent upon doing the same for Plato, and that for two reasons. In the first place, Plato, with his obvious greatness abounded in defects, which had to be pointed out, whereas we have but little adverse criticism for Aristotle. Secondly, Aristotle's main defect is a dualism almost identical with that of Plato, and what has been said of the one need only be shortly applied to the other. At bottom, Aristotle's philosophy is the same as Plato's, with some of the main defects and crudities removed. Plato was the founder of the philosophy of the idea, but in his hands idealism was

Starting point is 11:01:28 clogged with unessentials and overgrown with e-cressences. His crude theory of the soul is a thing mechanically forced in and out of the body, his doctrines of reincarnation and recollection, the belief that this thing, the soul, can travel to someplace far away where it will see those things, the ideas. And above all, what is the root of all these, the confusion between reality and existence, with its consequent, gradation of the universal to a mere particular. These were the unessentials with which Plato connected his essential idealism. To take the pure theory of ideas, albeit not under that name, to purge it of these encumbrances and to cast them upon the rubbish heap, to cleanse Plato's

Starting point is 11:02:19 gold of its dross, this was the task of Aristotle, thought, the universal, the idea, form, call it what you will. This is the ultimate, reality, the foundation of the world, the absolute prius of all things. So thought both Plato and Aristotle, but whereas Plato began to draw mental pictures of the universal, to imagine that it existed a part in a world of its own, and so might be experienced by the vision of the wandering soul, Aristotle saw that this was to treat thought as if it were a thing, to turn it into a mere particular again. He saw that the universe of the universe of Universal, though it is the real, has no existence in a world of its own, but only in this world,

Starting point is 11:03:05 only as a formative principle of particular things. This is the keynote of his philosophy. Aristotle registers, therefore, an enormous advance upon Plato. His system is the perfected and completed Greek idealism. It is the highest point reached in the philosophy of Greece. The flower of all previous thought, the essence in pure distillation, of the Greek philosophic spirit, the gathering up of all that is good and his predecessors, and the rejection of all that is faulty and worthless, such as the philosophy of Aristotle. It was not possible for the Greek spirit to advance further. Further development could be only decay, and so, in fact, it turned out to be. Aristotle deserves, too, the credit of having produced

Starting point is 11:03:54 the only philosophy of evolution, which the world has ever seen. with the exception of that of Hegel, and Hegel was enabled to find a newer theory of evolution only by following largely in the footsteps of Aristotle. This was perhaps Aristotle's most original contribution to thought. Yet the factors of the problem, though not its solution, he took from his predecessors. The problem of becoming had tortured Greek thought from the earliest ages. The philosophy of Heraclitus, in which it was most prominent, had failed to solve it. Heraclitus, and his successors racked their brains to discover how becoming could be possible. But even if they had solved this minor problem, the greater question still remained in the

Starting point is 11:04:41 background. What does this becoming mean? Becoming for them was only meaningless change. It was not development. The world process was an endless stream of futile and purpose events, a tale told by an idiot full of sound and fury, signifying nothing. Aristotle not merely asked himself how becoming is possible. He showed that becoming has a meaning, that it signifies something, that the world processes a rationally ordered development towards a rational end. But though Aristotle's philosophy is the highest presentation of the truth in ancient times, cannot be accepted as anything final and faultless. Doubtless no philosophy can ever attain to finality.

Starting point is 11:05:27 Let us apply our two-fold test. Does his principle explain the world, and does it explain itself? First, does it explain the world? The cause of Plato's failure here was the dualism in his system between sense and thought, between matter and the ideas. It was impossible to derive the world from the ideas, because they were absolutely separated from the world. The Gulf was so great that it could never be bridged.

Starting point is 11:05:54 Matter and idea lay apart, and could never be brought together. Now Aristotle saw this dualism in Plato and attempted to surmount it. The universal and the particular, he said, do not thus lie apart in different worlds. The idea is not a thing here and matter a thing there, so that these two incommensurables have to be somehow, mechanically and violently forced together to form a world. Universal and particular, matter and form, are inseparable. The connection between them is not mechanical, but organic. The dualism of Plato has thus admitted and refute it. But is it really surmounted? The answer must be in the negative.

Starting point is 11:06:38 It is not enough by a tort of force to bring matter and form together to assert that they are inseparable, while they remain all the time in principle, separate entities. If the absolute is form, matter ought to be deduced from form, shown to be merely a projection and manifestation of it. It must be shown that form not only molds matter but produces it. If we assert that the one primal reality is form, then clearly we must prove that all else in the world, including matter, arises out of that prime being. Other matter arises out of form, or it does not. If it does, this arising must be exhibited. It does not, then form is not the sole ultimate reality, for matter is equally an ultimate, underevative primordial substance. In that case,

Starting point is 11:07:30 we thus have two equally real ultimate beings, each underrived from the other, existing side by side for all eternity. This is dualism, and this is the defect of Aristotle. Not only does he not derive matter from form, but he obviously sees no necessity for doing so. He would probably have protested against any attempt to do so, for when he identifies the formal, final, and efficient causes with each other, leaving out the material cause, this is equivalent to an assertion that matter cannot be reduced to form. Thus, his dualism is deliberate and persistent. The world says Aristotle is composed of matter and form. Where does this matter come from? As it does not in his system arise out of form, we can only conclude that its being is wholly in itself, i.e. that it is a substance,

Starting point is 11:08:24 an absolute reality, and this is utterly inconsistent with Aristotle's assertion, that it is in itself nothing but a mere potentiality. Thus in the last resort, this dualism of sense and thought, of matter and idea, of unlimited and limiting, which runs the little rift within the lute, through all Greek philosophy, is not resolved. The world does not explain, because it is not derived from a single principle. If form be the absolute, then the whole world must flow out of it. In Aristotle's system, it does not. Secondly, is the principle of form self-explanatory. Here again we must answer negatively. Most of what was said of Plato under this head applies equally to Aristotle. Plato asserted that the absolute is reason, and it was therefore

Starting point is 11:09:18 incumbent on him to show that his account of reason was truly rational. He failed to do so. Aristotle asserts the same thing, for form is only another word for reason. Hence he must show us that this form is a rational principle, and this means that he must show us that it is necessary, but he fails to do so. How is form a necessary and self-determining principle? Why should there be such a principle as form? We cannot see any necessity. It is a mere fact. It is nothing but an ultimate mystery. It is so, and that is an end of it, but why it should be so, we cannot see. nor can we see why there should be any of the particular kinds of form that there are. To explain this, Aristotle ought to have shown that the forms constitute is systematic unity,

Starting point is 11:10:12 that they can be deduced one from another, just as we saw that Plato ought to have deduced all the ideas from one another. Thus Aristotle asserts the form of plants as nutrition, of animal's sensation, and that the one passes into the other. But even if this assertion be true, it is a mere fact. He ought not merely to have asserted this, but to have deduced sensation from nutrition. Instead of being content to allege that as a fact, nutrition passes into sensation, he ought to have shown that it must pass into sensation, that the passage from one to the other is a logical necessity. Otherwise, we cannot see the reason why this change occurs, that is to say, the change is not explained.

Starting point is 11:11:00 Consider the effects of this omission upon the theory of evolution. We are told that the world process moves toward an end, and that this end is the self-realization of reason, and that it is approximately attained in man, because man is a reasoning being. So far, this is quite intelligible, but this implies that each step in evolution is higher than the last, because it approaches nearer to the end of the world process, and as that end is the realization of reason, this is equivalent to saying that each step is higher than the last because it is more rational. But how is sensation more rational than nutrition? Why should it not be the other way about? Nutrition passes through sensation into human reason, but why should not sensation pass through

Starting point is 11:11:49 nutrition into human reason, why should not the order be reversed? We cannot explain. In such, an admission is absolutely fatal to any philosophy of evolution. The whole object of such a philosophy is to make it clear to us why the higher form is higher and why the lower is lower. Why, for example, nutrition must, as lower, come first, and sensation second, and not vice versa. We can see no reason why the order should not be reversed, this simply means that our philosophy of evolution has failed in its main point. It means that we cannot see any real difference between lower and higher, that therefore we have merely change without development, since it is indifferent whether A passes into B or B into A. The only way in which Aristotle could have surmounted these difficulties

Starting point is 11:12:43 would have been to prove that sensation is a development of reason, which goes beyond nutrition, and he could only do this by showing that sensation logically arises out of nutrition. For a logical development is the same as a rational development. He ought to have logically deduced sensation from nutrition, and so with all the other forms. As it is, all that could be said is that Aristotle was the founder of a philosophy of evolution, because he saw that evolution implies movement towards an end, and because he attempted to point out the different stages in the attainment of that end, but that he failed rationally to develop the doctrine stage by stage.

Starting point is 11:13:25 As neither the principle of form in general was shown to be necessary, nor were the particular forms deduced from each other, we have to conclude that Aristotle like Plato named a self-explanatory principle, reason or form as ultimate principle of things, but failed to show in detail that it is self-explanatory. Yet in spite of these defects, the philosophy of Aristotle is one of the greatest philosophies that the world has ever seen or is ever likely to see. It does not solve all problems. It does render the world more intelligible to us than it was before. And of Section 37.

Starting point is 11:14:06 Section number 38 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are on the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visitlibrovox.org. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 14, the general character of post-aristatilian philosophy. The rest of the story of Greek philosophy is soon told, for it is a story of Greek philosophy. the story of decay. The post Aristotelian is the least instructive of the three periods of Greek

Starting point is 11:14:48 thought, and I shall delineate only its main outlines. The general characteristics of the decay of thought, which set in after Aristotle are intimately connected with the political, social, and moral events of the time. Although the huge empire of Alexander had broken up with the conqueror's death, this fact had in no way helped the Greek states to throw off the yoke of their oppressors. With the single exception of Sparta, which stubbornly held out, they had become, for all intents and purposes, subject to the dominion of Macedonia. And the death of Alexander did not alter this fact. It was not merely that rude might had overwhelmed a beautiful and delicate civilization, that civilization itself was decaying. The Greeks had ceased to be a great and free people. Their

Starting point is 11:15:36 vitality was ebbing. Had it not been one conqueror, it would have been another. They were growing old. They had to give way before younger and sturdier races. It was not so many years now before Greece, passing from one alien yoke to another, was to become no more than a Roman province. Philosophy is not something that subsists independently of the growth and decay of the spirit of man. It goes hand in hand with political, social, religious, and artistic development. Political organization, art, religion, science, and philosophy are but different forms in which the life of a people expresses itself. The innermost substance of the national life is found in the national philosophy, and the history of philosophy is the kernel of the history of the nations. It was but natural, then, that from the time of Alexander onwards, Greek philosophy should exhibit symptoms of decay.

Starting point is 11:16:32 The essential mark of the decay of Greek thought was the intense subjectivism, which is a feature of all the post-aristatelian schools. Not one of them is interested in the solution of the world problem for its own sake. The pure scientific spirit, the desire for knowledge for its own sake is gone. That curiosity, that wonder of which Aristotle speaks as the inspiring spirit of philosophy is dead. The motive power of philosophy is no longer the disinterested pursuit of truth, but only the desire of the individual to escape from the ills of life. Philosophy only interests men insofar as it affects their lives. It becomes anthropocentric and egocentric.

Starting point is 11:17:17 Everything pivots on the individual subject, his destiny, his fate, the welfare of his soul. Religion has long since become corrupted and worthless, and philosophy is now expected to do. the work of religion and to be a haven of refuge from the storms of life. Hence it becomes essentially practical. Before everything else, it is ethical. All other departments of thought are now subordinated to ethics.

Starting point is 11:17:44 It is not as in the days of the strength and youth of the Greek spirit when Xenophanes or Anaxaduras looks out into the heavens and naively wondered what the sun and the stars were and how the world arose. Men's thought no longer turns outwards toward the stars, but only inwards upon themselves. It is not the riddle of the universe, but the riddle of human life, which makes them ponder. This subjectivism has, as its necessary consequences, one-sidedness, absence of originality, and finally complete skepticism. Since men are no longer interested in the wider problems of the universe, but only in the

Starting point is 11:18:23 comparatively petty problems of human life, their outlook becomes exclusively ethical, narrow and one-sided. He who cannot forget his own self, cannot merge and lose himself in the universe, but looks as all things only as they affect himself, does not give birth to great and universal thoughts. He becomes self-centered and makes the universe revolve around him. Hence we no longer have no great universal, all-embracing systems like those of Plato and Aristotle. Metaphysics, physics, logic are not studied for their own sakes, but only as preparations for ethics. Narrowness, however, is always compensated by intensity, which in the end becomes fanaticism. Hence the intense earnestness and almost miraculous heights

Starting point is 11:19:11 of fanatical asceticism to which the Stoics attained, and an unbalanced and one-sided philosophy leads to extremes. Such a philosophy, obsessed by a single idea, unrestrained by any consideration for other and equally important factors of truth, regardless of all other claims, pushes its idea pig-headedly to its logical extreme. Such procedure results in paradoxes and extravagances. Hence the Stoics, if they made duty their watchword, must needs conceive it in the most extreme opposition to all natural impulses, with the sternness unheard of in any previous ethical doctrine,

Starting point is 11:19:50 save that of the cynics. Hence the skeptics, if they lighted on the thought that knowledge is difficult of attainment, must needs rush to the extreme conclusion that any knowledge is utterly impossible. Hence, the Neoplatonists must needs cap all these tendencies by making out a drunken frenzy of the soul to be the true organ of philosophy, and by introducing into speculation all the fantastic paraphernalia of sorcery, demons, and demigods. absence of sanity and balance then are characteristics of the last period of Greek philosophy. The serenity and calm of Plato and Aristotle are gone, and in their place we have turgidity and extravagance.

Starting point is 11:20:34 Lack of originality is the second consequence of the subjectivism of the age. Since metaphysics, physics, and logic are not cultivated, except in a purely practical interest, they do not flourish. Instead of advancing in these arenas of thought, the philosophies of the age go backwards. Older systems long discredited are revived, and their dead bones triumphantly paraded abroad. The Stoics returned to Heracledius to their physics. Epicurus resurrects the atomism of democratus. Even an ethics on which they concentrate all their thought, these post-Aristatelian systems have nothing essentially new to say.

Starting point is 11:21:13 Stoicism borrows its principal ideas from the cynics, Epicureanism from the Sirenags. The post- Aristotelians rearrange old thoughts in a new order. They take up the ideas of the past and exaggerate this or that aspect of them. They twist and turn them in all directions and squeeze them dry for a drop of new life. But in the end, nothing new eventuates. Greek thought is finished, and there is nothing new. to be got out of it, torture it how they will.

Starting point is 11:21:46 From the first Stoic to the last Neoplatonist, there is no essentially new principle added to philosophy, unless we count as such the sad and jaded ideas which the Neoplatonists introduced from the East. Lastly, subjectivism ends naturally in skepticism, the denial of all knowledge, the rejection of all philosophy. We have already seen in the sophists the phenomenon of subjectivism leading to skepticism. The sophists made the individual subject the measure of truth and morals, and in the end this meant the denial of truth and morality altogether. So it is now. The subjectivism of the

Starting point is 11:22:28 stoics and epicureans is followed by the skepticism of Pyro and his successors. With them, as with the sophists, nothing is true or good in itself, but only opinion makes it so. Section 38. Section 39 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librivox recording. All Librivox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librivox.org, read by Notting-Chiles. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace.

Starting point is 11:23:14 Chapter 15. The Stoics Zeno of Cyprus, the founder of the Stoic school, a Greek of Phoenician descent, was born around 342 BC and died in 270. He is said to have followed philosophy, because he lost all his property in a shipwreck, a motive characteristic of the age. He came to Athens and learned philosophy under Cretes, the cynic, Stilpo the Megaric, and Polemo the academic. About 300 BC he founded his school at the Stoa Pochile, many-colored portico, whence the name Stoic. He died by his own hand. He was followed by Cleanthes, and then by Chrysippus, as leaders of the school.

Starting point is 11:24:00 Chrysippus was a man of immense productivity and laborious scholarship. He composed over 700 books, but all are lost, though not the founder he was the chief pillar of Stoicism. The school attracted many adherents, and flourished for many centuries, not only in Greece, but later in Rome, where some of the most thoughtful writers, such as Marcus Aurelius, Seneca, and Epictetus counted themselves among its followers. We know little for certain as to what share particular Stoics, Xenocles, or Chrysippus had in the formation of the doctrines of the school, but after Chrysippus the main lines of the doctrine were complete. We shall deal, therefore, Stoicism as a whole, and not with the special teaching of particular Stoics. The system is divided

Starting point is 11:24:52 into three parts, logic, physics, and ethics, of which the first two are entirely subservient to the last. Stoicism is essentially a system of ethics, which, however, is guided by a logic as theory of method, and rests upon physics as foundation. Logic We may pass over the formal logic of the Stoics, which is, in all essentials, the logic of Aristotle. To this, however, they added a theory peculiar to themselves of the origin of knowledge and the criterion of truth. All knowledge, they said, enters the mind through the senses. The mind is a tabula rasa, upon which sense impressions are inscribed. It may have a certain activity of its own, but this activity is confined exclusively to materials supplied by the physical organs of sense.

Starting point is 11:25:47 This theory stands, of course, in sheer opposition to the idealism of Plato, for whom the mind alone was the source of knowledge, the senses being the sources of all illusion and error. The Stoics denied the metaphysical reality of concepts. Concepts are merely ideas in the mind, abstracted from particulars, and have no reality outside consciousness. Since all knowledge is a knowledge of sense objects, truth is simply the correspondence of our impressions to things. How are we to know whether our ideas are correct copies of things?

Starting point is 11:26:25 How distinguished between reality and imagination? Dreams or illusions? What is the criterion of truth? It cannot lie in concepts, since these are of our own making. Nothing is true save sense impression. and therefore the criterion of truth must lie in sensation itself. It cannot be in thought, but must be in feeling. Real objects, said the Stoic, produce in us an intense feeling, or conviction, of their reality.

Starting point is 11:26:56 The strength and vividness of the image distinguish these real perceptions from a dream or fancy. Hence, the sole criterion of truth is this striking conviction, whereby the real forces itself upon our consciousness and will not be denied. The relapse into complete subjectivity will here be noted. There is no universally grounded criterion of truth. It is based, not on reason, but on feeling. All depends on the subjective convictions of the individual. End of Section 39.

Starting point is 11:27:40 Section 40 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librivox recording. All Librivox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org. Read by Not in Childs. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 15. The Stoics.

Starting point is 11:28:05 Part 2. Physics The fundamental proposition of the Stoic Physics is that nothing in corporates corporeal exists. This materialism coheres with the sensationalism of their doctrine of knowledge. Plato placed knowledge in thought, and reality, therefore, in the idea. The Stoics, however, place knowledge in physical sensation, and reality, therefore, in what is known by the senses, matter. All things, they said, even the soul, even God himself, are material, and nothing more than material. This belief they based upon two main considerations. Firstly, the unity of the world demands it. The world is one and must issue from one principle. We must have a monism. The idealism of

Starting point is 11:28:58 Plato and Aristotle had resolved itself into a futile struggle against the dualism of matter and thought. Since the gulf cannot be bridged from the side of the idea, we must take our stand on matter, reduce mind to it. Secondly, body and soul, God and the world, are pairs which act and react upon one another. The body, for example, produces thoughts, sense impressions, in the soul. The soul produces movements in the body. This would be impossible if both were not of the same substance. The corporeal cannot act on the incorporeal, nor the incorporeal on the corporeal. There is no point of contact. Hence, all must be equally corporeal. All things being material, what is the original kind of matter, or stuff, of which the world is made? The Stoics turned to Heraclitus for an

Starting point is 11:29:57 answer. Fire is the primordial kind of being, and all things are composed of fire. With this materialism, the Stoics combined pantheism. The primal fire is gone. God is related to the world exactly as the soul to the body. The human soul is likewise fire, and comes from the divine fire. It permeates and penetrates the entire body, and, in order that its interpenetration might be regarded as complete, the Stoics denied the impenetrability of matter. Just as the soul fire permeates the whole body,

Starting point is 11:30:38 so God, the primal fire, pervades the entire world, world. He is the soul of the world. The world is his body. But in spite of this materialism, the Stoics averred that God is absolute reason. This is not a return to idealism. It does not imply the incorporeality of God. For reason, like all else, is material. It means simply that the divine fire is a rational element. Since God is reason, it follows that the world is governed. by reason, and this means two things. It means, firstly, that there is a purpose in the world, and therefore order, harmony, beauty, and design. Secondly, since reason is law as opposed to the lawless, it means that the universe is subject to the absolute sway of law. It is governed by rigorous

Starting point is 11:31:35 necessity of cause and effect. Hence, the individual is not free. There can be no true freedom of the will in a world governed by necessity. We may, without harm, say that we choose to do this or that, that our acts are voluntary. But such phrases merely mean that we assent to what we do. What we do is nonetheless governed by causes, and therefore by necessity. The world process is circular. God changes the fiery substance of himself, first into air, then water, then earth, so the world arises. But it would be ended by a conflagration in which all things will return into the primal fire. Therefore, at a preordained time, God will again transmute himself into a world. It follows from the law of necessity that the course taken by this second and every

Starting point is 11:32:34 subsequent world will be identical in every way with the course taken by the first world. The process goes on forever, and nothing new ever happens. The history of each successive world is the same as that of all the others down to the minutest details. The human soul is part of the divine fire, and proceeds into man from God. Hence, it is a rational soul, and this is a point of cardinal importance. In connection with the Stoic ethics, but the soul of each individual does not come direct from God, The divine fire was breathed into the first man, and therefore passes from parent to child in the act of procreation. After death, all souls according to some, but only the souls of the good according to others, continue in individual existence until the general conflagration in which they and all else return to God.

Starting point is 11:33:35 End of Section 40. Section 41 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librivox recording. All Librivox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librivox.org, read by Notting Childs. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Section 41. Chapter 15

Starting point is 11:34:10 The Stoics Part 3. Ethics. The Stoic Ethical Teaching is based upon two principles already developed in their physics. First, that the universe is governed by absolute law, which admits of no exceptions, and second, that the essential nature of man is reason. Both are summed up in the famous Stoic maxim, live according to nature. For this maxim has two aspects. It means, in the first place, that men should conform themselves to nature in the wider sense, that is, to the laws of the universe, and secondly, that they should conform their actions to nature in the narrower sense, to their own essential nature, reason. These two expressions mean, for the Stoics, the same thing,

Starting point is 11:35:01 for the universe is governed not only by law, but by the law of reason, and man, in following his own rational nature, is ipso facto conforming himself to the laws of the larger world. In a sense, of course, there is no possibility of man's disobeying the laws of nature, for he, like all else in the world, acts of necessity. And it might be asked, what is the use of the exhorting a man to obey the laws of the universe, when, as part of the great mechanism of the world, he cannot by any possibility do anything else? It is not to be supposed to the a genuine solution of this difficulty is to be found in the Stoic philosophy. They urged, however, that though man will in any case do as the necessity of the world compels him, it is given to him

Starting point is 11:35:50 alone, not merely to obey the law, but to assent to his own obedience, to follow the law consciously and deliberately, as only a rational being can. Virtue then is life according to reason. morality is simply rational action. It is the universal reason which is to govern our lives, not the caprice and self-will of the individual. The wise man consciously subordinates his life to the life of the whole universe and recognizes himself as merely a cog in the great machine. Now the definition of morality as the life according to reason

Starting point is 11:36:31 is not a principle peculiar to the Stoics. Both Plato and Aristotle taught the same. In fact, as we have already seen, to found morality upon reason, and not upon peculiar foibles, feelings or intuitions of the individual self, is the basis of every genuine ethic. But what was peculiar to the Stoics was the narrow and one-sided interpretation which they gave to this principle. Aristotle had taught that the essential nature of man is reason. and that morality consists in following this, his essential nature. But he recognized that the passions and appetites have their place in the human organism.

Starting point is 11:37:15 He did not demand their suppression, but merely their control by reason. But the Stoics looked upon the passions as essentially irrational, and demanded their complete extirpation. They envisaged life as a battle against the passions, in which the latter had to be completely annihilated. Hence their ethical views end in a rigorous and unbalanced asceticism. Aristotle, in his broad and moderate way, though he believed virtue alone to possess intrinsic value,

Starting point is 11:37:49 yet he allowed external goods and circumstances a place in the scheme of life. The Stoics asserted that virtue alone is good, vice alone evil, and that all else is absolutely indifferent. Poverty, sickness, pain, and death are not evils. Riches, health, pleasure, and life are not goods. A man may commit suicide, for in destroying his life, he destroys nothing of value. Above all, pleasure is not a good. One ought not to seek pleasure. Virtue is the only happiness. And man must be virtuous. not for the sake of pleasure, but for the sake of duty. And since virtue alone is good, vice alone evil,

Starting point is 11:38:39 there followed the further paradox that all virtues are equally good, and all vices equally evil. There are no degrees. Virtue is founded upon reason, and so upon knowledge. Hence the importance of science, physics, logic, which are valued not for themselves, but because they are the foundations of morality. The prime virtue and the root of all other virtues is therefore wisdom.

Starting point is 11:39:10 The wise man is synonymous with the good man. From the root virtue wisdom spring the four cardinal virtues, insight, bravery, self-control, justice. But since all virtues have one root, he who possesses wisdom possesses all virtue, He who lacks it, lacks all. A man is either wholly virtuous or wholly vicious. The world is divided into wise men and fools. The former perfectly good, the latter absolutely evil.

Starting point is 11:39:46 There is nothing between the two. There is no such thing as a gradual transition from one to the other. Conversion must be instantaneous. The wise man is perfect, has all happiness, freedom, riches, beauty. He alone is the perfect king, statesman, poet, prophet, orator, critic, physician. The fool has all vice, all misery, all ugliness, all poverty, and every man is one or the other. Asked where such a wise man was to be found, the Stoics pointed doubtably at Socrates and Diogenes the cynic. the number of the wise they thought is small and is continually growing smaller.

Starting point is 11:40:35 The world, which they painted in the blackest colors as a sea of vice and misery, grows steadily worse. In all this we easily recognize the features of a resuscitated cynicism, but the Stoics modified and softened the harsh outlines of cynicism and rounded off its angles. To do this meant inconsistency. It meant that they first laid down harsh principles, and then proceeded to tone them down, to explain them away, to admit exceptions. Such inconsistency the Stoics accepted with their habitual cheerfulness. This process of toning down their first harsh utterances took place mainly in three ways.

Starting point is 11:41:20 In the first place, they modified their principle of the complete extirpation of the passions. since this is impossible, and if possible, could only lead to immovable inactivity, they admitted that the wise man might exhibit certain mild and rational emotions, and that the roots of the passions might be found in him, though he never allowed them to grow. In the second place, they modified their principle that all else, say virtue and vice, is indifferent. Such a view is unreal and out of accord with life. Hence the Stoics, with a masterly disregard of consistency, stuck to the principle, and yet declared that among things indifferent, some are preferable to others.

Starting point is 11:42:08 If the wise man has the choice between health and sickness, he will choose the former. Indifferent things were divided into three classes, those to be preferred, those to be avoided, and those which are absolutely indifferent. In the third place, the Stoics toned down the principle that men are either holy good or holy evil. The famous heroes and statesmen of history, though fools, are yet polluted with the common vices of mankind less than others. Moreover, what were the Stoics to say about themselves? Were they wise men or fools? They hesitated to claim perfection to put themselves on a level with Socrates and Diogenes.

Starting point is 11:42:53 Yet they could not bring themselves to admit that there was no difference between themselves and the common herd. They were proficients, and, if not absolutely wise, approximated to wisdom. If the Stoics were thus merely less consistent cynics and originated nothing in the doctrines of physics and ethics so far considered, yet one idea, at least they can claim to be the inventors. This was the idea of cosmopolitanism. This they deduced from two grounds. Firstly, the universe is one, proceeds from one god, is ordered by one law, and forms one system. Secondly, however much men may differ in unessentials, they share their essential nature, their reasons in common. Hence, all men are of one stock as rational beings and should form one state.

Starting point is 11:43:53 The division of mankind into warring states is irrational and absurd. The wise men is not a citizen of this or that state. He is a citizen of the world. This is, however, only an application of principles already asserted. The Stoics produced no essentially new thought in physics or in ethics. Their entire stock of ideas is but a new combination of ideas already developed by their predecessors. They were narrow, extreme, over-rigorous, and one-sided. Their truths are all half-truths, and they regarded philosophy too subjectively.

Starting point is 11:44:38 What alone interested them was the question, how am I to live? Yet in spite of these defects, there is undoubtedly something grand. and noble about their zeal for duty, their exultation above all that is petty and paltry, their uncompromising contempt for all lower ends. Their merit, says Schweggler, was that in an age of ruin, they held fast by the moral idea. End of Section 41. Section 42 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is the Librevox recording. All Librevox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit librivox.org. Chapter 16, the Epicureans. Epicurus was born at Samos in 342 BC. He founded his school a year

Starting point is 11:45:35 or two school before Zeno founded the Stoa, so that the two schools from the first ran parallel in time. The school of Epicurus lasted over six centuries. Epicurus early became acquainted with the atomism of Democritus, but his learning in earlier systems of philosophy does not appear to have been extensive. He was a man of estimable life and character. He founded his school in 306 BC. The Epicurean philosophy was both founded and completed by him. No subsequent Epicurean, to any appreciable extent, added to or altered the doctrines laid down by the founder. The Epicurean system is even more purely practical and tendency than the Stoic, in spite of the fact that Stoicism subordinates logic and physics, yet the diligence and care which the Stoics bestowed upon such doctrines as those

Starting point is 11:46:20 of the criterion of truth, the nature of the world, of the soul, and so on, afford evidence of a genuine, if subordinate, interest in these subjects. Epicurus likewise divided his system into logic, which he called canonical, physics, and ethics, yet the two former branches of thought are pursued with an obvious carelessness and absence of interest. It is evident that learned discussions bored Epicurus. His system is amiable and shallow. Knowledge for its own sake is not desired. Mathematics, he said, are useless, because they have no connection with life. The logic or canonical we may pass over completely as possessing no elements of interest and come at once to the physics. Physics. Physics interests Epicurus only from one point of view,

Starting point is 11:47:03 its power to banish superstitious fear from the minds of men. All supernatural religion, he thought, operates for the most part upon mankind by means of fear. Men are afraid of the gods, afraid of retribution, afraid of death, because of the stories of what comes after death. This incessant fear and anxiety is one of the chief causes of the unhappiness of men. Destroy it, and we have at least got rid of the prime hindrance to human happiness. We can only do this by means of a suitable doctrine of physics. What is necessary is to be able to regard the world as a piece of mechanism governed solely by natural causes without any interference by supernatural beings

Starting point is 11:47:40 in which man is free to find his happiness how and when he will, without being frightened by the bogies of popular religion. for though the world is ruled mechanically, man, thought Epicurus in opposition to the Stoics, possesses free will, and the problem of philosophy is to ascertain how he can best use this gift in a world otherwise mechanically governed. What he required, therefore, was a purely mechanical philosophy. To invent such a philosophy for himself was a task not suited to his indolence, and for which he could not pretend to possess the necessary qualifications. Therefore, he searched the past, and soon found what he wanted in the Atomist.

Starting point is 11:48:17 of Democritus. This, as an entirely mechanical philosophy, perfectly suited his ends, and the pragmatic spirit in which he chose his beliefs, not on any abstract grounds of their objective truth, but on the basis of his subjective needs and personal wishes will be noted. It is a sign of the times. When truth comes to be regarded as something that men may construct in accordance with their real or imagined needs, and not in accordance with any objective standard, we are well advanced upon the downward path of decay. Epicurus, therefore, adopted the atomism of Democritus and Block, or with trifling modifications. All things are composed of atoms at the void.

Starting point is 11:48:57 Atoms differ only in shape and weight, not in quality. They fall eternally through the void. By virtue of free will, they deviate infinitismally from the perpendicular in their fall, and so clash against one another. This, of course, is an invention of Epicurus, and, for the fact, and, for the fact, they deviate a formed no part of the doctrine of Democritus. It might be expected of Epicurus that his modifications would not be improvements. In the present case, the attribution of free will to the atoms adversely affects the logical consistency of the mechanical theory. From the collision of atoms

Starting point is 11:49:29 arises a whirling movement out of which the world emerges. Not only the world, but all individual phenomena are to be explained mechanically. Teleology is rigorously excluded. In any particular case, however, Epicurus is not interested to know what particular causes determine a phenomenon. It is enough for him to be sure that it is wholly determined by mechanical causes and that supernatural agencies

Starting point is 11:49:53 are excluded. The soul, being composed of atoms which are scattered at death, a future life is not to be thought of. But this is to be regarded as the greatest blessing. It frees us from the fear of death and the fear of a hereafter. Death is not an evil.

Starting point is 11:50:10 For if death is, We are not. If we are, death is not. When death comes, we shall not feel it, for is it not the end of all feeling and consciousness? And there is no reason to fear now what we know that we shall not feel when it comes. Having thus disposed of the fear of retribution in a future life, Epicurus proceeds to dispose of the fear of the interference of the gods in this life. One might have expected that Epicurus would, for this purpose, have embraced atheism. But he does not deny the existence of the gods, On the contrary, he believed that there are innumerable gods. They have the form of men, because that is the most beautiful of all forms.

Starting point is 11:50:49 They have distinctions in sex. They eat, drink, and talk Greek. Their bodies are composed of a substance like light. But though Epicurus allows them to exist, he is careful to disarm them, and to rob them of their fears. They live in the interstellar spaces. An immortal, calm, and blessed existence, they do not intervene in the affairs of the world.

Starting point is 11:51:11 because they are perfectly happy. Why should they burden themselves with the control of that which no wise concerns them? Theirs is the beatitude of a holy untroubled joy. Immortal are they? Clothed with powers, not to be comforted at all. Lords over all the fruitless hours, too great to appease, too high to appal, too far to call. Man, therefore, freed from the fear of death and the fear of the gods, has no duty, save to live as happily as he can during his brief space upon earth. We can quit the realm of physics with a light heart and turn to what alone truly matters.

Starting point is 11:51:49 Ethics, the consideration of how man ought to conduct his life. End of Section 42. Section 43 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libervox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visitlibrovox.org. Ethics If the Stoics were the intellectual successors of the cynics,

Starting point is 11:52:19 the Epicureans bear the same relation to the Sereniacs. Like Aristippus, they founded morality upon pleasure, but they differ because they developed a purer and no-word conception of pleasure than the Sereniacs had known. Pleasure alone is an end in itself. It is the only good. Pain is the only evil. Morality, therefore, is an activity which yields pleasure.

Starting point is 11:52:41 Virtue has no value on its own account, but derives its value from the pleasure which accompanies it. This is the only foundation which Epicurus could find or desire to find for moral activity. This is his only ethical principle. The rest of the Epicurean ethics consist in the interpretation of the idea of pleasure. And firstly, by pleasure, Epicurist did, as the Sereniacs did, merely the pleasure of the moment, whether physical or mental. He meant the pleasure that endures throughout a lifetime, a happy life.

Starting point is 11:53:12 hence we are not to allow ourselves to be enslaved by any particular pleasure or desire. We must master our appetites. We must often forego a pleasure if it leads in the end to greater pain. We must be ready to undergo pain for the sake of a greater pleasure to come. And it was just for this reason, secondly, that the Epicureans regarded spiritual and mental pleasures as far more important to the nose of the body. And it was just for this reason, secondly, that the Epicureans regarded spiritual and mental pleasures, pleasure as far more important than those of the body. For the body feels pleasure and pain only

Starting point is 11:53:48 while they last. The body has in itself neither memory nor foreknowledge. It is the mind which remembers and foresees, and by far the most potent pleasures and pains are those of remembrance and anticipation. A physical pleasure is a pleasure to the body only now, but the anticipation of a future pain is mental anxiety. The remembrance of a past joy is a present delight. Hence what is to be aimed at above all is a calm, untroubled mind, for the pleasures of the body are ephemeral, those of the spirit enduring. The Epicureans, like the Stoics, preached the necessity of superiority to bodily pains and external circumstances. So a man must not depend for his happiness upon externals. He must have his blessedness in his own self. The wise man can be happy even in bodily

Starting point is 11:54:36 torment, for in the inner tranquility of his soul he possesses a happiness which far outweighs any bodily pain. Yet innocent pleasures of sense are neither forbidden nor to be despised. The wise man will enjoy whatever he can without harm. Of all mental pleasures, the Epicureans laid perhaps most stress upon friendship. The school was not merely a collection of fellow philosophers, but above all a society of friends. Thirdly, the Epicurean ideal pleasure tended rather towards a negative than a positive conception of it. It was not the state of enjoyment that they aimed at, much less the excitement of the feelings. Not the feverish pleasures of the world constituted their ideal. They aimed rather at a negative absence of pain, at tranquility, quiet, calm, repose of spirit,

Starting point is 11:55:24 undisturbed by fears and anxieties. As so often with men whose ideal is pleasure, their view of the world was tinged with a gentle and even luxurious pessimism. Positive happiness is beyond the reach of mortals. All that man can hope for is to avoid pain and to live in quiet contentment. Fourthly, pleasure does not consist in the multiplication of needs and their subsequent satisfaction. The multiplication of wants only renders it more difficult to satisfy them. It complicates life without adding to happiness. We should have as few needs as possible. Epicurus himself lived a simple life and advised his followers to do the same. The wise man, he said, living on bread and water, could vie with Zeus himself in happiness. Simplicity, cheerfulness, moderation,

Starting point is 11:56:09 temperance are the best means to happiness. The majority of human wants, and the example of the thirst for fame is quoted, are entirely unnecessary and useless. Lastly, the Epicurean ideal, though containing no possibility of an exalted nobility, was yet by no means entirely selfish. A kindly, benevolent temper appeared in these men. It is pleasanter, they said, to do a kindness than to receive one. There is little of the stern stuff of heroes, but there is much that is gentle and lovable in the amiable moralisings of these butterfly philosophers. End of Section 43. Section 44 of a critical history of Greek philosophy.

Starting point is 11:56:54 This is a Librivox recording. All Librivox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librivox.org. Read by Notin-Chiles. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 17. The Skeptics Skepticism is a semi-technical term in philosophy, and means the doctrine which doubts or denies the possibility of knowledge. It is thus destructive of philosophy, since philosophy purports to be

Starting point is 11:57:29 a form of knowledge. Skepticism appears and reappears at intervals in the history of thought. We have already met with it among the sophists. When Georgias said that, if anything exists, it cannot be known, this was a direct expression of the skeptical spirit. And the Protagorean, Man is the measure of all things, amounts to the same thing, for it implies that man can only know things as they appear to him, and not as they are in themselves. In modern times, the most noted skeptic was David Hume, who attempted to show that the most fundamental categories of thought, such as substance and causality, are illusory, and thereby to undermine the fabric of knowledge. Subjectivism usually ends in skepticism. For knowledge is the

Starting point is 11:58:20 relation of subject and object, and to lay exclusive emphasis upon one of its terms, the subject, ignoring the object, leads to the denial of the reality of everything except that which appears to the subject. This was so with the sophists, and now we have the reappearance of a similar phenomenon. The skeptics of whom we are about to treat made their appearance at about the same time as the Stoics and Epicureans. This subjective tendencies of the latter schools find their logical conclusion in the skeptics. Skepticism makes its appearance usually, but not always, when the spiritual forces of a race are in decay. When its spiritual and intellectual impulses are spent, the spirit flags, grows weary, loses confidence, begins to doubt its power of finding truth,

Starting point is 11:59:14 and the despair of truth is skepticism. Piro. The first to introduce a thoroughgoing skepticism among the Greeks was Piro. He was born about 360 BC, and was originally a painter. He took part in the Indian expedition of Alexander the Great. He left no writings, and we owe our knowledge of his thoughts chiefly to his disciple, Taima Nophilius. His philosophy, in common with all post-aristatelian systems, is purely practical in its outlook. Skepticism, the denial of knowledge, is not posited on account of its speculative interest, but only because Piero sees in it the road to happiness and the escape from the calamities of life. The proper course of the sage, said Piro, is to ask himself three questions.

Starting point is 12:00:05 The proper course of the sage, said Piro, is to ask himself three questions. Firstly, he must ask what things are and how they are constituted. Secondly, how we relate to these things. Thirdly, what ought to be our attitude toward them? As to what things are, we can only answer that we know nothing. We only know how things appear to us, but of their inner substance we are ignorant. The same thing appears differently to different people, and therefore it is impossible to know which opinion is right. The diversity of opinion among the wise, as well as among the vulgar, proves this.

Starting point is 12:00:46 To every assertion, the contradictory assertion can be opposed with equally good grounds, and whatever my opinion, the contrary opinion is believed by some. somebody else, who is quite as clever and competent to judge as I am. Opinion we may have, but certainty and knowledge are impossible. Hence, our attitude to things, the third question, ought to be complete suspense of judgment. We can be certain of nothing, not even the most trivial assertions. Therefore, we ought never to make any positive statements on any subject, and the Pyranists were careful to import an element of doubt even into the most trifling assertions which they might make in the course of their daily life. They did not say, it is so, but it seems so,

Starting point is 12:01:37 or it appears so to me. Every observation would be prefixed with a perhaps, or it may be. The absence of certainty applies as much to practical as to theoretical matters. Nothing is in its sense. true or false. It only appears so. In the same way, nothing is in itself good or evil. It is only opinion, custom, law, which makes it so. When the sage realizes this, he will cease to prefer one course of action to another, and the result will be apathy, atyaxia. All action is the result of preference, and preference is the belief that one thing is better than another. If I go to the north, it is because, for one reason or another, I believe that it is better than going to the south. Suppress this belief, learned that the one is not in reality better than the other, but only appears so, and one would go in no direction at all.

Starting point is 12:02:39 Complete suppression of opinion would mean complete suppression of action, and it was at this that Piero aimed. To have no opinions was the skeptical maxim, because in practice it meant apathy, total quietism. All action is founded on belief, and all belief is delusion. Hence, the absence of all activity is the ideal of the sage. In this apathy he will renounce all desires, for desire is the opinion that one thing is better than another. He will live in complete repose, in undisturbed tranquility of soul, free from all delusions. Unhappiness is the result of not a attaining what one desires, or of losing it when attained. The wise man, being free from desires, is free from unhappiness. He knows that though men struggle and fight for what they desire,

Starting point is 12:03:35 vainly supposing some things better than others, such activity is but a futile struggle about nothing. For all things are equally indifferent, and nothing matters. Between health and sickness, life and death, difference there is none. Yet insofar as the sage is compelled to act, he will follow probability, opinion, custom, and law, but without any belief in the essential validity or truth of these criteria. End of Section 44 Section 45 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librevox recording. All Librevox recording, all Librevox record

Starting point is 12:04:26 are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org. Read by Nottingiles. A critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 17 The Skeptics Part 2, The New Academy. The skepticism founded by Piro soon became extinct, but an essentially similar doctrine began to be taught in the world. the school of Plato. After the death of Plato, the Academy continued, under various leaders, to follow in the path marked out by the founder. But, under the leadership of Arxelous, skepticism was introduced into the school, and from that time, therefore, it is usually known as the new Academy. For though its historical continuity as a school was not broken,

Starting point is 12:05:21 its essential character underwent change. What especially characterized the new academy was its fierce opposition to the Stoics, whom its members attacked as the chief dogmatists of the time. Dogmatism for us usually means making assertions without proper grounds, but since skepticism regards all assertions as equally ill-grounded, the holding of any positive opinion whatever is by it regarded as dogmatism. The Stoics were the most powerful, influential, influential, influential, influential and forceful, of all those who at that time held any positive philosophical opinions. Hence, they were singled out for attack by the new Academy as the greatest of dogmatists. Arksalos attacked especially their doctrine of the criterion of truth,

Starting point is 12:06:14 the striking conviction which, according to the Stoics, accompanies truth, equally accompanies error. There is no criterion of truth, either in sense, or in reason. I am certain of nothing, said Arxsailos. I am not even certain that I am certain of nothing. But the academics did not draw from their skepticism, as Piro had done, the full logical of conclusion as regards action. Men, they thought, must act, and although certainty and knowledge are impossible, probability is a sufficient guide for action. Carnadis is usually considered the greatest of the academic skeptics, yet he added nothing essentially new to their conclusions. He appears, however, to have been a man of singularly acute and powerful mind,

Starting point is 12:07:08 whose destructive criticism acted like a battering ram, not only upon stoicism, but upon all established philosophies, as examples of his thoughts may be mentioned in the two following. Firstly, nothing can ever be proved, for the conclusion must be proved by premises, which in turn require proof, and so ad infinitum. Secondly, it is impossible to know whether our ideas of an object are true, i.e. whether they resemble the object, because we cannot compare our idea with the object itself. To do so would involve getting outside our own minds. We know nothing of the object except our idea of it, and therefore we cannot compare the original and the copy, since we can only see the copy.

Starting point is 12:08:04 End of Section 45. Section 46 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Librevox recording. All Librevox recordings are in the public document. domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librevox.org. Read by Notin-Chiles, a critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 17, The Skeptics. Part 3, Later Skepticism. After a period of obliteration, skepticism again revived in the academy. Of this last phase of Greek skepticism,

Starting point is 12:08:51 Anesedemus, a contemporary of Cicero, is the earliest example, and later we have the well-known names of Simplicius and Sextus empiricus. The distinctive character of later skepticism is its return to the position of Piro. The new academy, in its eagerness to overthrow the Stoic dogmatism, had fallen into a dogmatism of its own. If the Stoics dogmatically asserted, the academics equally dogmatically denied. But wisdom lies neither in assertion nor denial, but in doubt. Hence, the later skeptics returned to the attitude of complete suspense of judgment.

Starting point is 12:09:33 Moreover, the academics had allowed the possibility of probable knowledge, and even this is now regarded as dogmatism. Annesidemus was the author of the ten well-known arguments that show the impossibility of knowledge. They contain in reality not ten, but only two or three distinct ideas, several being merely different expressions of the same line of reasoning. They are as follows. One, the feelings and perceptions of all living beings differ. Two, men have physical and mental differences, which make things appear different to them. 3. The different senses give different impressions of things.

Starting point is 12:10:17 4. Our perceptions depend on our physical and intellectual conditions at the time of perception. 5. Things appear different in different positions and at different distances. 6. Perception is never direct, but always through a medium. For example, we see things through the air. Things appear different according to variations in their quantity, color, motion, and temperature. 8. A thing impresses us differently when it is familiar and when it is unfamiliar. 9. All supposed knowledge is predication. All predicates give us only the relation of things to other things or to ourselves. They never tell us what the thing in itself is.

Starting point is 12:11:13 10. The opinions and customs of men are different in different countries. End of Section 46. Section 47 of a critical history of Greek philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. Read by Aaron Cohen.

Starting point is 12:11:46 A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terrence Stace. Chapter 18, Transition to Neoplatonism It has been doubted whether Neoplatonism ought to be included in Greek philosophy at all, and Erdman, in his History of Philosophy, places it in the medieval division. For, firstly, an interval of no less than five centuries separates the foundation of Neoplatonism from the foundation of the preceding Greek schools, the Stoic, the Epecurean, and the skeptic. How long a period this is will be seen, if we remember that the entire development of Greek thought, from Thales to the skeptics, occupied only about three centuries.

Starting point is 12:12:27 Plotinus, the real founder of Neoplatonism, was born in 205 AD, so that it is, as far as historical time is concerned, a product of the Christian era. Secondly, its character is largely un-Greek and un-European. The Greek elements are largely swamped by Oriental mysticism. Its seat was not in Greece, but at Alexandria, which was not a Greek but a cosmopolitan city. Men of all races met here, and in particular it was here that East and West joined hands, and the fusion of thought which resulted was Neoplatonism. But, on the other hand, it seems wrong to include the thought of Plotinian.

Starting point is 12:13:07 and his successors in medieval philosophy. The whole character of what is usually called medieval philosophy was determined by its growth upon a distinctively Christian soil. It was Christian philosophy. It was the product of the new era which Christianity had substituted for paganism. Neoplatonism, on the other hand, is not only unchristian, but even anti-Christian. The only Christian influence to be detected in it is that of opposition. It is a survival of the paganism.

Starting point is 12:13:37 spirit in Christian times. In it, the old pagan spirit struggles desperately against its younger antagonist and finally succumbs. In it, we see the last gasp and final expiry of the ancient culture of the Greeks. So far as it is not Asiatic in its elements, it draws its inspiration wholly from the philosophies of the past, from the thought and culture of Greece. On the whole, therefore, it is properly classified as the last school of Greek philosophy. The long interval of time which elapsed between the rise of the preceding Greek schools, whose history we have traced, and the foundation of Neoplatonism, was filled up by the continued existence, in more or less fossilized form, of the main Greek schools, the academic, the peripatetic,

Starting point is 12:14:26 the Stoic, and the Epicurean, scattered and harried at times by the inroads of skepticism. It would be wearisome to follow in detail the development in these schools, and the more or less trifling disputes of which it consists. No new thought, no original principle, supervened. It is sufficient to say that, as time went on, the differences between the schools became softened, and their agreements became more prominent. As intellectual vigor wanes, there is always the tendency to forget differences, to rest, as the Orientals do, in the good-natured and comfortable delusion, that all religions and all philosophies really mean much the same thing. Hence, eclecticism became characteristic of the schools.

Starting point is 12:15:11 They did not keep themselves distinct. We find Stoic doctrines taught by academics, academic doctrines by Stoics. Only the Epicureans kept their race pure, and stood aloof from the general eclecticism of the time. Certain other tendencies also made their appearance. There was a recrudescence of Pythagoreanism, with its attendance symbolism and mysticism.

Starting point is 12:15:34 There grew up a tendency to exalt the conception of God so high above the world to widen so greatly the gulf which divides them, that it was felt that there could be no community between the two, that God cannot act upon matter, nor matter upon God. Such interaction would contaminate the purity of the absolute. Hence, all kinds of beings were invented. Demons, spirits, and angels intended to fill up the gap and to act as intermediaries between God and the world.

Starting point is 12:16:04 As an example of these latter tendencies, and as precursor of Neoplatonism proper, Philo the Jew deserves a brief mention. He lived at Alexandria between 30 BC and 50 AD. A staunch upholder of the religion and scriptures of the Hebrew race, he believed in the verbal inspiration of the Old Testament. But he was learned in Greek studies and thought that Greek philosophy was a dimmer revelation of those truths

Starting point is 12:16:32 which were more perfectly manifested in the sacred books of his own race. And just as Egyptian priests out of national vanity made out that Greek philosophy came from Egypt, just as Orientals now pretend that it came from India, so Philo declared that the origin of all that was great in Greek philosophy was to be found in Judea. Plato and Aristotle he was certain, were followers of Moses, used the Old Testament, and gained their wisdom therefrom. Philo's own ideas were governed by the attempt to fuse Jewish theology and Greek philosophy, into a homogenous system. It was Philo, therefore, who was largely responsible for contaminating

Starting point is 12:17:12 the pure, clear air of Greek thought with the enervating fogs of oriental mysticism. Philo taught that God, as the absolutely infinite, must be elevated completely above all that is finite. No name, no thought can correspond to the infinity of God. He is the unthinkable and the ineffable, and his nature is beyond the reach of reason. The human soul reached. up to God, not through thought, but by means of a mystical inner illumination and revelation that transcends thought. God cannot act directly upon the world, for this would involve his defilement by matter and the limitation of his infinity. There are therefore intermediate spiritual beings who, as the ministers of God, created and controlled the world. All these

Starting point is 12:18:00 intermediaries are included in the Logos, which is the rational thought which governs the world. The relation of God to the Logos and of the Logos to the world is one of progressive emanation. Clearly, the idea of emanation is a mere metaphor, which explains nothing. And this becomes more evident when Philo compares the emanations to rays of light issuing from an effulgent center and growing less and less bright as they radiate outwards. When we hear this, we know in what direction we are moving. This has the characteristic ring of Asiatic pseudo-philosophy. It reminds us forcibly of the Upanishads.

Starting point is 12:18:38 We are passing out of the realm of thought, reason, and philosophy, into the dream and shadow land of oriental mysticism, where the heavy sense of beautiful poison flowers drug the intellect and obliterate thought in a blissful and languorous repose. End of Section 47. Section 48 of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. This is a Libravox recording. All Libre of Rock's recordings are in the public domain.

Starting point is 12:19:08 For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org, read by Aaron Cohen, a critical history of Greek philosophy by Walter Terence Stace. Chapter 19 The Neoplatonists The word Neoplatonism is a misnomer. It does not stand for a genuine revival of Platonism. The Neoplatonists were no doubt the offspring of Plato, but they were the illegitimate offspring. The true greatness of Plato lay in his rationalistic idealism. His defects were mostly connected with his tendency to myth and mysticism.

Starting point is 12:19:43 The Neoplatonists hailed his defects as the true and inner secret of his doctrine, developed them out of all recognition, and combined them with the hazy dream philosophies of the East. The reputed founder was Ammonius Sakis, but we may pass him over and come at once to his disciple Plotinus, who was the first to develop Neoplatonism into a system, was the greatest of all its exponents, and may be regarded as its real founder. He was born in 205 AD, at Lycopolis in Egypt, went to Rome in 245, founded his school there, and remained at the head of it till his death in 270. He left extensive writings which have been preserved.

Starting point is 12:20:22 Plato had shown that the idea of the one, exclusive of all multiplicity, was an impossible abstraction. Even to say, the one is, involves the duality of the one. The absolute being can be no abstract unity. but only a unity in multiplicity. Plotinus begins by ignoring this supremely important philosophical principle. He falls back upon the lower level of Oriental Monism. God, he thinks, is absolutely one. He is the unity which lies beyond all multiplicity.

Starting point is 12:20:55 There is in him no plurality, no movement, no distinction. Thought involves the distinction between object and subject. Therefore the one is above and beyond thought. Nor is the one of the one. indescribable in terms of volition or activity. For volition involves the distinction between the willer and the willed, activity between the actor and that upon which he acts. God, therefore, is neither thought nor volition, nor activity. He is beyond all thought and all being. As absolutely infinite, he is also absolutely indeterminate. All predicates limit their subject, and hence nothing

Starting point is 12:21:30 can be predicated of the one. He is unthinkable, for all thought limits and confines that which is thought. He is the ineffable and inconceivable. The sole predicates which Plotinus applies to him are the one and the good. He sees, however, that these predicates, as much as any others, limit the infinite. He regards them, therefore, not as literally expressing the nature of the infinite, but as figuratively shadowing it forth. They are applied by analogy only. We can, in truth, know nothing of the one, except that it is.

Starting point is 12:22:03 Now it is impossible to derive the world from a first principle of this kind. As being utterly exalted above the world, God cannot enter into the world. As absolutely infinite, he can never limit himself to become finite, and so give rise to the world of objects. As absolutely one, the many can never issue out of him. The one cannot create the world, for creation is an activity, and the one is immutable and excludes all activity. As the infinite first principle of all things, the one must be able to be able to be able to be able to be in factivity. be regarded as in some sense the source of all being, and yet how it can give rise to being is inconceivable, since any such act destroys its unity and infinity. We saw, once for all,

Starting point is 12:22:45 in the case of the eleatics, that it is fatal to define the absolute as unity exclusive of all multiplicity, as immutable essence exclusive of all process, and that if we do so, we cut off all hope of showing how the world has issued from the absolute. It is just the same with Plotinus. There is in his system the absolute contradiction that the one is regarded, on the one hand, as source of the world, and on the other as so exalted above the world, that all relationship to the world is impossible. We come, therefore, to a complete deadlock at this point. We can get no further. We can find no way to pass from God to the world. We are involved in a hopeless, logical contradiction. But Plotinus was a mystic, and logical absurdities do not trouble mystics.

Starting point is 12:23:31 Being unable to explain how the world can possibly arise out of the vacuum of the one, he has recourse in the oriental style to poetry and metaphors. God, by reason of his super-perfection, quote, overflows himself, and this overflow becomes the world. He sends forth a beam from himself, as flame emits light, as snow cold, so do all lower beings issue from the one. Thus, without solving the difficulty, Plotinus deftly smothers it in flower-werews. phrases and quietly passes on his way. The first emanation from the one is called the noose.

Starting point is 12:24:10 This noose is thought, mind, reason. We have seen that Plato regarded the absolute itself as thought. For Plotinus, however, thought is derivative. The one is beyond thought, and thought issues forth from the one as first emanation. The noose is not discursive thought, however. It is not in time. It is immediate apprehension or intuition. Its object is twofold. Firstly, it thinks the one, though its thought thereof is necessarily inadequate. Secondly, it thinks itself. It is the thought of thought, like Aristotle's God.

Starting point is 12:24:46 It corresponds to Plato's world of ideas. The ideas of all things exist in the noose, and not only the ideas of classes, but of every individual thing. From the noose, as second emanation, precedes the world's soul. This is, in Erdmann's phrase, a sort of faded out copy of the noose, and it is outside time, incorporeal, and indivisible. It works rationally, but yet is not conscious. It has a twofold aspect, inclining upwards to the noose on the one hand, and downwards to the world of nature on the other. It produces out of itself the individual souls which inhabit the world.

Starting point is 12:25:24 The idea of emanation is essentially a poetical metaphor, and not a rational concept. It is conceived poetically by Plotinus as resembling light which radiates from a bright center and grows dimmer as it passes outwards, till it shades off at last into total darkness. This total darkness is matter. Matter as negation of light, as the limit of being, is in itself not being. Thus, the crucial difficulty of all Greek philosophy, the problem of the wence of matter, the dualism of matter and thought, which we have seen Plato and Aristotle struggling in vain to subjugate, is loosely and lightly slurred over by Plotinus with poetic metaphors and rosiate phrases.

Starting point is 12:26:07 Matter, Plotinus considers to be the ground of plurality and the cause of all evil. Hence, the object of life can only be, as with Plato, to escape from the material world of the senses. The first step in this process of liberation is catharsis, purification, the freeing of oneself from the dominion of the body and the senses. This includes all the ordinary ethical virtue. The second step is thought, reason, and philosophy. In the third stage, the soul rises above thought to an intuition of the noose. But all these are merely preparatory for the supreme and final stage of exaltation,

Starting point is 12:26:45 into the absolute one, by means of trance, rapture, ecstasy. Here all thought is transcended, and the soul passes into a state of unconscious swoon, during which it is mystically united with God. It is not a thought of God. It is not even that the soul sees God. For all such conscious activities involve the separation of the subject from its object. In the ecstasy, all such disunion and separation are annihilated. The soul does not look upon God from the outside.

Starting point is 12:27:13 It becomes one with God. It is God. Such mystical raptures can, in the nature of the case, only be momentary, and the soul sinks back exhausted to the levels of ordinary consciousness. Plotinus claimed to have been exalted in this divine ecstasy, several times during his life. After Plotinus, Neoplatonism continues with modifications in his successors, Porphyry, Iamblicus, Cyrianus, Proclos, and others.

Starting point is 12:27:41 The essential character of Neoplatonism comes out in its theory of the mystical exultation of the subject to God. It is the extremity of subjectivism, the forcing of the individual subject to the center of the universe, to the position of the absolute being, and it follows naturally upon the heels of skepticism. In the skeptics, all faith in the power of thought and reason had finally died out. They took as their watchword the utter impotence of reason to reach the truth. From this, it was but a step to the position that, if we cannot attain truth by the natural means of thought, we will do so by a miracle. If ordinary consciousness will not suffice, we will pass beyond ordinary

Starting point is 12:28:21 consciousness altogether. Neoplatonism is founded upon despair, the despair of reason. It is the last frantic struggle of the Greek spirit to reach by desperate means, by force, the point which it felt it had failed to reach by reason. It seeks to take the absolute by storm. It feels that where sobriety has failed, the violence of spiritual intoxication may succeed. It was natural that philosophy should end here, for philosophy is founded upon reason. It is the effort to comprehend, to understand, to grasp the reality of things intellectually. Therefore, it cannot admit any higher than reason. To exalt intuition, ecstasy, or rapture, above thought, this is death to philosophy. Philosophy in making such an admission lets out its own lifeblood, which is thought.

Starting point is 12:29:12 In Neoplatonism, therefore, ancient philosophy commits suicide. This is the end. The place of philosophy is taken henceforth by religion. Christianity triumphs and sweeps away all independent thought from its path. There is no more philosophy now, till a new spirit of inquiry and wonder is breathed into man at the Renaissance and the Reformation. Then the new era begins and gives birth to a new philosophic impulse, under the influence of which we are still living. But to reach that new era of philosophy, the human spirit had first to pass through the arid wastes of scholasticism. End of Section 48.

Starting point is 12:29:50 End of A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace.

Classic Audiobook Collection - A Critical History of Greek Philosophy by Walter Terence Stace ~ Full Audiobook [philosophy]

There aren't comments yet for this episode. Click on any sentence in the transcript to leave a comment.